719107

Tesla Model 3 - 2020 Handleiding

253
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/271
Pagina verder
MODEL 3
OWNER'S MANUAL
Software version: 2020.12.5
Europe
SAFETY INFORMATION
The Model 3 Owner's Manual is available on the touchscreen. To view it, touch Controls >
Service > Owner's Manual.
For detailed information about your Model 3, go to www.tesla.com, and log on to your Tesla
Account, or sign up to get an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about your Model 3, call 1-877-79TESLA
(1-877-798-3752).
DOCUMENT APPLICABILITY
Features released in the most recent versions of software may not be described in this
document but are described in Release Notes. Display Release Notes on the touchscreen by
touching the Tesla T at the top center of the touchscreen, then touching the Release Notes link.
If information provided in this document
conflicts with information in the Release Notes, the
Release Notes take precedence. ILLUSTRATIONS The illustrations provided in this document are
for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version and market
region, the information displayed on the touchscreen in your vehicle may appear slightly
dierent.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
All specifications and descriptions contained in this document are verified to be accurate at the
time of printing. However, because continuous improvement is a goal at Tesla, we reserve the
right to make product modifications at any time. To communicate any inaccuracies or omissions
in this document, please send an email to: ownersmanualfeedback@tesla.com.
© 2012-2020 TESLA, INC.
All information in this document and all vehicle software is subject to copyright and other
intellectual property rights of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. This material may not be modified,
reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the prior written permission of Tesla, Inc. and
its licensors. Additional information is available upon request. The following are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in the United States and other countries:
TESLA, TESLA MOTORS, MODEL S, MODEL X, ROADSTER, MODEL 3, MODEL Y
Overview...................................................3
Interior Overview....................................................... 3
Exterior Overview......................................................5
Touchscreen Overview.............................................6
Opening and Closing...........................11
Keys.................................................................................11
Doors.............................................................................16
Windows...................................................................... 19
Rear Trunk..................................................................20
Front Trunk.................................................................22
Interior Storage and Electronics........................25
Seating and Safety Restraints....... 30
Front and Rear Seats.............................................30
Seat Belts................................................................... 34
Child Safety Seats................................................... 38
Airbags........................................................................ 52
Driving.....................................................57
Driver Profiles............................................................57
Steering Wheel........................................................ 60
Mirrors..........................................................................62
Starting and Powering O...................................64
Gears............................................................................ 66
Lights........................................................................... 68
Car Status................................................................... 72
Wipers and Washers.............................................. 76
Braking and Stopping............................................ 77
Traction Control....................................................... 82
Park Assist..................................................................83
Vehicle Hold...............................................................85
Track Mode................................................................ 86
Getting Maximum Range......................................89
Rear View Camera....................................................91
Dashcam..................................................................... 92
Towing and Accessories....................................... 95
Cold Weather Best Practices............................ 104
Autopilot.............................................. 108
About Autopilot.....................................................108
Trac-Aware Cruise Control............................... 111
Autosteer....................................................................118
Navigate on Autopilot..........................................123
Autopark....................................................................126
Summon.....................................................................128
Smart Summon....................................................... 132
Lane Assist............................................................... 136
Collision Avoidance Assist
..................................139
Speed Assist............................................................ 143
Using the Touchscreen....................145
Controls..................................................................... 145
Climate Controls.....................................................154
Maps and Navigation........................................... 160
Media and Audio.................................................... 167
Phone...........................................................................171
Calendar.................................................................... 174
Using Voice Commands.......................................175
Security Settings....................................................176
HomeLink Universal Transceiver......................180
Connecting to Wi-Fi..............................................183
Software Updates..................................................184
Mobile App...............................................................186
Charging...............................................189
Electric Vehicle Components............................ 189
Battery Information................................................191
Charging Instructions...........................................193
Maintenance........................................199
Maintenance Schedule.........................................199
Tire Care and Maintenance................................ 201
Cleaning................................................................... 209
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets.........................213
Fluid Reservoirs......................................................214
Jacking and Lifting................................................216
Parts and Accessories.......................................... 217
Specifications..................................... 218
Identification Labels..............................................218
Vehicle Loading...................................................... 219
Dimensions and Weights.....................................221
Subsystems..............................................................223
Wheels and Tires...................................................227
Roadside Assistance........................ 231
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance.......... 231
eCall........................................................................... 234
Instructions for Transporters............................ 235
Consumer Information................... 239
Easter Eggs............................................................. 239
About this Owner Information........................ 240
Disclaimers.............................................................. 242
Reporting Safety Defects..................................244
Contents
Declarations of Conformity...............................245
Troubleshooting Alerts....................................... 252
Index.......................................................261
Contents
NOTE: On RHD (Right Hand Drive) vehicles, the controls illustrated above are arranged similarly,
but are mirrored on the right side of the vehicle.
1. Door open button (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 16)
2. High beams (High Beam Headlights on page 69), turn signals (Turn Signals on page 70),
and wipers and washers (Wipers and Washers on page 76)
3. Horn (Horn on page 61)
4. Gear selector (Shifting Gears on page 66) , Trac-Aware Cruise Control (Trac-Aware
Cruise Control on page 111), and Autosteer (Autosteer on page 118)
5. Touchscreen (Touchscreen Overview on page 6)
6. Driver dome light (Lights on page 68)
7. Cabin camera (Cabin Camera on page 29)
8. Hazard warning flashers (Hazard Warning Flashers on page 71) and SOS button (eCall on
page 234)
9. Passenger dome light (Lights on page 68)
10. Climate control vent (see Climate Controls on page 154)
11. Power window switches (Windows on page 19)
12. Manual door release (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 16)
13. Left scroll button (Scroll Buttons on page 60)
14. Brake pedal (Braking and Stopping on page 77)
15. Accelerator pedal (Regenerative Braking on page 78)
16. Right scroll button (Scroll Buttons on page 60)
Interior Overview
3Overview
17. Center console (Interior Storage and Electronics on page 25)
18. Glovebox (Glovebox on page 25)
Interior Overview
4 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
1. Exterior lights (Lights on page 68)
2. Autopilot camera (About Autopilot on page 108)
3. Front door handle (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 16)
4. Key card sensor (Keys on page 11), Autopilot camera (About Autopilot on page 108)
5. Rear door handle (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 16)
6. Charge port (Charging Instructions on page 193)
7. Autopilot cameras (About Autopilot on page 108)
8. Exterior mirrors (Mirrors on page 62)
9. Radar sensor (hidden from view) (About Autopilot on page 108)
10. Hood/front trunk (Front Trunk on page 22)
11. Tow eye cover (Instructions for Transporters on page 235)
12. Wheels and tires (Wheels and Tires on page 227)
13. Rear view camera (Rear View Camera on page 91)
14. Rear trunk (Rear Trunk on page 20)
Exterior Overview
5Overview
The features and information you need to drive Model 3 are displayed on the touchscreen. When
driving, the touchscreen displays driving-related information such as driving speed, vehicle
range, warnings, etc. The touchscreen is used to control many features that, in traditional cars,
are controlled using physical buttons (for example, adjusting mirrors). You can also use the
touchscreen to customize
Model 3 to suit your preferences.
WARNING: Always pay attention to road and trac conditions when driving. To
minimize driver distraction and ensure the safety of vehicle occupants as well as other
road users, avoid using the touchscreen to adjust settings while the vehicle is in motion.
NOTE: The image below is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle
options, software version and market region, your touchscreen may appear slightly dierent.
1. This area on the top of the touchscreen displays useful information and provides shortcuts
to various features. In addition to the time of day and the current outside temperature, this
area displays the following icons:
Touch to lock/unlock all doors and trunks.
Access information about your
Model 3. See The Tesla "T" on page 10.
Touchscreen Overview
6 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Add, configure, or quickly switch driver profiles (including Valet Mode
and Easy Entry). See Driver Profiles on page 57.
Displays when a warning notification is in eect. Touch to display
information about the warning.
Displays when a software update is available (see Software Updates on
page 184).
Displays when Dashcam is ready to be used (you have inserted a
supported flash drive into a front USB port). Touch to operate
Dashcam. When in Park, touch the Dashcam icon and select "Launch
Viewer" to watch your saved Dashcam and Sentry Mode clips (see
Dashcam on page 92).
Touch to enable or disable Sentry Mode to actively monitor the
vehicle's surroundings (see Sentry Mode on page 176).
Control or program HomeLink devices (if equipped) (see HomeLink
Universal Transceiver on page 180).
Connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Connected to cellular network. Touch to connect to Wi-Fi (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 183).
Touchscreen Overview
7Overview
Connect to a Bluetooth device (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page
171).
Displays the status of the front passenger airbag (applicable only in
regions where the airbag can be disabled, as described in Airbags on
page 52).
2. Car Status. This area dynamically displays the current status of Model 3 as you drive, park,
open doors, turn lights on, etc. Monitor this area when driving as it displays important
information such as driving speed and warning messages (see Car Status on page 72).
When the car is in Park, you can open the trunks or charge port door.
3. Cards. This area automatically updates to display information such as incoming calls, seat
belt reminders, current state of the wipers, etc. It also provides easy access to the rear view
camera (see
Rear View Camera on page 91), charging status (see Charging Instructions on
page 193), voice commands (see Using Voice Commands on page 175), wiper controls (see
Wipers on page 76), and seat belt reminders (see Seat Belt Reminders on page 34). Swipe
to the right or left to access:
◦ Trips. You can display distance driven, energy usage and energy eciency starting at any
time, or since
Model 3 was last charged. You can also display this information for up to two
trips. Touch ... in the top right corner of a trip to rename or reset a trip.
◦ Tire Pressures. Display tire pressures or view cautions or warnings related to pressures
that are not within acceptable limits (see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 201).
4. Controls. Touch to control features and customize Model 3 to suit your preferences (see
Controls on page 145).
5. Media Player (see Media and Audio on page 167).
6. Touch the app launcher then choose from the following apps:
Call
. See Phone on page 171.
Calendar
. See Calendar on page 174.
Camera. Display the area behind Model 3. This area also displays
automatically whenever you shift into Reverse. See Rear View Camera on
page 91.
Touchscreen Overview
8 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Energy. See Getting Maximum Range on page 89.
Charging. See Charging Instructions on page 193.
Web. Access the Internet using the web browser (if equipped with
premium connectivity).
Entertainment. Browse the full library of games and access video
streaming services, all from your vehicle's touchscreen. To launch, Model 3
must be in Park.
NOTE: Due to vehicle configuration or market region, Entertainment,
Arcade, and/or Theater may not be available on your vehicle.
Toybox. Display Easter Eggs (see Easter Eggs on page 239).
NOTE: Swiping up on the app launcher displays the most recently used app (provided an app
is not currently being displayed).
NOTE: Depending on the market region and vehicle options, your vehicle may not be
equipped with some features.
7. Climate Controls (see Climate Controls on page 154).
8. Volume Control (see Volume Control on page 167).
9. The map displays on the touchscreen at all times (see Maps and Navigation on page 160).
NOTE: When you touch Controls, choose an app, or expand Media Player, the window
displays on top of the map. To close the Controls window, touch Controls again or touch the
X in the top corner of the window. To close an app, touch the X in the top corner of the
window. To close Media Player, drag it all the way down to the bottom of the touchscreen or
touch the icon again.
Touchscreen Overview
9Overview
The Tesla "T"
Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of the touchscreen as a one-touch shortcut to the Controls
> Software tab, which displays:
• Vehicle name (see Naming Your Vehicle on page 152).
• Vehicle configuration.
• Odometer.
• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
• Version of software currently installed on your Model 3.
• Access to release notes associated with the currently-installed software version.
• Access to this owner's manual.
• One-touch access to call Tesla Customer Support and Roadside Assistance (if available in
your market region).
Touchscreen Overview
10 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Three Types of Keys
Model 3 supports three types of keys:
• Authenticated phone - You can set up
your personal smartphone to communicate
with Model 3 using Bluetooth. Supports
automatic locking and unlocking as well as
several other functions using the Tesla
mobile app.
• Key card - Tesla provides a key card that
communicates with Model 3 using short
range radio-frequency identification (RFID)
signals. The key card is used to
"authenticate" your phone to work with
Model 3 and to add or remove other key
cards, phones, or key fobs. In situations
where your authenticated phone has a
dead battery, or is lost or stolen, use your
key card to unlock, drive, and lock
Model 3.
• Key fob - The key fob allows you to press
buttons to open the front and rear trunks,
and unlock, lock, and drive
Model 3. The
key fob also supports automatic locking
and unlocking, if available in your region
(see
Passive Key Fob on page 13). This is
an accessory sold separately.
Model 3 supports a total of 19 keys, which can
include authenticated phones, key cards, and
up to four key fobs.
CAUTION:
Remember to bring a key
with you when you drive. Although
you can drive Model 3 away from its
key, you will be unable to power it
back on after it powers o.
Authenticated Phone
Using your phone is a convenient way to
access your Model 3. As you approach, your
phone's Bluetooth signal is detected and
doors unlock when you press a door handle.
Likewise, when you exit and walk away with
the phone, doors automatically lock
(provided the
Walk-Away Door Lock feature
is turned on, as described in
Walk-Away Door
Lock on page 17).
Before you can use a phone to access Model
3, follow these steps to authenticate it:
1. Download the Tesla mobile app to your
phone.
2.
Log into the Tesla mobile app using your
Tesla Account user name and password.
NOTE: You must remain logged in to your
Tesla Account to use your phone to access
Model 3.
3. Ensure that your phone's Bluetooth
settings are turned on.
You must have your phone's Bluetooth
setting turned on AND you must also
ensure that Bluetooth is turned on within
your phone's global settings for the Tesla
mobile app. For example, on your phone,
navigate to Settings, choose the Tesla
mobile app, and ensure the Bluetooth
setting is enabled.
NOTE: Model 3 communicates with your
phone using Bluetooth. To authenticate
your phone or use it as a key, the phone
must be powered on and Bluetooth must
be enabled. Keep in mind that your phone
must have enough battery power to run
Bluetooth and that many phones disable
Bluetooth when the battery is low.
4. Ensure that Allow Mobile Access
(Controls > Safety & Security > Allow
Mobile Access) is enabled.
5. In the Tesla mobile app, touch PHONE
KEY then touch START to search for your
Model 3.
When your Model 3 is detected, the mobile
app asks you to tap your key card.
6. Tap the key card against the Model 3
card reader on the door pillar or center
console (see Key Card on page 12).
When Model 3 detects your key card, the
mobile app
confirms that your phone has
been successfully authenticated. Touch
DONE.
If the key card is not successfully scanned
within approximately two minutes, the mobile
app displays an error message. Touch PHONE
KEY on the app again to retry.
To view a list of keys that can currently access
Model 3, or to remove a phone, touch
Controls > Locks (see Managing Keys on
page 14).
Keys
11Opening and Closing
NOTE: Authenticating your phone allows you
to use it as a key to access Model 3. To use
the phone hands-free, access your phone's
contacts, play media from it, etc., you must
also pair and connect to it using the
Bluetooth settings (see Phone on page 171).
NOTE: Model 3 can connect to three phones
simultaneously. Therefore, if more than one
phone is detected and you want to use, or
authenticate, a
dierent phone, move the
other connected phone(s) out of range or
turn o its Bluetooth setting.
NOTE: Unlike the mobile app, once a phone
has been authenticated, it no longer requires
an internet connection to communicate with
Model 3. Authenticated phones communicate
with Model 3 using Bluetooth.
NOTE: Although Bluetooth typically
communicates over distances of up to
approximately 9 meters, performance can
vary based on the phone you are using,
environmental interference, etc.
NOTE: If multiple vehicles are linked to the
Tesla Account, you must switch the mobile
app to the vehicle that you want to access
before you can use the phone as a key.
Key Card
Tesla provides you with two Model 3 key
cards, designed to fit in your wallet. Tap your
Model 3 key card on one of its card readers,
located on the driver's side door pillar and on
the center console.
To use a key card to unlock or lock Model 3,
position the card as shown and tap it against
the card reader located just below the
Autopilot camera on the driver's side door
pillar. When Model 3 detects the key card, the
exterior lights flash, the mirrors unfold or fold
(if Fold Mirrors is on), the horn sounds (if
Lock Sound Confirmation is on), and the
doors unlock or lock.
NOTE: You may need to physically touch the
center console or driver's side door pillar with
the key card, and you may need to hold it
against the transmitter for one or two
seconds.
Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing
the brake pedal within two minute of
scanning the key card (see
Starting and
Powering O on page 64). If you wait
longer than two minutes, you must re-
authenticate by placing the key card near the
card reader located behind the cup holders
on the center console. When your key card is
detected, your two minute authentication
period restarts.
NOTE: Walk-Away Door Lock operates only
when using an authenticated phone or
passive key fob. When you walk away from
Model 3 carrying your key card, Model 3 does
not automatically unlock/lock, even if this
feature is turned on (see
Walk-Away Door
Lock on page 17).
CAUTION:
Always carry your key card
with you in your purse or wallet to use
as a backup in case your
authenticated phone has a dead
battery, or is lost or stolen.
Keys
12 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Key fob
If you have purchased the key fob accessory
(available for purchase from Tesla stores or
online at
http://www.tesla.com/shop), you
can quickly familiarize yourself with this key
by thinking of it as a miniature version of
Model 3, with the Tesla badge representing
the front. The key has three buttons that feel
like softer areas on the surface.
1. Front trunk - Double-click to open the
front trunk.
2. Lock/Unlock All - Single-click to lock
doors and trunks (all doors and trunks must
be closed). Double-click to unlock doors
and trunks.
3. Rear trunk - Double-click to open the
rear trunk. Hold down for one to two
seconds to open the charge port door.
Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing
the brake pedal within two minutes of
pressing the unlock button on the key fob
(see
Starting and Powering O on page 64).
If you wait longer than two minutes, you must
press the unlock button again, or place the
key fob near the card reader located behind
the cup holders on the center console. When
your key fob is detected, the two minute
authentication period restarts.
When approaching or leaving Model 3
carrying the key fob, you do not need to point
the key fob at Model 3 as you press a button,
but you must be within operating range.
Radio equipment on a similar frequency can
aect the key. If this happens, move the key
at least 30 cm away from other electronic
devices (phone, laptop, etc.).
If the key fob does not work (for example, its
battery is dead), you can touch its flat side
against the card reader on the driver's side
door pillar (like the key card). Instructions for
changing the battery are provided in
Replacing the Key Fob Battery on page 14.
NOTE: You can use the same key fob with
multiple Model 3 vehicles provided you
authenticate it (see Managing Keys on page
14). However, key fob works with only one
Model 3 at a time. Therefore, to use a key fob
for a dierent Model 3, touch its flat side
against the card reader on the driver's side
door pillar.
NOTE: Model 3 supports up to four dierent
key fobs.
CAUTION: Protect the key from
impact, high temperatures, and
damage from liquids. Avoid contact
with solvents, waxes and abrasive
cleaners.
Passive Key Fob
Due market region or vehicle configuration,
Passive Key Fob may not be available for your
vehicle.
Locking and unlocking Model 3 with your key
fob is conveniently hands-free. Although you
must be carrying a paired key fob, there is no
need to use it.
Model 3 has sensors around
the vehicle that can recognize the presence of
a key fob within a range of approximately
one
meter. Therefore, you can keep your key fob
in your pocket or purse and simply pull on the
door handle to unlock. When carrying your
key fob with you, you can also open the trunk
without having to use the key by pressing the
trunk's exterior door handle. If Walk-Away
Lock is on, your vehicle automatically locks
when you exit and senses that the key fob is
no longer in range (see
Walk-Away Door Lock
on page 17). Passive key fob is
automatically enabled when you pair your key
fob to your vehicle.
The key fob can only be paired to one vehicle
at a time. If you want your key fob to
passively lock and unlock for a dierent
vehicle, touch the flat side of the key fob onto
the driver's side door pillar or center console
Keys
13Opening and Closing
card reader. You only need to do this once to
pair it to your desired vehicle. You must pair
your key fob every time you use it with a
dierent vehicle.
NOTE: Only key fobs with the TESLA logo
printed on the flat side have the passive
locking and unlocking functionality. Key fobs
with the MODEL 3 logo printed on the flat
side cannot passively lock and unlock your
vehicle.
NOTE: For increased security, your key fob
disables itself after
five minutes of being
stationary while in range but the vehicle is not
in use. The vehicle will not lock or unlock
passively when this occurs. Shake or press a
button on your key fob to wake it up.
Replacing the Key Fob Battery
Under normal use, the accessory key fob
(available at https://shop.tesla.com) has a
battery that lasts for up to
five years,
depending on key fob version and selected
vehicle settings. When the battery is low, a
message displays on the touchscreen.
To replace the key fob battery:
1. With the key fob placed button side
down on a soft surface, release the bottom
cover.
2. Remove the battery by lifting it away
from the retaining clips.
3.
While avoiding touching the battery's flat
surfaces, insert the new battery (type
CR2032) with the ‘
+’ side facing up.
NOTE: CR2032 batteries can be purchased
through online retailers, local supermarkets,
and drug stores.
4. Holding the bottom cover at an angle,
align the tabs on the cover with the
corresponding slots on the key fob, then
press the cover
firmly onto the key fob until
it snaps into place.
5. Test that the key fob works by unlocking
and locking your vehicle.
Attaching a Lanyard
To attach a lanyard, release the bottom cover
as described above. Place the lanyard over
the pin located between the slots on the
widest side of the key fob. Re-align the cover
and snap into place.
Managing Keys
To display a list of all keys (phones, key cards,
and key fobs) that can access your
Model 3,
touch Controls > Locks. An icon displays next
to each key to indicate whether the key is a
phone, key card, or key fob. Use this list to
manage keys that have access to your vehicle.
To add or delete keys, see
Adding and
Removing Keys on page 15.
Keys
14 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: You can use the same key for more
than one Model 3. This prevents you from
having to deal with multiple keys when you
switch vehicles. If you customize the name of
an authenticated key card or key fob on one
Model 3 (by touching the pencil icon), any
other Model 3 to which the key card or key
fob is authenticated also displays the same
customized name.
NOTE: Model 3 supports up to 19 keys. When
you reach this limit, you must delete a key
before adding a new one.
Adding and Removing Keys
Adding a new key card or key fob:
NOTE: If adding a key fob, ensure the key fob
is at room temperature. Pairing may be
unsuccessful if the key fob is cold.
1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >
Locks then touch + in the Keys section.
2. Scan your new key card or key fob on the
key reader behind the cup holders on the
top of the center console. After the new
key card or key fob is recognized, remove it
from the key reader.
3. Scan an already-authenticated (i.e.
already has access to the vehicle) key card
or key fob on the key reader behind the
cup holders on the top of the center
console.
4. When complete, the key list on the
touchscreen displays the newly-
authenticated key. You can customize its
name by touching the associated pencil
icon.
Adding a new phone key:
NOTE: To add a new phone key, Bluetooth
must be enabled and the phone must have
the Tesla mobile app installed and connected
to the vehicle’s Tesla account.
1. While sitting in the vehicle, open the Tesla
mobile app and select the appropriate
vehicle (if there are multiple vehicles
associated with the account), then touch
Phone Key > Start.
2. Scan an already-authenticated key card
or key fob on the key reader behind the
cup holders on the top of the center
console.
3.
When the mobile app notifies you that
the pairing was successful, touch Done. The
key list on the touchscreen (Controls >
Locks) displays the new phone key. The
name of the phone key is determined by
the name used in the phone’s settings.
Removing a key:
When you no longer want a key to access
your vehicle (for example, you lost your
phone or key card, etc.), you can remove the
key.
1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >
Locks.
2. Find the key that you would like to delete
in the key list, then touch the key’s
associated trash icon.
3. When prompted, scan an already-
authenticated key card or key fob on the
key reader behind the cup holders on the
top of the center console to
confirm the
deletion. When complete, the key list no
longer includes the deleted key.
NOTE: Your vehicle requires at least one
authenticated key card or key fob at all times.
If only one key card is included on the key list,
this key cannot be deleted.
Keys
15Opening and Closing
Keyless Locking and
Unlocking
Locking and unlocking Model 3 is easy and
convenient. Just carry your authenticated
phone or paired key fob with you. Model 3
recognizes the presence of an authenticated
phone or paired key fob and automatically
unlocks when you press a door handle, and
locks when you leave (see Walk-Away Door
Lock on page 17).
NOTE: If you don't have your authenticated
phone or paired key fob with you (or if the
phone's battery is dead or its Bluetooth
setting is turned o), place the key card
against the driver's side door pillar to
manually unlock or lock
Model 3 (see Keys on
page 11).
NOTE: Due to market region or vehicle
configuration, an authenticated phone or
Passive Key Fob may not be available for your
vehicle.
NOTE: Your key fob (https://shop.tesla.com)
also allows you to press buttons to lock and
unlock Model 3.
NOTE: Walk-Away Door Lock operates only
when using an authenticated phone or paired
key fob. When you walk away from Model 3
carrying a key card or unpaired key fob
accessory,
Model 3 does not automatically
unlock/lock, even if this feature is turned on
(see
Walk-Away Door Lock on page 17).
NOTE: Accessory key fobs manufactured
before approximately October, 2019 are not
equipped with passive functionality.
Using Exterior Door
Handles
Use your thumb to push the wide part of the
door handle. The handle pivots toward you,
and you can open the door by pulling the
handle or pulling the edge of the door.
The handle retracts automatically.
When a door or trunk is
open, the touchscreen
displays the Door Open
indicator light.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on
page 104 to ensure the vehicle's door
handles function properly in cold weather.
Opening Doors from the
Interior
Model 3 doors are electrically powered. To
open a door while sitting inside, press the
button located at the top of the interior door
handle and push the door open.
Doors
16 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: To prevent children from opening the
rear doors, turn on child-protection locks (see
Child-Protection Lock on page 18).
In the unlikely situation that Model 3 has no
power, these electrically powered buttons at
the top of the door handles no longer work.
Instead, pull up the manual door release
located in front of the window switches on
the front doors.
NOTE: Only the front doors are equipped
with a manual door release.
CAUTION:
Manual door releases are
designed to be used only in situations
when Model 3 has no power.
Whenever Model 3 has power, use the
button located at the top of the
interior door handle.
Interior Locking and
Unlocking
While sitting inside Model 3, you can lock and
unlock all doors and trunks by touching the
lock icon on the touchscreen.
The icon changes to
indicate whether doors
are locked or unlocked.
You can also unlock the doors by pressing the
Park button on the end of the gear selector a
second time. Pressing this button once
engages the Park gear and pressing it again
unlocks the doors.
Walk-Away Door Lock
Doors and trunks can automatically lock
whenever you walk away carrying your
authenticated phone or paired key fob (if
ordered after approximately October 1, 2019).
To turn this feature on or
o, touch Controls >
Locks > Walk-Away Door Lock.
When the doors lock, the exterior lights flash
once and the mirrors fold (if Fold Mirrors is
on). To also hear a confirmation sound
whenever Model 3 locks, touch Controls >
Locks > Lock Confirmation Sound > ON.
Model 3 does not automatically lock if:
• An authenticated phone or paired key fob
is detected inside Model 3.
• You are not using an authenticated phone
or paired key fob as the key, and walk away
carrying the key card or unpaired key fob
(see Passive Key Fob on page 13). When
using the key card you must manually lock
Model 3 by tapping the key card against
the door pillar. When using an unpaired key
fob (sold as an accessory), you must
manually lock
Model 3 by pressing the lock
button. See
Keys on page 11.
• A door or trunk is not fully closed.
NOTE: If all doors are closed and Model 3 was
automatically unlocked by your authenticated
phone or paired key fob, walk-away locking is
temporarily suspended for one minute. If you
open a door within this minute, it will not re-
lock until all the doors are closed and you
have walked away with the authenticated
phone or paired key fob.
NOTE: If Model 3 detects an authenticated
key for
five minutes after you exit the vehicle
and close all doors, Walk-Away Lock disables
and will not lock when you leave with the key.
You will need to manually lock your vehicle
until after your next drive.
Doors
17Opening and Closing
Drive Away Locking
Model 3 automatically locks all doors
(including the trunks) whenever your driving
speed exceeds
8 km/h.
Child-Protection Lock
Model 3 has child-protection locks on the rear
doors to prevent them from being opened
using the interior release buttons. On the
touchscreen, touch Controls > Locks > Child
Lock.
NOTE: It is recommended that you turn child-
protection locks on whenever children are
seated in the rear seats.
Unlock on Park
When you stop Model 3 and engage the Park
gear, you can choose to unlock all doors. To
turn this feature on or
o, touch Controls >
Locks > Unlock on Park.
NOTE: If set to OFF, you can unlock all doors
by pressing the Park button a second time
after engaging the Park gear.
Doors
18 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Opening and Closing
Press down on a switch to lower the
associated window. Window switches operate
at two levels:
• To lower a window fully, press the switch
all the way down and immediately release.
• To lower a window partially, press the
switch gently and release when the window
is where you want it.
Similarly, pull a switch to raise the associated
window:
• To raise a window fully, pull the switch all
the way up and immediately release.
• To raise a window partially, pull the switch
gently and release when the window is
where you want it.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on
page 104 for information on preparing
windows for cold weather.
CAUTION:
When exiting the vehicle,
be careful not to unintentionally press
the window switches, as they may
lower the windows on the driver or
other doors.
CAUTION:
Closing the door while the
window is fully raised (for example, if
manually raised) can damage the
windows or the vehicle. Ensure the
window is slightly lowered before
closing the door.
WARNING:
Before closing a window, it
is the driver’s responsibility to ensure
that all occupants, especially children,
do not have any body parts extended
through the window’s opening. Failure
to do so can cause serious injury.
Locking Rear Windows
To prevent passengers from using the rear
window switches, touch Controls > Quick
Controls > Window Lock. To unlock the rear
windows, touch Window Lock again.
WARNING: To ensure safety, it is
recommended that you lock the rear
window switches whenever children
are seated in the rear seats.
WARNING: Never leave children
unattended in Model 3.
Calibrating Windows
In the unlikely event that a window behaves
unexpectedly (touches the bright molding,
fails to open or close properly, goes down
more than normal when the door opens, etc.),
you can calibrate it to potentially
fix the issue.
To calibrate a window:
1. Close the door with the aected window.
2. Sit in the driver's seat and close the
driver door.
3. Use the driver window switch to raise the
aected window until it stalls.
4. Use the driver window switch to lower
the aected window until it stalls.
5. Use the driver window switch to raise the
aected window until it stalls.
The window should now be calibrated. If the
issue continues after attempting the
calibration procedure a couple times, contact
Tesla.
Windows
19Opening and Closing
Opening
To open the rear trunk, ensure the vehicle is in
Park,
then pull the rear trunk open:
• Touch the associated OPEN button on the
touchscreen.
• Double-click the rear trunk button on the
key fob accessory.
• Touch the rear trunk button on the mobile
app.
• With Model 3 unlocked, press the switch
located under the rear trunk's exterior
handle.
When a door or the rear
trunk is open, the
touchscreen displays the
Door Open indicator light.
The image of your
Model
3 on the touchscreen also
displays the open trunk.
To open the rear trunk from inside Model 3 in
the unlikely situation that
Model 3 has no
power, see Interior Emergency Trunk Release
on page 21.
WARNING:
Before opening or closing
the rear trunk, it is important to check
that the area around the trunk is free
of obstacles (people and objects).
Load Limits
Secure all cargo before moving Model 3, and
place heavy cargo in the lower trunk
compartment.
CAUTION: To avoid damage, never
load more than 130 lbs (60 kg) on the
rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment), or more than 285 lbs
(130 kg) in the large lower trunk
compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
Closing
To close the rear trunk, push it downward
until you hear the latch click into place.
NOTE: Model 3 is equipped with pull cups to
assist with lowering the rear trunk.
WARNING: Before driving, ensure that
the trunk is securely latched in the
fully-closed position by lifting up on
the bottom edge and confirming there
is no movement.
Accessing the Cargo Area
To access the cargo area inside the rear trunk,
pull up the strap at the rear of the cargo
cover. You can then fold the cargo cover
forward or remove it from
Model 3.
Rear Trunk
20 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
CAUTION: Never load more than 130
lbs (60 kg) on the rear load floor
(above the lower trunk compartment)
or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in the
lower trunk compartment. Doing so
can cause damage.
Interior Emergency Trunk
Release
An illuminated mechanical release located
inside the rear trunk allows you to open the
rear trunk from the inside if Model 3 has no
electrical power. This mechanical release also
allows a person locked inside to get out.
1. Firmly push the illuminated button in the
direction of the arrow to release the latch.
2. Push the rear trunk open.
NOTE: The button glows for several hours
after a brief exposure to ambient light.
WARNING:
Do not allow children to
play inside the trunk or become
locked inside. An unrestrained child
could suer serious injury or death in
a crash. A child could suer heat
exhaustion if trapped in the vehicle,
especially without climate control on.
Rear Trunk
21Opening and Closing
Opening
To open the front trunk:
1. Ensure that the area around the hood is
free of obstacles.
2. Touch the associated OPEN button on
the touchscreen, double-click the front
trunk button on the key fob accessory, or
touch the front trunk button on the mobile
app.
3. Pull the hood up.
When a door or trunk is
open, the touchscreen
displays the Door Open
indicator light. The image
of your
Model 3 on the
touchscreen also displays
the open front trunk.
WARNING: Before opening or closing
the hood, it is important to check that
the area around the hood is free of
obstacles (people and objects). Failure
to do so may result in damage or
serious injury.
NOTE:
The front trunk locks whenever closed
and you lock Model 3 using the touchscreen,
mobile app, key card, you leave
Model 3
carrying your authenticated phone (if Walk-
Away Door Lock is turned on), or if Valet
mode is active (see
Valet Mode on page
58).
Closing
The Model 3 hood is not heavy enough to
latch under its own weight and applying
pressure on the front edge or center of the
hood can cause damage.
To properly close the hood:
1. Lower the hood until the striker touches
the latches.
2. Place both hands on the front of the
hood in the areas shown (in green), then
press down firmly to engage the latches.
3. Carefully try to lift the front edge of the
hood to ensure that it is fully closed.
CAUTION: To prevent damage:
• Apply pressure only to the green
areas shown. Applying pressure to
the red areas can cause damage.
• Do not close the hood with one
hand. Doing so applies
concentrated force in one area and
can result in a dent or crease.
• Do not apply pressure to the front
edge of the hood. Doing so can
crease the edge.
• Do not slam or drop the hood.
Front Trunk
22 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Before driving, you must
ensure that the hood is securely
latched in the fully closed position by
carefully trying to lift the front edge of
the hood upward and confirming there
is no movement.
Interior Emergency
Release
An illuminated interior release button inside
the front trunk allows a person locked inside
to get out.
Press the interior release button to open the
front trunk, then push up on the hood.
NOTE: The interior release button glows
following a brief exposure to ambient light.
WARNING:
People should never climb
inside the front trunk. Never shut the
front trunk when a person is inside.
WARNING:
Care should be taken to
ensure that objects inside the front
trunk do not bump against the release
button, causing the trunk to
accidentally open.
Opening Hood with No
Power
In the unlikely event that Model 3 has no 12V
power, you will be unable to open the front
trunk using the touchscreen, key fob, or
mobile app. To open the front trunk in this
situation:
NOTE: The following will not open the front
trunk if
Model 3 is locked and has 12V power.
1.
Locate an external 12V power supply
(such as a portable jump starter).
2. Release the tow eye cover by pressing
firmly on the top right perimeter of the
cover until it pivots inward, then gently
pulling the raised section toward you.
NOTE: The tow eye cover is connected to
the vehicle's black negative (-) terminal.
3. Pull the two wires out of the tow eye
opening to expose both terminals.
4. Connect the 12V power supply's red
positive (+) cable to the red positive (+)
terminal.
5. Connect the 12V power supply's black
negative (-) cable to the black negative (-)
terminal.
Front Trunk
23Opening and Closing
NOTE: Applying external 12V power to
these terminals only releases the hood
latches. You cannot charge the 12V battery
using these terminals.
6. Turn on the external power supply (refer
to the manufacturer’s instructions). The
hood latches are immediately released and
you can now open the hood to access the
front trunk area.
7. Disconnect both cables, beginning with
the black negative (-) cable.
8. If pulling the vehicle onto a flatbed truck,
do not replace the tow eye cover yet. If
necessary, replace the tow eye cover by
inserting the wires into the tow eye
opening and aligning the tow eye cover
into position and turning it into place.
Front Trunk
24 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Glovebox
To open the glovebox, touch Controls >
Glovebox on the bottom corner of the
touchscreen. The glovebox automatically
opens and its light turns on.
To close the glovebox, push it upward until it
clicks into its closed position.
NOTE: If you leave the glovebox open, its
light eventually turns
o.
NOTE: The glovebox locks whenever closed
and you lock Model 3 using the mobile app,
key card, you leave
Model 3 carrying your
authenticated phone (if Walk-Away Door
Lock is turned on), or if Valet mode is active
(see
Valet Mode on page 58). It does not
lock when Model 3 is locked by touching the
lock icon on the touchscreen.
WARNING:
When driving, keep the
glovebox closed to prevent injury to a
passenger if a collision or sudden stop
occurs.
Center Console
In addition to housing an RFID transmitter
that reads key fobs and key cards (see Key
Card on page 12), the center console includes
cup holders, two storage compartments, and
a phone dock for two phones (or other
devices).
To open the main storage compartment, pull
its cover upward.
Open the other storage compartment or
access the phone dock by pressing
firmly
near the cover's opening edge. To close a
storage compartment, push its cover down
gently.
USB Ports
Model 3 has two USB 2.0 ports located in the
front compartment of the center console.
These ports can be used to connect and
charge your phone (see
Installing Phone
Charging Cable on page 26), save videos
when using features such as Sentry Mode or
Dashcam, or play audio files stored on a
phone or USB device (see Playing Media from
Devices on page 169).
Open the center console door below the
touchscreen and lift the phone dock upward
to access the front USB ports.
Interior Storage and Electronics
25Opening and Closing
Two additional USB ports are located in the
rear of the center console. Passengers in the
rear seats can use these ports to charge their
USB-connected devices. Devices connected
to the rear USB ports do not communicate
with the vehicle.
NOTE: Power is available whenever the
vehicle is considered "awake". The vehicle
may be awake for many reasons. For example,
when using features such as Summon, or
when features such as Cabin Overheat
Protection, Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, etc.
are enabled. The vehicle is also awake
whenever the 12V battery is being charged or
is in use, during HV charging, when the
vehicle is communicating with the mobile
app, etc. Leaving an accessory plugged in
does not deplete the 12V battery.
NOTE: Always use USB 2.0 compliant cables
when connecting devices to the USB ports.
Using non-compliant cables can result in
slower charging and, if plugged into either of
the front two ports, can result in potential
connection problems or degraded
performance when trying to access media
files on the device.
NOTE: Do not connect multiple devices using
a USB hub. This can prevent connected
devices from charging or from being
recognized by Media Player
, Sentry Mode,
Dashcam, etc.
Installing Phone Charging
Cable
To make it easy to connect your phone while
keeping the console free of clutter, you can
install a phone charging cable in
Model 3.
NOTE: The phone dock supports two phones
side-by-side.
To install a phone charging cable:
1.
Open both center console doors in front
of the cup holders.
2. Remove the rubber mat from the phone
dock.
3. Lift the phone dock to access the USB
ports.
4. Release the cover from the base of the
phone dock by sliding it to the left.
5. Plug the USB connector on the phone
charging cable into a USB port.
6. Insert the phone end of the charging
cable through the bottom of the phone
dock and route the cable through the
securing tabs towards the bottom of the
phone dock.
Interior Storage and Electronics
26 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
7. Reinstall the cover to the base of the
phone dock by sliding it to the right.
8. Lower the phone dock and reinstall the
rubber mat.
12V Power Socket
Your Model 3 has a power socket located in
the center console's rear compartment.
The power socket is suitable for accessories
requiring up to 12A continuous draw (16A
peak).
NOTE: Power is available whenever the
vehicle is considered "awake". The vehicle
may be awake for many reasons. For example,
when using features such as Summon, or
when features such as Cabin Overheat
Protection, Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, etc.
are enabled. The vehicle is also awake
whenever the 12V battery is being charged or
is in use, during HV charging, when the
vehicle is communicating with the mobile
app, etc. Leaving an accessory plugged in
does not deplete the 12V battery.
WARNING:
The power socket and an
accessory’s connector can become
hot.
WARNING:
To prevent excessive
interference with the vehicle’s
electronics, Tesla recommends that
you do not plug any non-Tesla
accessories, including power inverters,
into the 12V power socket. However, if
you do use a non-Tesla accessory and
notice any malfunctions or
unexpected behavior, such as
indicator lights, alert messages, or
excessive heat from the accessory,
unplug the accessory from the 12V
power socket immediately.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to jump
start Model 3 using the 12V power
socket. Doing so can result in damage.
Rear Console
Your Model 3 has a rear console integrated in
the center of the second row seat back. Pull
the console down to access the rear cup
holders, or use it as an armrest.
Coat Hangers
Your Model 3 has a coat hanger on each side
of the vehicle in the second row. Push the
coat hanger to release it. Push it again to
retract it.
Interior Storage and Electronics
27Opening and Closing
Interior Storage and Electronics
28 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Cabin Camera
Model 3 is equipped with a camera in the
cabin. The camera is not currently active, but
might be used in potential future features
which could be added to Model 3 with
software releases.
Keep the camera lens clean, and free of
obstructions. Remove any buildup of dirt or
dust by occasionally wiping the camera lens
with a soft damp cloth.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical-based
or abrasive cleaners. Doing so can
damage the surface of the camera
lens.
Interior Storage and Electronics
29Opening and Closing
Correct Driving Position
The seat, head support, seat belt and airbags
work together to maximize your safety. Using
these correctly ensures greater protection.
Position the seat so you can wear the seat
belt correctly, while being as far away from
the front airbag as possible:
1. Sit upright with both feet on the floor and
the seat back reclined no more than 30
degrees.
2. Make sure you can easily reach the
pedals and that your arms are slightly bent
when holding the steering wheel. Your
chest should be at least 25 cm from the
center of the airbag cover.
3. Place the shoulder section of the seat
belt mid-way between your neck and your
shoulder. Fit the lap section of the belt
tightly across your hips, not across your
stomach.
Model 3 seats include integrated head
supports that cannot be adjusted or removed.
Adjusting the Front Seats
1. Move seat forward/backward and adjust
the seat’s height and tilt angle up/down.
2. Adjust backrest.
3. Adjust lumbar support.
WARNING:
Before adjusting a front
seat, check that the area around the
seat is free of obstacles (people and
objects).
WARNING:
Do not adjust seats while
driving. Doing so increases the risk of
a collision.
Front and Rear Seats
30 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Riding in a moving vehicle
with the seat back reclined can result
in serious injuries in a collision, as you
could slide under the lap belt or be
propelled into the seat belt. Ensure
your seat back is reclined no more
than 30 degrees when the vehicle is
moving.
Folding Rear Seats
Model 3 has a split rear seat that can fold
forward.
NOTE: Driving with the rear seats folded
forward might result in increased perceivable
noise and/or vibration coming from the rear
of the vehicle (trunk, suspension, etc.).
Before folding, remove items from the seats
and the rear footwell. To allow the rear seat
backs to fold completely
flat, you may need
to move the front seats forward.
To fold a rear seat, pull the corresponding
lever and fold the seat forward.
Raising Rear Seats
Before raising a rear seat, make sure that the
seat belts are not trapped behind the
backrest.
Pull the seat back upward until it locks into
place.
To confirm that the seat back is locked in the
upright position, try pulling it forward.
WARNING:
Always ensure the seat
backs are locked in their upright
position by pushing it forward or
rearward. Failure to do so increases
the risk of injury.
Head Supports
The front seats and outer rear seats include
integrated head supports that are not
adjustable.
The rear center seat includes an adjustable
head support that can be raised, lowered, or
removed. The head support should always be
raised and locked into position (so that the
center is aligned with the center of the ears)
when occupied by a passenger that is not in a
child safety seat.
Front and Rear Seats
31Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: The head support in the
rear center seat must be lowered
when a seat belt retained child safety
seat is installed in that seating
position. See Raising/Lowering the
Rear Center Head Support on page
32.
WARNING: Ensure that all head
supports are positioned correctly
before sitting in, or operating, Model 3
to minimize the risk of severe injury or
death in the event of a collision.
Raising/Lowering the Rear Center
Head Support
To raise the head support, lift it until you hear
it click into place. Push down on the head
support to ensure that it is secure.
To lower the head support, press and hold the
button on the outer base of the right post
and press the head support down.
Removing/Installing a Head
Support
To remove the head support:
1. Raise the head support as described
above.
2. Press and hold the button on the outer
base of the right post.
3. Insert a short, flat object (such as a small
flat-head screwdriver) into the opening on
the inside base of the left post and pull the
head support upward.
To re-install the head support:
1. With the front of the head support facing
forward, insert both posts into the
corresponding holes on the seat back.
2. Press down on the head support until it
clicks into place.
3. Pull up on the head support to ensure
that it is secure.
WARNING:
Ensure that the head
support is correctly installed before
seating an occupant. Failure to do
so increases the risk of injury or
death if a collision occurs.
Seat Heaters
The front and rear seats contain heating pads
that operate at three levels from 3 (highest)
to 1 (lowest).
To operate the seat heaters, see
Climate Controls on page 154.
Front and Rear Seats
32 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: To avoid burns resulting
from prolonged use, individuals who
have peripheral neuropathy, or whose
capacity to feel pain is limited because
of diabetes, age, neurological injury, or
some other condition, should exercise
caution when using the climate control
system and seat heaters.
Seat Covers
WARNING: Do not use seat covers in
Model 3. Doing so could restrict
deployment of the seat-mounted side
air bags if a collision occurs. Also, if
the vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system that is
used to determine the status of the
passenger front airbag, seat covers
may interfere with this system.
Front and Rear Seats
33Seating and Safety Restraints
Wearing Seat Belts
Using seat belts and child safety seats is the
most
eective way to protect occupants if a
collision occurs. Therefore, wearing a seat belt
is required by law in most jurisdictions.
Both the driver and passenger seats are
equipped with three-point inertia reel seat
belts. Inertia reel belts are automatically
tensioned to allow occupants to move
comfortably during normal driving conditions.
The seat belt reel automatically locks to
prevent movement of occupants if
Model 3
experiences a force associated with hard
acceleration, braking, cornering, or an impact
in a collision.
Seat Belt Reminders
The seat belt reminder on
the touchscreen alerts you
if a seat belt for an
occupied driver or
passenger seat is
unbuckled. If the belt
remains unbuckled, the
reminder
flashes and an
intermittent chime sounds.
If all occupants are
buckled up and the
reminder stays on, re-
buckle seat belts to
ensure they are correctly
latched. Also remove any
heavy objects (such as a
briefcase) from an
unoccupied seat. If the
reminder light continues
to stay on, contact Tesla.
WARNING: Seat belts must be worn
by passengers in all seating positions.
To Fasten a Belt
1. Ensure correct positioning of the seat
(see Correct Driving Position on page 30).
2. Draw the belt out smoothly, ensuring the
belt lays flat across the pelvis, chest and
mid-point of your collar bone, between the
neck and shoulder.
3.
Insert the latch plate into the buckle and
press together until you hear a click
indicating it is locked in place.
4. Pull the belt to check that it is securely
fastened.
5. Pull the diagonal part of the belt toward
the reel to remove excess slack.
To Adjust the Shoulder
Anchor Height
Model 3 is equipped with an adjustable
shoulder anchor for each front seat to ensure
that the seat belt is positioned correctly. The
seat belt should lay
flat across the mid-point
of your collar bone while in the correct
driving position
(see Correct Driving Position
on page 30). Adjust the height of the
shoulder anchor if the seat belt is not
positioned correctly:
1. Press and hold the button on the
shoulder anchor to release the locking
mechanism.
2. While holding the button, move the
shoulder anchor up or down as necessary
so that the seat belt is positioned correctly.
Seat Belts
34 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
3. Release the button on the shoulder
anchor so that it locks into position.
4. Without pressing the button, pull on the
seat belt webbing and attempt to move the
shoulder anchor downwards to check that
it is locked into position.
WARNING: Ensure that the seat belt is
positioned correctly and that the
shoulder anchor is locked into position
before driving. Riding in a moving
vehicle with the seat belt positioned
incorrectly or with the shoulder
anchor not locked into position can
reduce the eectiveness of the seat
belt in a collision.
To Release a Belt
Hold the belt near the buckle to prevent the
belt from retracting too quickly, then press
the button on the buckle. The belt retracts
automatically. Ensure there is no obstruction
that prevents the belt from fully retracting.
The belt should not hang loose. If a seat belt
does not fully retract, contact Tesla.
Wearing Seat Belts When
Pregnant
Do not put the lap or shoulder sections of the
seat belt over the abdominal area. Wear the
lap section of the belt as low as possible
across the hips, not the waist. Position the
shoulder portion of the belt between the
breasts and to the side of the abdomen.
Consult your doctor for
specific guidance.
WARNING:
Never place anything
between you and the seat belt to
cushion the impact in the event of a
collision.
Seat Belt Pre-tensioners
The front seat belts are equipped with
pre‑tensioners that work in conjunction with
the airbags in a severe frontal collision. The
pre‑tensioners automatically retract both the
seat belt anchor and the seat belt webbing,
reducing slack in both the lap and diagonal
portions of the belts, resulting in reduced
forward movement of the occupant.
The outboard seats are equipped with
shoulder pre-tensioners to retract the seat
belt webbing to reduce forward movement of
the occupant.
Seat Belts
35Seating and Safety Restraints
If the pre-tensioners and airbags did not
activate in an impact, this does not mean they
malfunctioned. It usually means that the
strength or type of force needed to activate
them was not present.
WARNING: Once the seat belt pre-
tensioners have been activated, they
must be replaced. After any collision,
have the airbags, seat belt pre-
tensioners and any associated
components checked and, if
necessary, replaced.
Testing Seat Belts
To confirm that seat belts are operating
correctly, perform these three simple checks
on each seat belt.
1. With the seat belt fastened, give the
webbing nearest the buckle a quick pull.
The buckle should remain securely locked.
2. With the belt unfastened, unreel the
webbing to its limit. Check that unreeling is
free from snags, and visually check the
webbing for wear. Allow the webbing to
retract, checking that retraction is smooth
and complete.
3. With the webbing half unreeled, hold the
tongue plate and pull forward quickly. The
mechanism should lock automatically and
prevent further unreeling.
If a seat belt fails any of these tests, contact
Tesla immediately.
For information about cleaning seat belts, see
Seat Belts on page 210.
Seat Belt Warnings
WARNING: Seat belts should be worn
by all occupants at all times, even if
driving for a very short distance.
Failure to do so increases the risk of
injury or death if a collision occurs.
WARNING: Secure small children in a
suitable child safety seat as described
in the Child Safety Seat topic. Always
follow the child safety seat
manufacturer's instructions when
installing.
WARNING: Ensure that all seat belts
are worn correctly. An improperly
worn seat belt increases the risk of
injury or death if a collision occurs.
WARNING: Do not wear seat belts
over hard, fragile or sharp items in
clothing, such as pens, keys,
eyeglasses, etc. The pressure from the
seat belt on such items can cause
injury.
WARNING: Seat belts should not be
worn with any part of the strap
twisted.
WARNING: Each seat belt assembly
must be used by one occupant only. It
is dangerous to put a seat belt around
a child being carried on an occupant’s
lap.
WARNING: Seat belts that have been
worn in a collision must be inspected
or replaced by Tesla, even if damage
to the assembly is not obvious.
WARNING: Seat belts that show signs
of wear (such as fraying), or have
been cut or damaged in any way, must
be replaced by Tesla.
WARNING: Avoid contaminating a
seat belt’s components with any
chemicals, liquids, grit, dirt or cleaning
products. If a seat belt fails to retract
or latch into the buckle, it must be
replaced immediately. Contact Tesla.
Seat Belts
36 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Do not make modifications
or additions that can prevent a seat
belt mechanism from taking up slack,
or that can prevent a seat belt from
being adjusted to remove slack. A
slack belt greatly reduces occupant
protection.
WARNING: Do not make modifications
that can interfere with the operation
of a seat belt, or that can cause a seat
belt to become inoperable.
WARNING: When seat belts are not in
use, they should be fully retracted and
not hanging loose. If a seat belt does
not fully retract, contact Tesla.
Seat Belts
37Seating and Safety Restraints
Passenger Front Airbag Must Be OFF
WARNING: If seating a child on the front passenger seat is permissable in your market
region, never seat a child on the front passenger seat when the passenger front airbag is
active. Always ensure this airbag is OFF (see Passenger Front Airbag Status on page
54).
Refer to the following label fitted to the sun visors:
When an infant or child is seated in the front passenger seat (even when the child is seated in a
suitable child restraint system or booster seat), you must disable the passenger front airbag. If a
collision occurs, the
inflation of the airbag can cause serious injury or death, especially when
using a rear-facing child restraint system.
To disable the passenger front airbag, touch Controls > Safety & Security > Passenger Front
Airbag (see Controlling the Passenger Front Airbag on page 54).
WARNING: When you disable the passenger front airbag, remember to subsequently
enable it when an adult occupant is seated in the front passenger seat.
The status of the passenger front airbag displays in the top corner of the touchscreen. You can
also touch this status icon to disable and enable the passenger front airbag:
Before driving with a child seat on the front passenger seat, always
double-check the status of the passenger front airbag to confirm that it is
OFF.
To protect an adult subsequently occupying the front passenger seat,
remember to turn the passenger front airbag back ON.
WARNING:
It is the driver's responsibility to confirm that the passenger front airbag is
OFF when a child is seated in the front passenger seat.
WARNING:
If the passenger front airbag is ON, even if you have turned it OFF (or vice
versa), contact Tesla immediately.
Suitability and Fitting of Child Restraint Systems
All Model 3 seat belts are designed for adults. When seating infants and children, you must:
• Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child’s age, weight, or size (see
Recommended Child Restraint Systems on page 39).
Child Safety Seats
38 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• Use a child restraint system that is appropriate for the specific seating position in Model 3.
Each passenger seat in Model 3 supports a broad range of options. For details on what type
of child restraint system can be used in each passenger seat, see Front Passenger Seat on
page 41, Rear Outboard Seats on page 43, and Rear Center Seat on page 45.
• Properly install the child restraint system by following the manufacturer's instructions (see
Installing Belt-based Child Restraint Systems on page 46 and Installing ISOFIX/i-Size Child
Restraint Systems on page 46 for general guidelines).
Recommended Child Restraint Systems
In the table below, Tesla provides recommended child restraint systems based a child's weight
group (as defined in ECE R44 “Uniform Provisions Concerning Restraining Devices for Child
Occupants"). Although all weight groups can occupy any passenger seat in Model 3, the type of
child restraint system that can be used in each seat can vary. For example, only belt-based child
restraint systems (as
defined in Two Installation Methods on page 40) can be used in the rear
center passenger seat.
Weight Group Child Weight Tesla Recommended
Group 0 Up to 10 kg No recommendation
Group 0+ Up to 13 kg
Maxi-Cosi CabrioFix with
Easybase2, or FamilyFix
Group I 9 to 18 kg Britax Römer DUO PLUS
Group II 15 to 25 kg
Britax KIDFIX
2
R
Group III 22 to 36 kg Peg Perego Viaggio 2-3 Shuttle base
Child Safety Seats
39Seating and Safety Restraints
Seating Larger Children
If a child is too large to fit into a child restraint system, but too small to be safely secured using
the vehicle's seat belts, use a booster seat appropriate for the child’s age and size. For children
needing a booster seat, Tesla recommends using the base of the Peg Perego Viaggio 2-3
Shuttle. When using and installing a booster seat, carefully follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer.
Two Installation Methods
NOTE: Always install child restraint systems by following the instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint system.
Among many other variants, there are two general types of child restraint systems based on
how they are secured in the seat:
• Belt-based - secured using the vehicle’s seat belts (see Installing Belt-based Child Restraint
Systems on page 46).
• ISOFIX/i-Size - secured to anchor bars built into the vehicle's seats (see Installing ISOFIX/i-
Size Child Restraint Systems on page 46).
Some child restraint systems can be installed using either method. Refer to the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint system to determine which installation
method to use and for detailed installation instructions.
In Model 3, belt-based child restraints can be installed in any passenger seat and ISOFIX/i-Size
systems can be installed in either of the rear outboard seats. Specific details about the type of
child restraint system that can be used in each seat is provided next.
NOTE: ISOFIX and i-Size are international standards for integrated anchors used in passenger
vehicles to attach child safety seats.
WARNING:
Do not use ISOFIX/i-Size anchors with child restraint system or booster seats
that have an integral safety belt where the combined weight of the child plus the child
restraint system exceeds 33 kg.
Child Safety Seats
40 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Front Passenger Seat
WARNING: Never seat a child on the front passenger seat when the passenger front
airbag is active. Doing so can cause serious injury or death. See Airbags on page 52.
WARNING: To accommodate a belt-based child restraint system in the front seat, you
must raise the seat upward to the mid-height position (approximately 3 cm).
When the passenger front airbag is disabled and the seat bottom is raised half way up, infants
and children can occupy the front passenger seat using the following types of belt-based child
restraint systems:
• Forward-facing, Universal.
• Rear-facing, Universal.
Child Safety Seats
41Seating and Safety Restraints
NOTE: The front passenger seat is not equipped with lower anchor bars to support the
installation of ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint systems.
Weight Group Child Weight Passenger Front Airbag ON Passenger Front Airbag OFF
Group 0 Up to 10 kg Not Allowed Allowed
Group 0+ Up to 13 kg Not Allowed Allowed
Group I 9 to 18 kg Not Allowed Allowed
Group II 15 to 25 kg Not Allowed Allowed
Group III 22 to 36 kg Not Allowed Allowed
Child Safety Seats
42 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Rear Outboard Seats
Infants and children can occupy a rear outboard seat using either belt-based, or ISOFIX (IU)//i-
Size (i-U) child restraint systems.
NOTE: The rear seats support the use of upper tether straps (see Attaching Upper Tether Straps
on page 47).
Larger children can also occupy a rear outboard seat using a booster seat, either attached to
the lower anchor bars or belted, as described in the instructions provided by the child restraint
system manufacturer.
The rear outboard seats support the use of the following ISOFIX size classes:
• Size class A, B, and B1 forward-facing.
• Size class C, D and E rear-facing.
NOTE: To accommodate large rear-facing ISOFIX child restraint systems (size class C), you may
need to move the corresponding front seat forward to the mid-track position (up to 13 cm
forward of the rearmost position), raise the seat upward (2 cm from its lowest position), and
angle the seat back as needed.
Child Safety Seats
43Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Do not use Easy Entry (as described in Driver Profiles on page 57) to
automatically move the driver's seat to the full rearward position if a child safety seat is
installed on a rear seat behind the driver's seat. With reduced clearance, the movement
of the seat may impact a child's legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.
Child Safety Seats
44 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Rear Center Seat
Infants can occupy the rear center seat using a rear-facing belt-based child restraint system.
Children can occupy the rear center seat using either a rear-facing or a forward-facing belt-
based child restraint system.
NOTE: The rear center seat is not equipped with lower anchor bars to support the installation of
ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint systems.
Larger children can also occupy a rear center seat using a booster seat, installed as described in
the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint system.
Child Safety Seats
45Seating and Safety Restraints
Installing Belt-based Child
Restraint Systems
Always follow the detailed instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the child
restraint system. Follow these general
guidelines for belt-based child restraint
systems:
• Ensure that the child restraint system is
appropriate for the weight, height, and age
of the child.
• Avoid dressing the child in bulky clothing.
• Do not place any objects between the
child and the child restraint system.
• Adjust the child restraint system's
harnesses for every child, every trip.
1. Place the child restraint system in the
appropriate seat and fully extend the seat
belt. Route and buckle the seat belt in
accordance with the instructions provided
by the manufacturer of the child restraint
system.
2. Allow the seat belt to retract, and
remove all slack in the seat belt while firmly
pushing the child restraint system into the
vehicle's seat.
3. Attach the upper tether strap(s), as
required by the manufacturer of the child
restraint system (see
Attaching Upper
Tether Straps on page 47).
Installing ISOFIX/i-Size
Child Restraint Systems
Model 3's rear outboard seating positions are
equipped with ISOFIX/i-Size anchor bars.
These anchor bars are located between the
seat's cushion and back rest. The exact
location of each anchor bar is identified by a
marking (illustrated below) located on the
seat back, directly above its associated
anchor bars.
To install an ISOFIX/i-Size child restraint
system, carefully read and follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer of
the child restraint system. These instructions
describe how to slide the child restraint
system onto the seat’s anchor bars until you
hear it "click" into place. You may need to
push the child restraint system
firmly against
the seat back to ensure it
fits snugly.
Child Safety Seats
46 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Before seating a child, ensure that the child
restraint system is securely installed. Grasp
the front of the child restraint system with
one hand on each side, and attempt to:
• Twist the child restraint system from side
to side.
• Pull the child restraint system away from
the seat.
If the child restraint system rotates or moves
away from the seat, both latches are not fully
engaged onto the seat's anchor bars. You
must reinstall it and try again. It is critical that
both latches on the child restraint system are
fully engaged.
WARNING:
Do not use ISOFIX/i-Size
anchors with child restraint system or
booster seats that have an integral
safety belt where the combined
weight of the child plus the child
restraint system exceeds 33 kg.
Safety Leg
All passenger seats Model 3 support the use
of a child restraint system with a safety leg. If
the child restraint system is equipped with a
leg, extend the leg as described in the
instructions provided by the manufacturer of
the child restraint system.
Attaching Upper Tether
Straps
Model 3's rear seats support the use of upper
tether straps. When the instructions provided
by the manufacturer of the child restraint
system include attaching an upper tether
strap, attach its hook to the anchor point
located behind the associated seat.
NOTE: Tighten upper tether straps according
to the instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint system.
The anchor points for tether straps are
located on the shelf behind the rear seats.
To access an anchor point, press down on the
back of its cover.
Child Safety Seats
47Seating and Safety Restraints
For dual-strap tethers, position a strap on
each side of the head support.
For single-strap tethers on the outboard
seats, run the strap over the outside-facing
side of the head support—in other words, the
same side of the head support as the seat
belt retraction mechanism.
Child Safety Seats
48 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Technical Information
ECE 16-07 Annex 17, Appendix 3, Table 1
Seat Position Number (see below)
1 and 3
Pass Airbag
OFF
1 and 3
Pass Airbag
ON
4 5 6
Weight Groups
Allowed
0, 0+, I, II, III n/a 0, 0+, I, II, III 0, 0+, I, II,
III
0, 0+, I, II, III
Suitable for
universal belted?
Yes (Note 1) No Yes Yes Yes
Suitable for i-
Size?
No No Yes No Yes
Suitable for lateral
(L1/L2)?
No No No No No
Largest suitable
rearward-facing
ISOFIX
(R1/R2X/R2/R3).
No No R3 (Note 2) No R3 (Note 2)
Largest suitable
forward-facing
ISOFIX
(F1/F2X/F2/F3).
No No F3 No F3
Largest suitable
booster seat (B2/
B3).
B2 No B3 B3 B3
Suitable for safety
leg
Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Note 1: To accommodate a belt-based child restraint system (CRS) in the front seat, you must
raise the seat upward to the mid-height position (~3 cm) and rearward to allow for room
between the CRS and the dashboard.
Note 2: To accommodate large ISOFIX child restraint systems (size class C), you may need to
move the corresponding front seat forward to the mid-track position (up to 13 cm forward of
the rearmost position), raise the seat upward (3 cm from its lowest position), and angle the
seat back to 15 degrees (or 10 degrees rearward from its forward-most position).
Note 3: Adult safety belt buckles are not located laterally between ISOFIX anchor bars in any
given seat.
Summary of Seat Position Numbers
Seat Position Location in Vehicle
1 Front Left (RHD vehicles only)
Child Safety Seats
49Seating and Safety Restraints
Seat Position Location in Vehicle
2 Front Center - not applicable to Model 3
3 Front Right (LHD vehicles only)
4 Rear Row Left
5 Rear Row Center
6 Rear Row Right
Child Safety Seats
50 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Child Restraint System
Warnings
WARNING: Never seat a child in a
child restraint system or a booster
seat on the front passenger seat when
the passenger front airbag is active.
Doing so can cause serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Never use a rearward
facing child restraint system on a seat
protected by an active passenger
front airbag. Doing so can cause
serious injury or death. Refer to the
warning label located on the sun visor.
WARNING: Some child restraint
systems are designed to be secured in
vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap
belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt.
Children could be endangered in a
crash if their child restraint systems
are not properly secured in the
vehicle.
WARNING: Do not use a forward-
facing child restraint system until your
child weighs over 9 kg and can sit
independently. Up to the age of two, a
child's spine and neck are not
suciently developed to avoid injury
in a frontal impact.
WARNING: Do not allow a baby or
infant to be held on a lap. All children
should be restrained in an appropriate
child restraint system at all times.
WARNING: To ensure children are
safely seated, follow all instructions
provided in this document and by the
manufacturer of the child restraint
system.
WARNING: Children should ride in a
rear-facing child restraint system using
the seat’s integrated 5-point harness
for as long as possible until they reach
the maximum size or weight limit of
the rear-facing child restraint system.
WARNING: When seating larger
children, make sure the child's head is
supported and the child’s seat belt is
properly adjusted and fastened. The
shoulder portion of the belt must be
away from the face and neck, and the
lap portion must not be over the
stomach.
WARNING: Never attach two child
restraint systems to one anchor point.
In a collision, one anchor point may be
incapable of securing both seats.
WARNING: Child restraint anchor bars
are designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted child
restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used for adult seat belts,
harnesses, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
WARNING: Always check harnesses
and tether straps for damage and
wear.
WARNING: Never leave a child
unattended, even if the child is
secured in a child restraint system.
WARNING: Never use a child restraint
system that has been involved in a
collision. Discard the seat and have it
replaced as described in the child
restraint system manufacturer’s
instructions.
Child Safety Seats
51Seating and Safety Restraints
Location of Airbags
Airbags are located in the approximate areas shown below. Airbag warning information is
printed on the sun visors.
Model 3 is equipped with an airbag and lap/shoulder belt at both front seating positions. The
airbag is a supplemental restraint at those seating positions. All occupants, including the driver,
should always wear their seat belts whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seating
position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash.
NOTE: On RHD (Right Hand Drive) vehicles, the locations of the passenger and driver airbags
are reversed.
1. Front airbags
2. Seat-mounted side airbags
3. Curtain airbags
Airbags
52 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
How Airbags Work
Airbags inflate when sensors detect an impact that exceeds deployment thresholds. These
thresholds are designed to predict the severity of a crash in time for the airbags to help protect
the vehicle's occupants. Airbags inflate instantly with considerable force accompanied by a loud
noise. The inflated bag, together with the seat belts, limits movement of occupants to reduce
the risk of injury.
Front airbags are not ordinarily designed to inflate in rear collisions, rollovers, side collisions and
when braking heavily or driving over bumps and potholes. Likewise, front airbags may not
inflate in all frontal collisions, such as minor front collisions, underride collisions, or minor
impacts with narrow objects (such as posts or poles). Significant superficial damage can occur
to the vehicle without the airbags inflating and, conversely, a relatively small amount of
structural damage can cause airbags to
inflate. Therefore, the external appearance of the vehicle
after a collision does not represent whether or not the front airbags should have inflated.
WARNING: Before modifying your vehicle to accommodate a person with disabilities in a
way that may aect the airbag system, contact Tesla.
Types of Airbags
Model 3 has the following types of airbags:
• Front airbags: The front airbags are designed to reduce injuries if larger children or adults
are riding in the front seats. Follow all warnings and instructions related to seating a child on
the front passenger seat (if permitted in your market region).
See Child Safety Seats on page
38.
• Seat-mounted side airbags: A seat-mounted side airbag in the front seats helps protect the
pelvis and the thorax region of the torso. The seat-mounted side airbags on both the
impacted and non-impacted side of the vehicle will
inflate in the event of severe side impact
or severe oset frontal impact.
• Curtain airbags: Curtain airbags help protect the head. Curtain airbags on both the
impacted and non-impacted side of the vehicle will inflate only if a severe side impact occurs,
or if the vehicle rolls over.
Airbags
53Seating and Safety Restraints
Passenger Front Airbag Status
The status of the passenger front airbag displays in the top corner of the touchscreen:
Before driving with a child seat on the front passenger seat (if legally
permitted in your market region), always double-check the status of the
passenger front airbag to confirm that it is OFF. When the passenger
front airbag is OFF, it will not inflate when a collision occurs. This
indicator also displays when the seat is unoccupied.
To protect an adult occupying the front passenger seat, ensure the
passenger front airbag is ON. When the passenger front airbag is ON, it
may inflate when a collision occurs.
WARNING: If seating a child in the front passenger seat is legally permissible in your
market region, it is the driver's responsibility to ensure that the passenger front airbag is
OFF. Never seat a child in the front passenger seat with an active airbag, even if using a
child safety seat or booster seat. DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur.
Controlling the Passenger Front Airbag
When a child is seated in the front passenger seat (even when the child is seated in a child
safety seat or booster seat), you must disable the passenger front airbag to prevent it from
injuring the child if a collision occurs. Touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Passenger Front
Airbag, and before driving, ensure the passenger airbag status on the top of the touchscreen
indicates that the airbag is o (see Passenger Front Airbag Status on page 54).
NOTE: Model 3 has a capacitive touchscreen and may not respond to your touch if you are
wearing standard gloves. If the touchscreen is not responding, remove gloves or wear gloves
with conductive
fingertips for use with capacitive touchscreens.
WARNING:
If seating a child in the front passenger seat is legally permissible in your
market region, never seat a child in a child safety seat or a booster seat on the front
passenger seat when the airbag is active. Doing so can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING:
If the passenger front airbag does not appear to be functioning (for example,
if the airbag is on, even if you have turned it o, or vice versa), do not seat a passenger
in the front seat. Contact Tesla immediately.
Airbags
54 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Inflation Eects
WARNING: When airbags inflate, a
fine powder is released. This powder
can irritate the skin and should be
thoroughly flushed from the eyes and
from any cuts or abrasions.
After inflation, the airbags deflate to provide
a gradual cushioning eect for the occupants
and to ensure the driver’s forward vision is
not obscured.
If airbags have inflated, or if your vehicle has
been in a collision, your vehicle requires
servicing before it will power up. In addition,
your airbags, seat belt pre-tensioners and any
associated components must be checked,
and if necessary, replaced. Contact Tesla
Service immediately.
In a collision, in addition to the airbags
inflating:
• e Call automatically contacts emergency
responders, provided the cellular signal is
adequate and services are available in your
region (see
eCall on page 234).
• Doors unlock.
• Hazard warning lights turn on.
• Interior lights turn on.
• High voltage is disabled.
NOTE: In some collisions, even if airbags did
not inflate, high voltage may be disabled and
you will be unable to power up and drive.
Contact Tesla Service immediately.
Airbag Warning Indicator
The airbag indicator on
the touchscreen remains
lit if the airbag system is
malfunctioning. The only
time this indicator should
light up is briefly when
Model 3 first powers up, in
which case it turns
o
within a few seconds. If it
remains lit, contact Tesla
immediately and do not
drive.
Airbag Warnings
WARNING: All occupants, including
the driver, should always wear their
seat belts, whether or not an airbag is
also provided at their seating position,
to minimize the risk of severe injury or
death in the event of a collision.
WARNING: Front seat occupants
should not place their arms over the
airbag module, as an inflating airbag
can cause fractures or other injuries.
WARNING: Do not use seat covers on
Model 3. Doing so could restrict
deployment of the seat-mounted side
air bags if a collision occurs. It can also
reduce the accuracy of the occupant
detection system, if equipped.
WARNING: Airbags inflate with
considerable speed and force, which
can cause injury. To limit injuries,
ensure that occupants are wearing
seat belts and are correctly seated,
with the seat positioned as far back as
possible.
WARNING: Children should not be
seated on the front passenger seat
unless permitted by regulations in
your market region. Follow all
regulations in your region for the
appropriate way to seat a child based
on the child's weight, size, and age.
The safest place to seat infants and
young children is in a rear seating
position. Seating an infant or child in a
rear-facing child restraint system on a
seat equipped with an operational
airbag can cause serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use a rear-facing
child safety seat on a seat with an
operational airbag in front of it. Doing
so can cause injury or death if the
airbag inflates.
WARNING: To ensure correct inflation
of the side airbags, maintain an
unobstructed gap between an
occupant’s torso and the side of
Model 3.
WARNING: Passengers shouldn't lean
their heads against doors. Doing so
can cause injury if a curtain airbag
inflates.
Airbags
55Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Do not allow passengers
to obstruct the operation of an airbag
by placing feet, knees or any other
part of the body on or near an airbag.
WARNING: Do not attach or place
objects on or near the front airbags,
the side of the front seats, the
headliner at the side of the vehicle, or
any other airbag cover that could
interfere with inflation of an airbag.
Objects can cause serious injury if the
vehicle is in a collision severe enough
to cause the airbag to inflate.
WARNING: Following inflation, some
airbag components are hot. Do not
touch until they have cooled.
Airbags
56 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Creating a Driver Profile
When you first adjust the driver’s seat,
steering wheel, or driver’s side mirror, the
touchscreen prompts you to create a driver
profile to save these adjustments. Your profile
also saves some of the preferences you make
using the touchscreen's Controls window.
To add a new driver
profile, touch the driver
profile icon at the top of
the touchscreen. Then
touch
Add New Driver,
type the driver's name
and touch Create Profile.
Follow the onscreen
instructions to save the
seating position to the
driver profile. You can also
check the
Use Easy Entry
checkbox if you want to
save (or use existing) Easy
Entry settings (described
below) in which the
driver's seat and the
steering wheel are
automatically adjusted to
make it easy to enter and
exit
Model 3.
If you change the position of the steering
wheel, driver’s seat, or driver’s side mirror
after you have saved or chosen a driver
profile, the touchscreen prompts you to save
the new position or restore the previously
saved position (other settings are
automatically saved). To change a setting
without saving or restoring, just ignore the
prompt.
To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’s profile,
touch the driver profile icon and choose the
driver name. The saved adjustments are
automatically made.
NOTE: Valet mode is a built-in driver profile
used to limit speed and restrict access to
some
Model 3 features (see Valet Mode on
page 58).
NOTE:
To stop automatic adjustments that
are in process based on a driver's profile,
touch Stop on the Driver Profile dropdown
menu. Automatic adjustments also stop if you
manually adjust a seat, mirror or the steering
wheel.
Easy Entry
You can define an Easy Entry setting that
moves the steering wheel and driver's seat to
make it easy to enter and exit
Model 3. Any
driver can use the Easy Entry setting by
associating it with their driver's profile. When
the Easy Entry setting is associated with a
driver's profile, the steering wheel and driver's
seat automatically adjust when the park gear
is engaged and the driver's seat belt is
unbuckled, allowing an easy exit from the
vehicle. When returning to the vehicle and
stepping on the brake pedal, settings
automatically adjust back to the settings used
by the most recent driver
profile (or based on
the key if it's linked to a driver profile).
To use Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensure
the
Use Easy Entry box is checked.
WARNING: Never use Easy Entry to
move the driver's seat to the full
rearward position when a child safety
seat is installed on a rear seat located
behind the driver's seat. With reduced
clearance, the movement of the seat
may impact a child's legs, cause injury,
or dislodge the seat.
Restoring a Driver’s Profile
To adjust
Model 3 based
on a driver’s profile, touch
the driver profile icon on
the touchscreen's status
bar. Then choose the
driver and Model 3 is
adjusted based on the
settings that have been
saved to the chosen driver
profile.
Driver Profiles
57Driving
Saved Settings
A subset of the settings that you choose from
the Controls window to customize your
Model
3 are also saved to your driver's profile. The
settings that are associated with driver
profiles may vary depending on the version of
software currently installed on your Model 3.
Linking a Driver Profile to
a Key
You can link a driver profile to a key (or keys)
to allow Model 3 to automatically select the
correct driver profile when the linked key is
detected as you approach the vehicle and
open the driver's door. To link a driver
profile
to a key, first ensure you are using your
desired driver profile. Navigate to Controls >
Locks and touch the + icon. You can add an
authenticated phone, key card, or key fob by
following the onscreen instructions. When
finished pairing, touch the driver icon to link
the key to the desired driver profile. The name
of the driver
profile will appear under the key
to show that it is linked.
NOTE: Model 3 can support up to 19 linked
keys including authenticated phones, key
cards, and up to four key fobs. However,
Model 3 only supports up to 10 driver profiles.
You can link multiple keys to a driver profile,
but you cannot link multiple driver profiles to
a single key.
Valet Mode
When Model 3 is in Valet mode, the following
restrictions apply:
• Speed is limited to 113 km/h.
• Maximum acceleration and power are
limited.
• Front trunk and glovebox are locked.
• Home and Work locations are not
available in the navigation system.
• Voice commands are disabled.
• Autopilot convenience features are
disabled.
• The Allow Mobile Access setting is
disabled.
•
HomeLink (if applicable in your market
region) is not accessible.
• Driver Profiles are not accessible.
• The touchscreen does not display the list
of keys that can access Model 3 (see
Managing Keys on page 14).
• Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. When
Model 3 is in Valet mode, you cannot pair
new Bluetooth devices or view or delete
existing paired devices.
NOTE: If a Bluetooth paired device or a
known Wi-Fi network is within operating
range (approximately 9 meters) of Model 3
in Valet mode, Model 3 will connect to it.
Starting Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch the driver profile
icon on the top of the touchscreen, then
touch
Valet Mode.
The first time you enter Valet mode, you will
be prompted to create a 4-digit PIN that you
will use to cancel Valet mode.
When Valet mode is active, the touchscreen
displays the word Valet above the driving
speed and the Valet mode driver profile
displays on the touchscreen.
You can also use the mobile app to start and
cancel Valet mode (provided
Model 3 is in
Park). When using the mobile app, you do not
need to enter a PIN because you are already
required to log into the app using your Tesla
Account credentials.
NOTE: If the PIN to Drive setting is enabled
(see
PIN to Drive on page 176), you must
enter the driving PIN before you can define or
enter a Valet PIN. Once in Valet mode, Model
3 can be driven without the valet needing to
enter the driving PIN.
NOTE: The PIN to Drive setting is not
available when Valet mode is active.
If you forget your valet PIN, reset it from
inside Model 3 by entering your Tesla Account
credentials (which also cancels Valet mode).
You can also reset your PIN using the mobile
app.
Driver Profiles
58 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Do not use Valet mode
when towing a trailer. The torque
limitations of Valet mode can make it
dicult forModel 3 to pull a trailer up
a hill.
Canceling Valet Mode
With Model 3 in Park, touch the Valet Mode
driver icon on the touchscreen's status bar,
then enter your 4-digit PIN.
When you cancel Valet mode, all settings
associated with the most recently used driver
profile and climate control settings are
restored, and all features are available.
NOTE: You do not need to enter a PIN to
cancel Valet mode from the mobile app.
Driver Profiles
59Driving
Scroll Buttons
A scroll button is located on each side of the
steering wheel. Use your thumb to press this
button to the right or left. You can also press
the button or roll it up or down.
1. Use the left scroll button to:
◦ Control the volume. Press the scroll
button to mute/unmute the volume, roll
the scroll button up to increase the
volume, or down to decrease the volume.
NOTE: The scroll button adjusts the
volume for media, navigation instructions
or phone calls based on what is currently
in use. As you adjust volume, the
touchscreen displays the volume level
and whether you are adjusting volume
for media, navigation or phone calls.
◦ Push the scroll button to the right to go
to the next song, station, or Favorite
(depending on what's playing). Push the
scroll button to the left to return to the
previous selection.
◦ Adjust the position of the exterior
mirrors (see Adjusting Exterior Mirrors on
page 62).
◦ Adjust the position of the steering
wheel (see
Adjusting Steering Wheel
Position on page 60).
◦ Adjust the angle of the headlights (see
Headlight Adjustments on page 70).
2. Use the right scroll button to:
◦ Speak a voice command. Press the
button to initiate a voice command (see
Using Voice Commands on page 175).
◦
Adjust your set speed and the distance
you want to maintain from a vehicle
traveling ahead of you (see Trac-Aware
Cruise Control on page 111).
NOTE: The arrows associated with the scroll
buttons are backlit in low ambient lighting
conditions. To turn this backlighting on or o,
touch Controls > Lights > Steering Wheel
Lights.
To restart the touchscreen, press and hold
both scroll buttons until after the touchscreen
turns black. See Restarting the Touchscreen
on page 64.
Adjusting Steering Wheel
Position
To adjust the steering wheel, touch Controls >
Quick Controls > Adjustments > Steering
Wheel. Use the left scroll buttons on the
steering wheel to move the steering wheel to
the desired position:
• To adjust the height/tilt angle of the
steering wheel, roll the left scroll button up
or down.
• To move the steering wheel closer to you,
or further away from you, press the left
scroll button to the left or right.
WARNING:
Do not make steering
wheel adjustments while driving.
Steering Wheel
60 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Adjusting Steering Eort
You can adjust the feel and sensitivity of the
steering system to suit your personal
preference:
1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >
Driving > Steering Mode.
2. Choose a steering option:
◦ Comfort - Reduces the eort required
to turn the wheel. In town,
Model 3 feels
easier to drive and park.
◦ Standard - Tesla believes that this
setting oers the best handling and
response in all conditions.
◦ Sport - Increases the eort required to
turn the wheel. When driving at higher
speeds,
Model 3 feels more responsive.
The only way to really know which option you
like best is to try them.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the center pad on
the steering wheel.
Steering Wheel
61Driving
Adjusting Exterior Mirrors
Adjust the exterior mirrors by touching
Controls > Quick Controls > Mirrors. You can
choose which mirror you would like to adjust
by selecting
Left or Right on the touchscreen.
Use the left scroll button on the steering
wheel to adjust the mirror to its desired
position:
NOTE: You can also press the left scroll
button to change which mirror you are
adjusting.
• To move the mirror up or down, roll the
left scroll button up or down.
• To move the mirror inward or outward,
press the left scroll button to the left or
right.
Cars manufactured in the U.S.: When in the
Drive or Neutral gear, the side mirrors
automatically dim in low lighting conditions
(for example, when driving at night). Due to
market region or build date, this may not be
available on some vehicles.
Both exterior mirrors have heaters that turn
on and
o with the rear window defroster.
You can fold the mirrors inward for parking in
tight spaces by touching Controls > Quick
Controls > Fold. The mirrors remain folded
until your driving speed reaches 50 km/h, or
until you touch Fold again to unfold the
mirrors.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on
page 104 for information to ensure your
mirrors function properly in cold weather.
NOTE:
You cannot fold a mirror if driving
faster than 50 km/h.
Auto-Fold Mirrors Based on
Location
Model 3 can automatically fold and unfold the
side mirrors based on location, which saves
you from having to manually position them
each time you need to fold or unfold the
mirrors when at a frequented place (such as
narrow garages, tight parking spaces, etc.).
To set up, Model 3 must be driving at a low
speed (less than 5 km/h) or stopped at the
location you want your vehicle to remember.
Go to Controls > Quick Controls > Mirrors >
Always Fold Mirrors at this Location. Next
time you approach the saved location, your
mirrors fold and unfold within 7.5 meters of
the
specified location.
You can also integrate auto-folding mirrors
with HomeLink (see HomeLink Universal
Transceiver on page 180). To enable, go to
HomeLink > Auto-Fold Mirrors when Nearby.
CAUTION: Mirrors may not
automatically fold or unfold if you
return to a saved location and are
driving faster than 5 km/h.
Mirror Auto Tilt
Both exterior mirrors can automatically tilt
downward when
Model 3 is shifted into
Reverse. When you shift back into Drive, the
mirrors return to their normal (upward)
position.
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls >
Quick Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Tilt.
Mirror Auto Fold
Both exterior mirrors can automatically fold
inward whenever you exit and lock Model 3.
When you unlock Model 3, the exterior
mirrors then automatically unfold.
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls >
Quick Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Fold.
Mirrors
62 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Rear View Mirror
The rear view mirror is adjusted manually.
When in the Drive or Neutral gear, the rear
view mirror automatically dims in low lighting
conditions (for example, when driving at night
or through a tunnel).
Vanity Mirrors
To expose and illuminate the vanity mirror,
fold the sun visor downwards, then use the
tab to lower the mirror cover. When you close
the mirror cover, the light turns
o.
Mirrors
63Driving
Starting
When you open a door, Model 3 powers on
the touchscreen and you can operate all
controls.
To drive Model 3:
1. PRESS THE BRAKE PEDAL - Model 3
powers on and is ready to drive.
2. SELECT A GEAR - Move the gear lever all
the way down for Drive and all the way up
for Reverse. See Shifting Gears on page
66.
NOTE: If the PIN to Drive feature is enabled
(see
PIN to Drive on page 176), you must
also enter a valid PIN on the touchscreen
before you can drive
Model 3.
Everything you need to know when driving
Model 3 displays on the touchscreen.
Drive Disabled - Requires
Authentication
If Model 3 does not detect a key when you
press the brake (an authenticated phone is
not detected, or 30 seconds has passed since
you used the key card), the touchscreen
displays a message telling you that driving
requires authentication.
If you see this message, place the key card
behind the cup holders on the top of the
center console where the RFID transmitter
can read it. The 30 second authentication
window restarts and you can start
Model 3 by
pressing the brake pedal.
A number of factors can
aect whether
Model 3 can detect an authenticated phone
(for example, the phone's battery is low or
dead and is no longer able to communicate
using Bluetooth).
Always keep your authenticated phone and a
key card with you. After driving, your
authenticated phone or key card is needed to
restart Model 3 after it powers o. And when
you leave Model 3, you must bring your
authenticated phone or key card with you to
lock
Model 3, either manually or
automatically.
Powering O
When you finish driving, shift into Park by
pressing the button on the end of the gear
selector. The parking brake automatically
engages and all systems keep operating.
When you leave
Model 3 with your
authenticated phone and key card, it powers
o automatically, turning o the touchscreen.
Model 3 also powers o automatically after
being in Park for 15 minutes, even if you are
sitting in the driver’s seat.
Although usually not needed, you can power
o Model 3 while sitting in the driver’s seat,
provided the vehicle is not moving. Touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Power O.
Model 3 automatically powers back on again
if you press the brake pedal or touch the
touchscreen.
NOTE: Model 3 automatically shifts into Park
whenever it is determined that you are exiting
the vehicle, even when you shift into Neutral
before exiting.
To keep Model 3 in Neutral,
you will need to activate Transport Mode (see
Instructions for Transporters on page 235).
Restarting the
Touchscreen
If your touchscreen is unresponsive or
demonstrates unusual behavior, you can
restart it to potentially resolve the issue.
Starting and Powering O
64 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Only restart the
touchscreen while the vehicle is
stopped and in Park. The car status
display, safety warnings, backup
camera, etc. will not be visible during
the restart.
1. Shift into Park.
2. Hold down both scroll buttons on the
steering wheel until the touchscreen turns
black.
3. After a few seconds, the Tesla logo
appears. Wait approximately 30 seconds
for the touchscreen to restart. If the
touchscreen is still unresponsive or
demonstrating unusual behavior after a few
minutes, try power cycling the vehicle. See
Power Cycling the Vehicle on page 65.
NOTE: Restarting the touchscreen using the
scroll buttons does not power
Model 3 o
and on.
Power Cycling the Vehicle
If your vehicle demonstrates unusual behavior
or a nondescript alert is present, you can try
power cycling the vehicle to potentially
resolve the issue.
1. Shift into Park.
2. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >
Safety & Security > Power O.
3. Wait for at least two minutes without
interacting with the vehicle. Do not open
the doors, touch the brake pedal, touch the
touchscreen, etc.
4. After two minutes have passed, press the
brake pedal or open the door to wake the
vehicle.
Starting and Powering O
65Driving
Shifting Gears
When Model 3 is in Park, you must press the
brake to shift to another gear.
Move the lever up or down to change gears.
If you try to shift into a gear that the current
driving speed prohibits, a chime sounds and
the gear does not change.
Reverse
Push the lever all the way up and release. You
can only shift into Reverse when Model 3 is
stopped or moving less than
8 km/h. If
moving less than 1.6 km/h, you must press the
brake.
Neutral
Push the lever up or down to the first position
and hold it there for more than 1 second to
shift into Neutral. Neutral allows
Model 3 to
roll freely when you are not pressing the
brake pedal.
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park when
you leave the driver's seat. To stay in Neutral,
use the touchscreen to engage Transport
Mode (see
Instructions for Transporters on
page 235).
Drive
Push the lever all the way down and release.
You can shift into Drive when
Model 3 is
stopped or moving less than 8 km/h in
Reverse. If Model 3 is moving less than
1.6 km/h, you must press the brake to shift
into Drive.
NOTE: When in Drive, push the lever all the
way down and release to enable
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control (see Trac-Aware Cruise
Control on page 111). Push the lever all the
way down twice in quick succession to enable
Autosteer (see Autosteer on page 118).
Park
Press the end of the gear selector while
Model 3 is stopped. Whenever Model 3 is in
Park, the parking brake is applied.
Model 3 automatically shifts into Park
whenever you connect a charge cable or if
two or more of the following conditions are
met simultaneously while traveling slower
than approximately
2 km/h:
• The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.
• The occupancy sensor in the driver's seat
does not detect an occupant.
• The driver's door is opened.
NOTE: The above conditions do not reflect a
comprehensive list of reasons why Model 3
may or may not automatically shift into Park
and, in certain scenarios, it is possible for your
vehicle to shift into Park when only one of the
above conditions is true.
WARNING:
In emergency situations, if
the brakes are not functioning
properly, press and hold the Park
button on the gear selector to bring
the vehicle to a stop. Do not use this
method to stop the vehicle unless
absolutely necessary.
Gears
66 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: It is the driver's
responsibility to always ensure the
vehicle is in Park before exiting. Never
rely on Model 3 to automatically shift
into Park for you; it might not work in
all circumstances (for example, if
Creep or a slope causes the vehicle to
travel greater than approximately 2
km/h).
To make it convenient to pick up passengers,
you can also unlock all doors at any time by
shifting into Park then pressing the Park
button a second time.
Gears
67Driving
Controlling Lights
Touch Controls > Lights on the touchscreen
to control the lights.
In addition to the lights that you can control
from the touchscreen,
Model 3 has
convenience lights that operate automatically
based on what you are doing. For example, in
low ambient lighting conditions, the interior
lights, marker lights, tail lights, and puddle
lights turn on when you unlock
Model 3, when
you open a door, and when you shift into
Park. They turn o after a minute or two or
when you shift into a driving gear or lock
Model 3.
NOTE: The image below is provided for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on
vehicle options, software version and market
region, your touchscreen may appear slightly
dierent.
1. Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights,
position lights and license plate lights) are
set to AUTO each time you start Model 3.
When set to
AUTO, exterior lights
automatically turn on when driving in low
lighting conditions. If you change to a
dierent setting, lights always revert to
AUTO on your next drive.
Touch one of these options to temporarily
change the exterior light setting:
NOTE:
Any exterior lights (for example,
daytime running lights) that are required to
remain on in your market region will turn on
as appropriate when driving, when parked
on specific types of roads, etc.
OFF Exterior lights turn o
until you manually turn
them back on or until
the next time you drive.
Only the exterior
position lights, tail lights
and license plate lights
turn on.
Exterior lights turn on.
NOTE:
If equipped with the premium
package, Model 3 has a series of LED lights
along the rim of the headlights, also
referred to as "signature" lights. These
lights automatically turn on whenever
Model 3 is powered on and a driving gear
(Drive or Reverse) is engaged.
CAUTION:
The rear tail lights are o
while daytime running lights are on.
Be sure the rear lights are on during
low rear visibility conditions (for
example, when it is dark, foggy,
snowy, or the road is wet, etc.).
Failure to do so can cause damage
or serious injury.
WARNING:
Always ensure that your
headlights are on during low
visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a collision.
2. A separate control is available to turn on
fog lights (if equipped). When on, fog lights
operate whenever low beam headlights are
on. When headlights are turned
o, fog
lights also turn
o.
3. Turn the interior dome (map) lights on or
o. If set to AUTO, all interior dome lights
turn on when you unlock
Model 3, open a
door upon exiting, or shift into Park.
Lights
68 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
You can also manually turn an individual
dome light on or o by pressing its lens. If
you manually turn a dome light on, it turns
o when Model 3 powers o. If Model 3
was already powered o when you
manually turned the light on, it turns o
after 60 minutes.
4. If you turn on AMBIENT LIGHTS, interior
ambient lights turn on whenever the
headlights are on (if equipped with the
premium package).
NOTE: To control the backlighting on the
steering wheel buttons, touch
Controls >
Lights > Steering Wheel Lights. If o, they
do not turn on when headlights are on.
5. If you turn on Auto High Beam, your
vehicle automatically switches from high
beam headlights to low beam headlights
when light is detected in front of
Model 3.
See High Beam Headlights on page 69.
6. If you turn on Headlights after Exit, the
exterior lights remain on for a short period
of time after you stop driving and park
Model 3 in low lighting conditions. See
Headlights After Exit on page 70.
7. If you turn on Steering Wheel Lights, the
arrows associated with the scroll buttons
are backlit in low ambient lighting
conditions.
High Beam Headlights
Push the left-hand steering column lever
away from you and release to turn the high
beam headlights on continuously. To cancel,
push the lever away from you again.
To briefly flash the high beam headlights, pull
the lever towards you and release.
The high beam headlights can automatically
switch to low beam when there is light
detected in front of Model 3 (for example,
from an oncoming vehicle). To turn this
feature on or
o, touch Controls > Lights >
Auto High Beam.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until
you manually change it.
In situations where Auto High Beam is turned
on but the high beams are turned o because
light is detected in front of
Model 3, you can
temporarily turn on the high beams by pulling
the lever toward you.
The following indicator lights are visible on
the touchscreen to show the status of the
headlights:
Low beam headlights are
on.
High beam headlights are
on and Auto High Beam is
disabled or currently
unavailable.
Auto High Beam is
enabled and high beams
are on. Model 3 is ready to
turn o the high beams if
light is detected.
Lights
69Driving
Auto High Beam is
enabled but high beams
are not on because light is
detected in front of Model
3. When light is no longer
detected, high beams
automatically turn back
on.
WARNING: Auto High Beam is an aid
only and is subject to limitations. It is
the driver's responsibility to make sure
that the headlights are appropriately
adjusted for weather conditions and
driving circumstances.
Headlights After Exit
When Headlights after Exit is on, the exterior
headlights remain on when you stop driving
and park
Model 3 in low lighting conditions.
They automatically turn o after one minute
or when
Model 3 locks. When o, headlights
turn o when you engage the Park gear and
open a door.
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls >
Lights > Headlights after Exit.
Headlight Adjustments
To adjust the angle of the headlights, touch
Controls > Service > Adjust Headlights, then
follow the onscreen instructions. You can
choose which headlight you would like to
adjust by selecting it on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Headlights do not require adjustments
when temporarily driving into a region where
the
trac direction is dierent (for example,
driving in right-hand trac region, and then
driving into a region with left-hand trac).
WARNING:
Proceed with caution
when adjusting headlights. Tesla has
carefully calibrated the position of the
headlights to be in an optimum
position for most driving scenarios.
Tesla recommends that you do not
adjust headlights unless you are
familiar with how headlights should be
adjusted. Once adjusted, you will be
unable to automatically restore them
to their originally calibrated position.
Contact Tesla for assistance when
adjusting headlights.
Turn Signals
The turn signals flash three times or
continuously, depending on how far up or
down you move the lever. Lightly push the
turn signal lever up or down for a three-flash
sequence. For a continuous signal, push the
lever fully up or down.
The turn signals stop operating when
canceled by the steering wheel, by moving
the lever in the opposite direction, or lightly
pushing the lever in the same direction once
more.
The corresponding turn
signal indicator lights up
on the touchscreen when
a turn signal is operating.
Model 3 also emits a
clicking sound.
WARNING: If you have purchased an
optional Autopilot package and
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is active,
engaging a turn signal can cause
Model 3 to accelerate when using
Trac-Aware Cruise Control in
specific situations (see Overtake
Acceleration on page 115). If
Autosteer is active on a vehicle with
Auto Lane Change, engaging a turn
signal may cause Model 3 to change
lanes.
Lights
70 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Hazard Warning Flashers
To turn on the hazard warning flashers, press
the button located above the rear view mirror.
All turn signals
flash. Press the button again
to turn
o the hazard warning flashers.
NOTE: Hazard warning flashers operate even
when
Model 3 cannot detect a key.
NOTE: Be careful not to press the SOS
button, which is located next to the Hazard
Warning Lights on the overhead console.
Doing so activates eCall (if services are
available in your region) and connects you to
emergency responders (see
eCall on page
234).
NOTE: Hazard warning flashers turn on if you
brake forcefully when driving over 50 km/h.
Lights
71Driving
Overview
The touchscreen displays the status of Model 3 at all times. What you see depends on whether
the vehicle is:
• Parked (shown below).
• Driving (see Driving Status on page 74).
• Charging (see Charging Status and Settings on page 196).
When Model 3 is parked, the status area shows the gear, estimated range, and an overhead view
of the car with buttons you can touch to open the trunks and charge port door. When you press
the brake, Model 3 powers up and indicator lights flash briefly along the top. Unless an indicator
light applies to the current situation (for example, a seat belt is not fastened), it should turn o.
If an indicator light fails to turn on or o, contact Tesla.
NOTE: The following image is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle
options, software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly dierent.
Indicator Lights
The following indicator lights illuminate to
advise you or alert you of a specific status or
condition.
A brake system fault is
detected or the brake
fluid
level is low. See Braking
and Stopping on page
77. Contact Tesla
immediately.
The parking brake is
manually applied. See
Parking Brake on page
80.
A parking brake fault is
detected. Contact Tesla.
See Parking Brake on
page 80.
Tire pressure warning. The
pressure of a tire is out of
range. If a fault with the
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) is
detected, the indicator
flashes. View tire
pressures in the "Cards"
area, located below the
touchscreen's car status
area, as described in
Touchscreen Overview on
page 6. For a TPMS fault,
contact Tesla. See
Tire
Care and Maintenance on
page 201.
A seat belt for an
occupied seat is not
fastened. See Seat Belts
on page 34.
Car Status
72 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Airbag safety. If this
indicator does not flash on
briefly when Model 3
prepares to drive, or if it
remains on, contact Tesla
immediately. See Airbag
Warning Indicator on page
55.
An ABS (Anti-lock Braking
System) fault is detected.
See Braking and Stopping
on page 77. Contact
Tesla immediately.
Front fog lights, if
equipped. See Lights on
page 68.
Parking lights (side
marker lights, tail lights,
and license plate lights)
are on. See Lights on page
68.
Low beam headlights are
on.
High beam headlights are
on and Auto High Beam is
disabled or currently
unavailable.
Auto High Beam is
enabled and high beams
are on. Model 3 is ready to
turn o the high beams if
light is detected. See High
Beam Headlights on page
69.
Auto High Beam is
enabled but high beams
are not on because light is
detected in front of Model
3. When light is no longer
detected, high beams
automatically turn back
on. See
High Beam
Headlights on page 69.
This indicator flashes
amber when the
electronic stability control
systems are actively
minimizing wheel spin by
controlling brake pressure
and motor power. See
Traction Control on page
82. If this indicator stays
illuminated, a fault is
detected (contact Tesla
immediately).
Electronic stability control
systems are no longer
minimizing wheel spin.
See Traction Control on
page 82.
Trailer mode (if equipped)
is active. See Towing and
Accessories on page 95.
Vehicle Hold is actively
applying the brakes. See
Vehicle Hold on page 85.
A door or trunk is open.
See Doors on page 16,
Rear Trunk on page 20, or
Front Trunk on page 22.
Appears when some of
the stored energy in the
Battery may not be
available due to cold
weather conditions. If
Model 3 is plugged in, you
can heat your Battery by
Car Status
73Driving
turning on climate control
with the mobile app. The
snowflake icon disappears
when the Battery is
suciently warm.
Vehicle power is currently
being limited because the
energy remaining in the
Battery is low or the
vehicle's systems are
being heated or cooled
(indicator light is amber).
Flashes green when the
left turn signal is
operating. Both turn signal
indicators flash green
when the hazard warning
flashers are operating.
Flashes green when the
right turn signal is
operating. Both turn signal
indicators flash green
when the hazard warning
flashers are operating.
Driving Status
When Model 3 is driving (or ready to drive),
the touchscreen shows your current driving
status and a real-time visualization of the
road as detected by the Autopilot
components (see
About Autopilot on page
108). The visualization automatically zooms
in and out to better utilize touchscreen space
and inform you when a vehicle is detected in
your blind spot.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided
for demonstration purposes only. Depending
on vehicle options, software version, and
market region, the information displayed may
be slightly
dierent.
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-
Driving Visualization Preview to display more
details about the roadway and its
surroundings, such as road markings, stop
signs, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans
and poles), etc.
1. Driving speed.
2. On the energy bar, black (or white in
night brightness) represents energy being
used during acceleration and green
indicates energy being gained through
regenerative braking. A dashed line
appears on the energy bar when power
available for acceleration or power that can
be gained by regenerative braking is being
limited.
Model 3 limits power for many
reasons. Here are just a few examples:
◦ Acceleration may be limited when the
Battery is reaching a low state of charge
or if the powertrain is hot.
◦ Both acceleration and regenerative
braking may be limited when the
ambient temperature is either very warm
or cool.
◦ Regenerative braking may be limited
when the Battery is fully charged.
3. Currently selected gear: Park, Reverse,
Neutral, or Drive.
4. Autosteer (if equipped). When Autosteer
is available but you haven't activated it, the
icon is gray. When Autosteer is actively
steering
Model 3, the icon is blue.
Car Status
74 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
5. The car in front of you (if applicable).
6. Your Model 3. Colored lines radiate from
the image of your Model 3 as objects are
detected (other motorists, guard rails, etc.).
The location of the lines correspond to the
location of the detected object. The color
of the lines (white, yellow, orange, or red)
represents the object's proximity to
Model
3, with white being the farthest and red
being very close and requiring your
immediate attention. See Lane Assist on
page 136.
7. When Autosteer is active (if equipped)
and detecting the driving lane, the lane is
highlighted in blue (see
Autosteer on page
118).
NOTE: If Navigate on Autopilot is active,
the driving lane displays as a single blue
line in front of Model 3 (see Navigate on
Autopilot on page 123).
8. Total estimated driving distance (or
energy) available. Instead of driving
distance, you can display the percentage of
battery energy remaining. To do so, touch
Controls > Display > Energy Display >
Energy (see Controls on page 145).
NOTE: When anticipating when you need
to charge, use range estimates as a general
guideline only.
9. The detected speed limit (see Speed
Assist on page 143)
NOTE: On roads where the map data
determines that a conditional speed limit
exists (for example, a speed limit based on
time of day or weather conditions), a
second speed limit displays below the
first
speed limit. It is the driver's responsibility
to determine whether the conditional
speed limit is currently in
eect and adjust
the driving speed accordingly. You may
need to update the onboard maps to
display conditional speed limits (
Map
Updates on page 166).
10. The set cruising speed. When Trac-
Aware Cruise Control (if equipped) is
available but you haven't set a cruising
speed, the icon is gray and the speed is not
shown
(see Trac-Aware Cruise Control on
page 111).
WARNING:
Pay attention to important
alert messages that display on the car
status window. Ignoring these
messages can result in serious injury
or death.
WARNING:
Although the touchscreen
shows surrounding trac, some
vehicles may not be displayed. Never
rely on the touchscreen to determine
if a vehicle is present (for example, in
your blind spot). Always use your
mirrors and perform shoulder checks.
Car Status
75Driving
Wipers
To perform a single wipe with the windshield
wipers, press and immediately release the
button on the end of the left-hand steering
column lever.
To adjust the continuous wiper settings, touch
the windshield wiper icon located in the
"Cards" area on the touchscreen (see
Touchscreen Overview on page 6). The wiper
card displays the current state of the wipers.
NOTE: When you operate the wipers, the
headlights automatically turn on (if they were
not on already).
CAUTION: To avoid damaging the
hood, ensure that the hood is fully
closed before activating the
windshield wipers.
1. Turn the wipers on or o.
2. Adjust the speed of the wipers.
◦ 1: Intermittent, slow
◦ 2: Intermittent, fast
◦ 3: Continuous, slow
◦ 4: Continuous, fast
◦ AUTO: Model 3 detects whether or not
it is raining. When wipers are set to
AUTO and liquid is detected on the
windshield,
Model 3 determines the
optimal frequency at which they should
wipe. If
Model 3 does not detect liquid on
the windshield, the wipers do not wipe.
NOTE: The AUTO setting is currently in
BETA. If uncertain about using AUTO while
in the BETA phase, Tesla recommends
setting the wiper speed to one of the
first
four positions, as necessary.
NOTE:
If the AUTO setting is selected but
becomes unavailable, the wipers change to
the manual setting (one of the first four
positions) that is closest to the latest
determined AUTO wiping frequency. If the
latest wiping frequency cannot be
determined, the wipers turn o.
CAUTION: Ensure the wipers are o
before washing Model 3 to avoid the
risk of damaging the wipers.
Periodically check and clean the edge of the
wiper blades. If a blade is damaged, replace it
immediately. For details on checking and
replacing wiper blades, see Wiper Blades and
Washer Jets on page 213.
CAUTION: Remove ice from the
windshield before turning the wipers
on. Ice has sharp edges that can
damage the rubber on the blades.
CAUTION: In harsh climates, ensure
that the wiper blades are not frozen or
adhered to the windshield.
Washers
Fully press and hold the button on the end of
the left-hand steering column lever to spray
washer
fluid onto the windshield. While
spraying the windshield, the wipers turn on.
After releasing the button, the wipers perform
two additional wipes, then a third wipe a few
seconds later.
Periodically top up washer fluid (see Topping
Up Windshield Washer Fluid on page 215).
Wipers and Washers
76 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Braking Systems
WARNING: Properly functioning
braking systems are critical to ensure
safety. If you experience a problem
with the brake pedal, brake caliper, or
any component of a Model 3 braking
system, contact Tesla immediately.
Model 3 has an anti-lock braking system
(ABS) that prevents the wheels from locking
when you apply maximum brake pressure.
This improves steering control during heavy
braking in most road conditions.
During emergency braking conditions, the
ABS constantly monitors the speed of each
wheel and varies the brake pressure
according to the grip available.
The alteration of brake pressure can be felt as
a pulsing sensation through the brake pedal.
This demonstrates that the ABS is operating
and is not a cause for concern. Keep
firm and
steady pressure on the brake pedal while
experiencing the pulsing.
The ABS indicator briefly
flashes yellow on the
touchscreen when you
first start Model 3. If this
indicator lights up at any
other time, an ABS fault
has occurred and the ABS
is not operating. Contact
Tesla. The braking system
remains fully operational
and is not
aected by an
ABS failure. However,
braking distances may
increase. Drive cautiously
and avoid heavy braking.
If the touchscreen displays
this red brake indicator at
any time other than briefly
when you first start Model
3, a brake system fault is
detected, or the level of
the brake fluid is low.
Contact Tesla immediately.
Apply steady pressure and
keep the brakes
firm to
bring the vehicle to a stop
when safe to do so.
Emergency Braking
In an emergency, fully press the brake pedal
and maintain firm pressure, even on low
traction surfaces. The ABS varies the braking
pressure to each wheel according to the
amount of traction available. This prevents
wheels from locking and ensures that you
stop as safely as possible.
WARNING: Do not pump the brake
pedal. Doing so interrupts operation
of the ABS and can increase braking
distance.
WARNING: Always maintain a safe
distance from the vehicle in front of
you and be aware of hazardous
driving conditions. While the ABS can
improve stopping distance, it cannot
overcome the laws of physics. It also
does not prevent the danger of
hydroplaning (where a layer of water
prevents direct contact between the
tires and the road).
Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to
automatically brake in situations where a
collision is considered imminent (see
Automatic Emergency Braking on page 140).
WARNING: Automatic Emergency
Braking is not designed to prevent a
collision. At best, it can minimize the
impact of a frontal collision by
attempting to reduce your driving
speed. Depending on Automatic
Emergency Braking to avoid a collision
can result in serious injury or death.
CAUTION: In emergency situations, if
the brakes are not functioning
properly, press and hold the Park
button on the gear selector to bring
the vehicle to a stop. Do not use this
method to stop the vehicle unless
absolutely necessary.
Dynamic Brake Lights
If you are driving over 50 km/h and brake
forcefully
(or if Automatic Emergency Braking
engages), the brake lights flash quickly to
warn other drivers that Model 3 is rapidly
slowing down. If
Model 3 stops completely,
the hazard warning lights flash. Flashing
continues until you press the accelerator or
manually press the button to turn them
o
(see Hazard Warning Flashers on page 71).
Braking and Stopping
77Driving
NOTE: Dynamic brake lights will not flash
while Track Mode is enabled (see Track Mode
on page 86).
NOTE: If towing a trailer, the brake lights on
the trailer also operate as described above,
even when the trailer is not equipped with a
separate braking system.
WARNING: When towing a trailer,
always increase your following
distance. Sudden braking may result in
skidding, jack-knifing, and loss of
control.
Brake Disc Wiping
Model 3 is equipped with brake disc wiping,
which automatically assists in maintaining
brake responsiveness in cold and wet weather
conditions. When such conditions are
detected, brake disc wiping repeatedly
applies an imperceptible amount of brake
force to clear away water on the brake disc
surface. This ensures your brakes are
responsive even during poor weather
conditions.
Hydraulic Fade Compensation
Your vehicle is also equipped with hydraulic
fade compensation. This assists in monitoring
brake system pressure and ABS activity for
instances of lower brake performance. If lower
brake performance is detected (as a result of
brake fade, or cold or wet conditions, for
example), you may feel the brake pedal pull
away from your foot, detect some noise, and
notice a strong increase in vehicle braking.
Continue to press the brake pedal without
releasing or "pumping" them— just brake as
you normally would.
CAUTION:
If the brakes are not
functioning properly, stop the vehicle
as soon as safety permits and contact
Tesla Service. See Park on page 66 for
information on using the Park button
to stop the vehicle in case of
emergency.
WARNING:
Always maintain a safe
driving distance from the vehicle in
front of you and be cautious in
hazardous driving conditions. Do not
rely on brake disc wiping or hydraulic
fade compensation to act as a
substitute for adequate braking.
Regenerative Braking
Whenever Model 3 is moving and your foot is
o the accelerator, regenerative braking slows
down Model 3 and feeds any surplus energy
back to the Battery.
By anticipating your stops and reducing or
removing pressure from the accelerator pedal
to slow down, you can take advantage of
regenerative braking to increase driving
range. Of course, this is no substitute for
regular braking when needed for safety.
NOTE: If regenerative braking is aggressively
slowing Model 3 (such as when your foot is
completely
o the accelerator pedal at
highway speeds), the brake lights turn on to
alert others that you are slowing down.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive
compound and tread design may result in
temporarily-reduced regenerative braking
power. However, your vehicle is designed to
continuously recalibrate itself, and after
changing tires it will increasingly restore
regenerative braking power after some
moderate-torque straight-line accelerations.
For most drivers this occurs after a short
period of normal driving, but drivers who
normally accelerate lightly may need to use
slightly harder accelerations while the
recalibration is in progress.
WARNING:
In snowy or icy conditions
Model 3 may experience traction loss
during regenerative braking,
particularly when in the Standard
setting and/or not using winter tires.
Tesla recommends using the Low
setting (see To Set the Regenerative
Braking Level on page 79) in snowy
or icy conditions to help maintain
vehicle stability.
The amount of energy fed back to the Battery
using regenerative braking can depend on the
current state of the Battery and the charge
level setting that you are using. For example,
regenerative braking may be limited if the
Battery is already fully charged or if the
ambient temperature is too cold.
NOTE: If regenerative braking is limited, a
dashed line displays on the energy bar (see
Driving Status on page 74).
Braking and Stopping
78 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
To Set the Regenerative Braking
Level
You can use the touchscreen to change the
level of regenerative braking:
1. Touch Controls > Driving > Regenerative
Braking.
2. Choose from two levels:
◦ Standard: Provides the maximum
amount of regenerative braking. When
you release the accelerator, Model 3
slows down, reducing the need to use
the brakes.
◦ Low: Limits regenerative braking. When
you release the accelerator, Model 3
takes longer to slow down and coasts
further than if set to "Standard".
Stopping Mode
Regenerative braking decelerates Model 3
whenever you release the accelerator pedal
when driving. You can choose what you want
Model 3 to do once the driving speed has
been reduced to a very low speed (almost at
a stop) and both the accelerator pedal and
brake pedal are released. While in Park, touch
Controls > Driving > Stopping Mode and
choose from these options:
• CREEP: When close to, or at, a complete
stop, the motor continues to apply torque,
moving
Model 3 slowly forward (in Drive)
or backwards (in Reverse), similar to a
conventional vehicle with an automatic
transmission. In some situations, such as on
a steep hill or driveway, you may need to
press the accelerator pedal to continue
moving or to prevent
Model 3 from moving
in the opposite direction.
WARNING:
Never rely on CREEP to
apply enough torque to prevent
your vehicle from rolling down a hill.
Always press the brake pedal to
remain stopped or the accelerator
pedal to proceed up the hill. Failure
to do so can result in property
damage and/or a collision.
•
HOLD: Maximizes range and reduces
brake wear by continuing to provide
regenerative braking at speeds lower than
with the Creep and Roll settings. When
Model 3 stops, the brakes are automatically
applied without you having to put your foot
on the brake pedal. Whether stopped on a
flat surface or a hill, Vehicle Hold keeps the
brake applied, provided your foot remains
o the accelerator and brake pedals. See
Vehicle Hold on page 85.
WARNING: Never rely on HOLD to
adequately decelerate or fully stop
your vehicle. Many factors can
contribute to a longer stopping
distance, including downward
slopes, the low regenerative braking
setting, and reduced or limited
regenerative braking (see
Regenerative Braking on page 78).
Always be prepared to use the
brake pedal to adequately
decelerate or stop.
• ROLL: When close to, or at, a complete
stop, Model 3 becomes free rolling like a
vehicle in Neutral. Therefore, if stopped on
a slope,
Model 3 will roll downward. The
brake does not engage, and the motor
does not apply torque (until the accelerator
pedal is pressed).
NOTE: If you choose CREEP or ROLL, you
can still use Vehicle Hold to apply the
brakes. However, you will need to
briefly
press the brake pedal when the vehicle is
stopped. See Vehicle Hold on page 85.
NOTE: When Model 3 is in Track Mode (see
Track Mode on page 86), the Roll mode is
automatically enabled, regardless of your
chosen setting. When no longer in Track
Mode,
Model 3 reverts back to your chosen
setting.
WARNING:
Press the brake pedal if
Model 3 moves when unsafe to do so.
It is your responsibility to stay alert
and be in control of the vehicle at all
times. Failure to do so can result in
serious damage, injury, or death.
Braking and Stopping
79Driving
WARNING: Do not rely on
regenerative braking and your chosen
Stopping Mode to keep you and your
vehicle safe. Various factors such as
driving with a heavy vehicle load, on a
steep hill, or on wet or icy roads aect
deceleration rate and the distance at
which Model 3 will come to a stop.
Drive attentively and always stay
prepared to use the brake pedal to
stop as appropriate based on trac
and road conditions.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning
and Automatic Emergency Braking do
not operate when driving at very low
speeds (see Collision Avoidance Assist
on page 139). Do not rely on these
features to warn you, or to prevent or
reduce the impact of a collision.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained in your
Driver
Profile until you manually change it.
Parking Brake
The parking brake automatically engages
when you shift Model 3 into Park, and
releases when you shift into any other gear.
NOTE: The parking brake operates on the rear
wheels only, and is independent of the pedal-
operated brake system.
WARNING:
In snowy or icy conditions
the rear wheels may not have
sucient traction to prevent Model 3
from sliding down a slope, particularly
if not using winter tires. Avoid parking
on hills in snowy or icy conditions. You
are always responsible for parking
safely.
WARNING:
Your Model 3 may display
an alert if the road is too steep to
safely park on, or if the parking brakes
are not properly engaged. These alerts
are for guidance purposes only and
are not a substitute for the driver’s
judgment of safe parking conditions,
including specific road or weather
conditions. Do not depend on these
alerts to determine whether or not it is
safe to park at any location. You are
always responsible for parking safely.
When you use the
touchscreen to manually
apply the parking brake,
the red parking brake
indicator lights up on the
touchscreen.
If the parking brake
experiences an electrical
issue, the amber parking
brake indicator lights up
and a fault message
displays at the top of the
touchscreen.
CAUTION:
In the unlikely event that
Model 3 loses electrical power, you
cannot access the touchscreen and
are therefore unable to release the
parking brake without first jump
starting Model 3 (see Instructions for
Transporters on page 235).
Brake Wear
Model 3 brake pads are equipped with wear
indicators. A wear indicator is a thin metal
strip attached to the brake pad that squeals
as it rubs against the rotor when the pad
wears down. This squealing sound indicates
that the brake pads have reached the end of
their service life and require replacement. To
replace the brake pads, contact Tesla Service.
Brakes must be periodically inspected visually
by removing the tire and wheel. For detailed
specifications and service limits for rotors and
brake pads, see
Subsystems on page 223.
Additionally, Tesla recommends cleaning and
lubricating the brake calipers every year or
20,000 km if in an area where roads are
salted during winter months.
Braking and Stopping
80 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Neglecting to replace
worn brake pads damages the braking
system and can result in a braking
hazard.
Braking and Stopping
81Driving
How It Works
The traction control system constantly
monitors the speed of the front and rear
wheels. If
Model 3 experiences a loss of
traction, the system minimizes wheel spin by
controlling brake pressure and motor power.
By default, the traction control system is on.
Under normal conditions, it should remain on
to ensure maximum safety.
This yellow indicator
flashes on the
touchscreen whenever the
traction control system is
actively controlling brake
pressure and motor power
to minimize wheel spin. If
the indicator stays on, a
fault is detected with the
traction control system.
Contact Tesla Service.
WARNING: Traction control cannot
prevent collisions caused by driving
dangerously or turning too sharply at
high speeds.
Allowing Wheel Slip
To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed,
you can enable Slip Start.
Slip Start can be
enabled at any speed, however it is less
eective at higher speeds.
Under normal conditions, Slip Start should
not be enabled. Enable it only in
circumstances where you deliberately want
the wheels to spin, such as:
• Starting on a loose surface, such as gravel
or snow.
• Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.
• Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.
To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls >
Driving > Traction Control > Slip Start.
The
touchscreen displays
an alert message when
Slip Start is enabled.
Although Slip Start is automatically disabled
the next time you start Model 3, it is strongly
recommended that you disable it immediately
after the circumstances that required you to
enable it have passed.
NOTE: Slip Start cannot be enabled when you
are actively using Trac-Aware Cruise
Control.
Traction Control
82 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
How Park Assist Works
Model 3 has several sensors designed to
detect the presence of objects. When driving
slowly in Drive or Reverse (for example, when
parking), the sensors alert you if an object is
detected in close proximity of your Model 3.
Objects are only detected in the direction of
the gear you selected; front objects in Drive,
rear objects in Reverse.
WARNING: You may not be alerted if
Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite
direction of the gear you selected (for
example, you will not receive an alert if
Model 3 rolls backwards down a hill
while in Drive).
The sensors are activated when driving slower
than 8 km/h.
WARNING:
Never depend on Park
Assist to inform you if an area you are
approaching is free of objects and/or
people. Several external factors can
reduce the performance of Park
Assist, causing either no readings or
false readings (see Limitations and
False Warnings on page 84).
Therefore, depending on Park Assist
to determine if Model 3 is approaching
an obstruction can result in damage to
the vehicle and/or objects, and can
potentially cause serious injury.
Always inspect the area with your own
eyes. When reversing, perform
shoulder checks and use all mirrors.
Park assist does not detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or
objects that are moving, protruding,
located too far above or below the
sensors, or too close or too far from
the sensors. Park Assist is for guidance
purposes only and is not intended to
replace your own direct visual checks.
It is not a substitute for careful driving.
Visual and Audio
Feedback
When you shift to Reverse, the Park Assist
view displays on the touchscreen, showing
objects that are in close proximity to the front
and rear of
Model 3. This view closes when
you shift into Drive unless an object is
detected close to the front of
Model 3, in
which case the Park Assist view closes
automatically when your driving speed
exceeds
8 km/h. When reversing, visual
feedback also displays on the touchscreen,
immediately below the camera view (see
Rear
View Camera on page 91). You can
manually close the park assist view on the
touchscreen by touching the
X in the upper
corner.
When driving with the Camera app displayed
on the touchscreen, you can switch to the
Park Assist view when driving at speeds
below
8 km/h. Touch the button located in
the upper left corner of the Camera app
window. This is useful if you need assistance
with parallel parking.
If chimes are turned on (see Controlling
Audible Feedback on page 84), an audible
beep sounds as you approach an object. You
can temporarily mute the chime by pressing
the scroll button on the left side of the
Park Assist
83Driving
steering wheel or by touching the mute
button on the bottom left corner of the Park
Assist view.
NOTE: If a sensor is unable to provide
feedback, the touchscreen displays an alert
message.
CAUTION: Keep sensors clean from
dirt, debris, snow, and ice. Avoid using
a high pressure power washer on the
sensors and do not clean a sensor
with a sharp or abrasive object that
can scratch or damage its surface.
CAUTION: Do not install accessories
or stickers on or near the parking
sensors.
Controlling Audible
Feedback
You can use Park Assist with or without
audible feedback. To turn chimes on or o,
touch Controls > Safety & Security > Park
Assist Chimes.
To mute the chimes temporarily, press the
scroll button on the left side of the steering
wheel or touch the mute button in the corner
of the Park Assist view. The chimes are muted
until you shift into a
dierent gear or drive
over
8 km/h.
Limitations and False
Warnings
The parking sensors may not function
correctly in these situations:
• One or more of the parking sensors is
damaged, dirty, or covered (such as mud,
ice, or snow).
• The object is located below
approximately 20 cm (such as a curb or
low barrier).
CAUTION:
Shorter objects that are
detected (such as curbs or low
barriers) can move into the blind
spot of the sensors. Model 3 cannot
alert you about an object while it is
in the blind spot of the sensors.
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, or
fog) are interfering with sensor operation.
• The object is thin (such as a sign post).
• A sensor’s operating range has been
exceeded.
• The object is sound-absorbing or soft
(such as powder snow).
• The object is sloped (such as a sloped
embankment).
• Model 3 has been parked in, or being
driven in, extremely hot or cold
temperatures.
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
• You are driving in a location where the
sensors' ultrasonic waves are
deflected
away from the vehicle (such as driving next
to a wall or pillar).
• The object is located too close to the
bumper.
• A bumper is misaligned or damaged.
• An object that is mounted to Model 3 is
interfering with and/or obstructing the
sensor (such as a bike rack or bumper
sticker).
• Model 3 rolls freely in the opposite
direction of the gear you selected (for
example, you will not receive an alert if
Model 3 rolls backwards down a hill while in
Drive).
Other Parking Aids
In addition to Park Assist, when shifted into
Reverse, the backup camera displays a view
of the area behind
Model 3 (see Rear View
Camera on page 91).
Park Assist
84 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
When Model 3 is stopped, Vehicle Hold can
continue to apply the brakes even after you
remove your foot from the brake pedal. When
driving on a hill or on a flat surface, brake as
you normally would. After coming to a
complete stop, simply press the brake pedal
again (until the touchscreen displays the
Vehicle Hold indicator light) to enable Vehicle
Hold. You can then release the brake pedal
and remain stopped, even on a hill.
This indicator displays on
the touchscreen whenever
Vehicle Hold is actively
braking Model 3.
To disengage Vehicle Hold, press the
accelerator pedal or press and release the
brake pedal.
NOTE: Shifting into Neutral also disengages
Vehicle Hold.
NOTE: After actively braking Model 3 for
approximately ten minutes, Model 3 shifts into
Park and Vehicle Hold cancels.
Model 3 also
shifts into Park if it detects that the driver has
left the vehicle.
NOTE: When Stopping Mode is set to Hold
(see
Stopping Mode on page 79), Vehicle
Hold engages automatically whenever Model
3 stops while in a driving gear. There is no
need to press the brake to engage it.
Vehicle Hold
85Driving
Track Mode, available only on Performance
Model 3 vehicles, is designed to modify the
stability control, traction control, regenerative
braking, and cooling systems to increase
performance and handling while driving on
closed circuit courses. Track Mode improves
cornering ability by intelligently using the
motors, and regenerative and traditional
braking systems. When enabled, the cooling
system runs at an increased level during and
after aggressive driving sessions to allow your
vehicle’s systems to withstand the surplus
heat.
NOTE: Track Mode is designed and calibrated
for a Performance
Model 3 equipped with
performance brakes and tires. Vehicles
without performance brakes and tires may
experience comparatively lower performance
and endurance.
WARNING: Track Mode is designed for
use on closed circuit driving courses
only. It is the driver’s responsibility to
drive safely and ensure others are not
endangered.
WARNING: Track Mode is designed for
use by experienced track drivers
familiar with the course. Do not use on
public roads. It is the driver’s
responsibility to be in control of the
vehicle at all times, including on the
track. Because vehicle behavior
(including traction and stability
control) diers when using Track
Mode, always use caution.
Using Track Mode
Track Mode is always disabled when you start
Model 3. To enable Track Mode for your
current drive, shift into Park and follow these
steps:
1. Touch Controls > Driving > Track Mode.
When enabled, TRACK displays on the
touchscreen above the driving speed, and a
Track Mode pop up window appears on the
map. The car status area of the touchscreen
displays a color-coded image of your
Model
3 that provides you with important at-a-
glance status information about the
Battery, the motors, the tires and the
brakes. See
Monitoring Vehicle Health on
page 88.
2.
If desired, customize the Track Mode
settings by touching Track Mode Settings
on the Track Mode pop up window (see
Customizing Track Mode on page 87).
You can also access the Track Mode
settings by touching Controls > Driving,
then touching Customize next to the Track
Mode setting.
3. If you want to use the Lap Timer, follow
the onscreen instructions to drop a pin on
the map to define the lap's start/finish
location. You will then need to press START
on the Lap Timer to begin your driving
session. Once started, the Lap Timer starts
counting when you drive
Model 3 past the
lap's start/finish location where you
dropped the pin. See Using the Lap Timer
on page 87.
4. Shift into gear and GO!
If you started the Lap Timer, each time you
pass the start/finish location, the timer
resets for the next lap. See
Using the Lap
Timer on page 87.
You can also view a real-time
accelerometer (G-meter) by swiping the
Cards area of the touchscreen. See
G-Meter
on page 88.
When Track Mode is on:
◦ Autopilot features are unavailable
(including safety features such as
Automatic Emergency Braking, Forward
Collision Warning, etc.).
◦ Settings such as Slip Start and
Regenerative Braking are overridden.
◦ Stopping Mode is set to the Roll setting
in which Model 3 is free-rolling at very
low speeds whenever a driving gear is
engaged and both the accelerator and
brake pedal are released. For details, see
Stopping Mode on page 79.
◦ Energy usage increases.
◦ Easter eggs including games, arcade
and Tesla Theater are unavailable.
Use the touchscreen setting to turn Track
Mode o at any time. Powering o Model 3
also turns o Track Mode (although it may
still appear on the touchscreen if Post-Drive
cooling is in progress). When Track Mode is
Track Mode
86 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
o, all settings return to their previous
state and all features return to their normal
operating state.
Customizing Track Mode
To customize Track Mode, touch Track Mode
Settings on the Track Mode popup window
that appears on the map when you enable
Track Mode. You can also access the Track
Mode settings by touching Controls > Driving,
then touching Customize next to the Track
Mode setting. Choose an existing Track Mode
setting from the list of
pre-defined profiles
provided by Tesla. Or create a new settings
profile by touching Add New Settings,
entering a name for the settings profile, then
adjusting these settings to suit your
preferences or driving scenario, or customize
for a
specific track:
• Handling Balance - Customize the
balance of
Model 3 in a turn. If Model 3 is
too loose, you can choose a front-biased
under-steering setup. Dicult to get the
vehicle through a turn? Try a rear-biased
setup to increase rotation. You can select
any value, in 5% increments, between
100/0 (for 100% front biased used for
under-steering) and 0/100 (for 100% rear
biased used for over-steering).
• Stability Assist - Choose the level at
which the stability control systems are
helping to control the vehicle. You can
choose any level from -10 to +10. Choosing
+10 engages all stability assist systems for
controllable driving in which stability
systems remain engaged, whereas -10
disables all stability systems and the
stability of the drive rests solely on the
driver. The default setting of 0 represents a
balance which provides some stability
being automatically controlled and leaving
some control up to the driver.
• Regenerative Braking - Choose how
much regenerative braking is available. You
can choose any value, in 5% increments,
between 0 and 100%. Tesla recommends
the 100% setting to help avoid overheating
the brakes.
• Post-Drive Cooling - Set to ON if you
want the cooling systems to continue
cooling the vehicle's components even
after you leave the vehicle. Cooling stops
automatically when the components are
suciently
cool, or when you power Model
3 o and back on again. Post-Drive Cooling
is useful if you want to quickly cool the
components between driving sessions. If
Post-Drive Cooling is set to OFF, the
components eventually cool, but it takes
longer.
• Compressor Overclock - Set to ON if you
want to run the cooling system in overdrive.
Doing so speeds up the cooling process
and is useful when performing multiple
aggressive driving sessions with very little
time in between.
CAUTION: Extensive use of
Compressor Overclock can damage
or shorten the life of the
compressor. Damage caused by
using this feature is not covered by
the warranty.
• Save Dashcam for Laps - Set to ON if you
want to save a video and data of the Track
Mode driving session on a USB
flash drive.
A USB
flash drive must be set up and
inserted as described in USB Flash Drive
Requirements for Videos and Recording on
page 177. The USB flash drive must
contain a folder named "TeslaTrackMode"
(without the quotation marks). When
enabled, Track Mode stores a video of each
lap in a driving session when using the Lap
Timer. Track Mode also stores the car status
and telemetry data with details about the
vehicle's position, speed, acceleration, use
of accelerator, etc. You can then analyze
this data, which is stored as a .CSV
file on
the USB
flash drive, to determine where
time is being lost or gained (even on a per
tire level).
Track Mode allows you to save up to 20 Track
Mode
profiles. To delete a chosen profile,
touch Delete at the bottom of the settings
window.
NOTE: You can not change or delete a pre-
defined profile provided by Tesla.
Using the Lap Timer
When you enable Track Mode, the map
displays a Lap Timer. Follow the onscreen
instructions to place a
start/finish pin on the
map. Once the pins are placed, press
START
to initiate the driving (lapping) session. When
you drive Model 3 through the start/finish
location, the Lap Timer automatically starts
Track Mode
87Driving
timing the duration of the lap, resetting the
timer whenever you pass the start/finish
location. The map highlights the track in blue.
At the completion of each lap, the Lap Timer
displays the duration of the lap. It also
displays the times associated with the
previous and best laps in the driving session.
If Save Dashcam for Laps is on (see
Customizing Track Mode on page 87), and a
properly formatted USB flash drive is inserted
in a front USB port, Track Mode saves a video
of the driving session (as recorded by the
front cameras), along with a .CSV file that
provides detailed information about the lap.
NOTE: To stop the timer at the end of your
driving session, touch
STOP on the Lap Timer
popup window.
Monitoring Vehicle Health
You can easily monitor the health of Model 3
when using Track Mode by glancing at the car
status area of the touchscreen. The colors
indicate the status of the various
components, allowing you to determine the
current operating state and make decisions
accordingly. The components are displayed in
green when operating within their ideal
temperature range. Colors change as follows:
• The Battery displays blue when cold and
red when hot.
• A brake displays blue when cold and red
when hot (an early warning for overheating
brakes).
• A motor displays blue when it's cold or
red when it's hot.
• A tire displays blue when under-used or
red when the peak grip is exceeded.
NOTE: A component displayed in red does
not necessarily indicate a concern.
CAUTION:
Any vehicle damage or
injuries caused by using Track Mode is
the driver's responsibility. The vehicle
warranty does not cover damage
caused by excessive overuse of vehicle
components. It also does not cover
racing, autocross, or driving in
competition.
G-Meter
In Track Mode, a real-time G-Meter displays
on the Cards area of the touchscreen (see
Touchscreen Overview on page 6). The G-
Meter graphically displays peak lateral,
acceleration, and deceleration values in the
form of a circular meter. The history of your
drive is represented in the shaded area. The
G-Meter resets at the start of each driving
session.
NOTE: You can swipe the G-Meter card to
display a dierent card. However, the G-Meter
displays as the default card whenever you
engage Track Mode.
Track Mode
88 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Driving Tips to Maximize
Range
You can maximize your driving range using
the same driving habits you use to conserve
fuel in a gasoline-powered vehicle. In addition
to driving habits, energy consumption
depends on environmental conditions (such
as exceptionally cold or hot weather and
driving on roads with steep hills). To achieve
maximum range:
• Slow down your driving and avoid
frequent and rapid acceleration. Consider
using Chill Mode (see Controls on page
145) and Speed Assist (see Speed Assist
on page 143) to assist in controlling your
acceleration and speed.
• If safe to do so, modulate the accelerator
pedal instead of using the brake pedal
when gradually slowing down. Whenever
Model 3 is moving and you are not pressing
the accelerator pedal, regenerative braking
slows down
Model 3 and feeds surplus
energy back to the Battery (see
Regenerative Braking on page 78).
• Set Stopping Mode to HOLD to gain the
benefit of regenerative braking at low
driving speeds (see Stopping Mode on
page 79).
• Keep tires at the recommended inflation
pressures (see Tire Care and Maintenance
on page 201), ensure tire alignment is
within specification, and tires are rotated
when needed. Rotating tires will reduce
uneven tread wear, increasing your vehicle's
eciency (see Maintenance Schedule on
page 199).
• Lighten your load by removing any
unnecessary cargo.
• Fully raise all windows.
• Limit the use of resources such as
heating, lights, and air conditioning. Using
seat heaters to keep warm is more
ecient
than heating the cabin using climate
controls.
• Precondition the vehicle while it is
plugged in to ensure the cabin is at a
comfortable temperature and windows are
defrosted (if needed) before your drive.
Use the mobile app to precondition your
vehicle by touching
Climate > Turn On
Climate and customizing your preferences
(see Mobile App on page 186).
• Features such as Sentry Mode, Headlights
After Exit, and Cabin Overheat Protection
can impact range. Disable features that are
not needed.
• To prevent an excessive amount of energy
consumption while the vehicle is idle, keep
the vehicle plugged in when not in use.
• Minimize the use of DC chargers (such as
superchargers) for optimal Battery health.
The power meter on the touchscreen and the
Energy app (see Energy App on page 90)
provides feedback on energy usage. With this
feedback, you can become familiar with how
driving habits and environmental conditions
impact how much energy
Model 3 is using.
Factors Aecting Energy
Consumption
Several factors can aect your vehicle's rate
of energy consumption, including:
• Uphill travel: Driving uphill requires more
energy and depletes range at a faster rate.
However, driving downhill allows your
vehicle to regain a portion of its expended
energy through regenerative braking (see
Regenerative Braking on page 78).
• Customized settings: Energy is consumed
by accessories like lights, heating and
cooling, media player, Sentry Mode, etc.
• Short trips: It takes energy to bring the
cabin and Battery to a specified
temperature when starting the vehicle. You
may see a higher average consumption
when the vehicle is used for very short trips
while climate controls are enabled.
• Temperature and weather conditions: In
colder weather, precondition the vehicle
before driving (see
Cold Weather Best
Practices on page 104).
When parked, Model 3 consumes
approximately 1% of charge per day. In some
cases (and depending on your vehicle's
settings), consumption may be higher. To
reduce energy consumption, turn
o settings
such as climate controls, Sentry Mode,
Getting Maximum Range
89Driving
Preconditioning (when your vehicle is
unplugged), and any aftermarket equipment
when not needed.
Range
The displayed range may decrease faster than
the actual distance driven. When fully
charged, the driving range displayed in Tesla
vehicles is based on EPA
certification and
does not account for your personal driving
patterns or external conditions. To view
estimated range based on energy
consumption, open the Energy app to display
the graph (see
Energy App on page 90).
As with all vehicles, the actual range
achievable by Model 3 heavily depends on
driving behaviors and environmental
conditions.
Energy App
The Energy app provides a visual
representation of your vehicle's real-time and
projected energy usage. To use the Energy
app, navigate to
Application Launcher >
Energy on the touchscreen. Choose from two
types of charts:
• Consumption: Display how much energy
Model 3 has consumed over the past 10, 25
or 50 km.
Touch Instant Range or Average Range to
adjust the projected range estimation.
Instant Range uses only the latest few data
points to estimate the projected range,
whereas Average Range uses the past
10,
25 or 50 km of energy consumption to
provide a more accurate projected range.
• Trip: monitor the amount of energy being
used while navigating to a destination. You
can track actual usage against the initial
prediction. The green line represents the
actual usage whereas the gray line
represents predicted usage. To change the
zoom level, touch the zoom icon located in
the top right corner of the chart.
NOTE: The Trip chart displays energy usage
only if you are currently navigating to a
destination.
Range Assurance
Model 3 helps protect you against running out
of energy. Your vehicle continuously monitors
its energy level and proximity to known
charging locations.
Touch the map's charging
icon to toggle between
displaying superchargers
only, and displaying all
chargers, including
destination chargers, and
visited chargers.
When you are at risk of driving beyond the
range of known charging locations, the
touchscreen displays a message giving you
the opportunity to display a list of charging
locations that are within range. When you
select a charging location from the list,
Model
3 provides navigation instructions and the
turn-by-turn direction list displays the
predicted amount of energy that will remain
when you arrive at the charging destination.
Trip Planner (if equipped) routes you through
Supercharger locations to minimize the
amount of time you spend charging and
driving. To enable, enter an address in the
Navigation search bar, select the Settings
icon, and toggle on Trip Planner (see
Trip
Planner on page 165).
Getting Maximum Range
90 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Camera Location
Model 3 is equipped with a rear view camera
located above the rear license plate.
Whenever you shift into Reverse, the
touchscreen displays the view from the
camera. Lines show your driving path based
on the position of the steering wheel. These
lines adjust appropriately as you move the
steering wheel.
NOTE: Visual feedback from the parking
sensors display on the touchscreen (see Park
Assist on page 83).
To display the view from the camera at any
time:
Touch the camera icon on
the "Cards" area on the
touchscreen.
WARNING:
Never depend on the rear
view camera to inform you if the area
behind you is free of objects and/or
people when reversing. The camera
may not detect objects or barriers
that can potentially cause damage or
injury. In addition, several external
factors can reduce the performance of
the camera, including a dirty or
obstructed lens. Therefore, depending
on the rear view camera to determine
if Model 3 is approaching an
obstruction can result in damage to
the vehicle and/or objects, and can
potentially cause serious injury.
Always inspect the area with your own
eyes. When reversing, perform
shoulder checks and use all mirrors.
Use the camera for guidance purposes
only. It is not intended to replace your
own direct visual checks and is not a
substitute for careful driving.
Cleaning the Camera
To ensure a clear picture, keep the camera
lens clean and free of obstructions. Remove
any buildup of dirt by occasionally wiping the
camera lens with a soft damp cloth.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical-based
or abrasive cleaners. Doing so can
damage the surface of the camera
lens.
Rear View Camera
91Driving
About Dashcam
NOTE: Dashcam is a BETA feature.
In addition to supporting Autopilot features,
the cameras can record and store video
footage on a USB flash drive. This can be
convenient in situations where you want a
video recording of a particular incident, such
as a collision. You can pause, resume, or save
video recordings directly from your vehicle’s
touchscreen.
NOTE: Dashcam only works when Model 3 is
powered on (see
Starting and Powering O
on page 64). Dashcam does not record video
when your vehicle is powered o.
Using Dashcam
Dashcam requires the use of a properly
formatted USB flash drive to store and
retrieve footage (see
USB Flash Drive
Requirements for Videos and Recording on
page 177). Once a properly formatted USB
flash drive has been inserted into one of your
vehicle's front USB ports, a Dashcam icon
appears at the top of the touchscreen. Touch
the Dashcam icon to control Dashcam:
RECORDING
. Tap the
Dashcam icon, when
Dashcam is paused, to
start recording video on
the flash drive.
PAUSED. Press and hold
the Dashcam icon, when
recording, to pause
recording. Ensure that
Dashcam is paused before
removing the flash drive
to avoid losing camera
footage.
SAVED. Tap the Dashcam
icon, when recording, to
archive the most recent
ten minutes of video.
These saved video
recordings are not
overwritten by new
recordings.
NOTE: Dashcam automatically begins
recording when you insert a properly
configured USB flash drive into one of the
front USB ports.
USB Flash Drive
Requirements for Videos
and Recording
To store video from your vehicle's cameras,
follow these requirements and guidelines for
using flash drives:
• The flash drive must have a sustained
write speed of at least 4 MB/s. A sustained
write speed is dierent from the peak write
speed. Check the product details of your
flash drive for more information.
• The flash drive must be USB 2.0
compatible. If using a USB 3.0
flash drive, it
must be able to support USB 2.0.
• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively for
saving Sentry Mode recordings.
• The flash drive must be properly
formatted (see
Formatting the USB Flash
Drive on page 178).
• Use a flash drive with as much available
storage as possible. Video footage can
occupy a large amount of space. Tesla
recommends using a
flash drive with at
least 32 GB of storage. Some personal
computer operating systems may be
unable to format
flash drives larger than 32
GB as FAT 32. Consider using a third party
application to format
flash drives larger
than 32 GB.
Although not a comprehensive list, Tesla has
tested the following flash drives and
confirmed that they meet the requirements
for using Dashcam and Sentry Mode:
• SanDisk Ultra Fit USB 3.1 Flash Drive
• Samsung MUF-64AB/AM FIT Plus –
200MB/s USB 3.1 Flash Drive
Dashcam
92 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Formatting the USB Flash Drive
To correctly save and retrieve video footage,
Model 3 requires the USB flash drive to be
formatted as FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS
FAT (for Mac), ext3, or ext4. NTFS and exFAT
are not currently supported. In addition, the
USB flash drive must contain a base-level
folder called “TeslaCam” (without quotation
marks). Follow the steps below to prepare a
USB flash drive.
For MacOS:
1. Insert the USB flash drive into your
personal computer.
2. Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or
conduct a Spotlight Search).
3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.
4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu
ribbon.
5. In the pop-up menu, select the correct
format (MS-DOS FAT) and click
Erase.
NOTE: Selecting Erase removes all existing
content from your flash drive. If you have
content that you want to keep, you must
move it to a
dierent device before erasing.
6. Once the flash drive is successfully
erased, navigate to Finder and select your
USB
flash drive from the left menu. The
flash drive should not contain any files.
7. Right-click in the empty space of the
flash drive and select New Folder. A folder
appears in your flash drive space.
8. Right-click on the folder, select Rename,
and name the folder to “TeslaCam”
(without quotation marks). Click "Save".
This folder will contain all recent and saved
clips from Sentry Mode and Dashcam.
9. Properly eject the USB flash drive.
For Windows:
1. Insert the USB flash drive into your
personal computer.
2. Navigate to File Explorer.
3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and
select "Format...".
4. In the pop-up menu, under the File
System section, select “FAT 32”.
NOTE:
You can also name your USB flash
drive (under Volume Label) for easier
recognition.
5. Check the Quick format box and click
Start.
6. Go back to File Explorer, click on your
flash drive, and right-click to create a
folder, or select
New Folder in the top
menu.
7. Name the folder “TeslaCam” (without
quotation marks) and click Save. This folder
will contain all recent and saved clips from
Sentry Mode and Dashcam.
8. Properly eject the USB flash drive.
Once you have formatted the USB flash drive
and created the TeslaCam folder, insert it into
one of the front USB ports in Model 3. Do not
use the rear USB ports—they are for charging
only. It may take
Model 3 up to 15 seconds to
recognize the flash drive. When recognized,
icons for Dashcam and Sentry Mode appear
at the top of your touchscreen (note that you
may need to enable Sentry Mode by touching
Controls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode).
Model 3 is ready to record video.
Retrieving Footage
To retrieve video footage from the USB flash
drive, remove the flash drive from the front
USB port and use a personal computer or
other device to access the
files. Navigate to
the TeslaCam folder.
Within the TeslaCam folder, there are three
sub-folders:
• Recent Clips - The footage in Recent Clips
continuously loops in 60-minute cycles
whenever the cameras are activated.
Therefore, footage is constantly overwritten
every hour unless you save it. When an
event is recorded, one video is recorded for
each of the front, rear, left, and right
cameras.
• Saved Clips - Contains all recordings that
you have manually saved using Dashcam on
page 92.
• Sentry Clips - Contains all footage from
Sentry Mode events which have been
automatically saved when an Alert or Alarm
state is triggered. The last 10 minutes of an
event's footage is saved and labeled with a
unique timestamp.
Dashcam
93Driving
NOTE: As the USB flash drive runs out of
available space, the oldest footage in
Sentry Clips is deleted to make room for
new footage. Once deleted, you will be
unable to retrieve them. When the flash
drive is full, Sentry Mode and Dashcam can
no longer save video footage. To prevent
the
flash drive from getting full, you must
regularly move saved videos to another
device, and delete them from the flash
drive.
You can also review Dashcam and Sentry
Mode video recordings on your vehicle's
touchscreen by touching the Dashcam icon
and selecting "Launch Viewer". Each video,
organized by timestamp, provides footage of
a saved event from each camera. Touch the
thumbnail of any camera to enlarge the video.
Pause, rewind, fast forward, and delete video
footage as needed. Your vehicle must be in
Park to view Dashcam and Sentry Mode
footage on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Dashcam recording is paused while
the viewer is open.
NOTE: You are responsible for complying with
all local laws, regulations, and property
restrictions regarding video recordings.
NOTE: The cameras do not record audio.
Save Clips on Honk
Once a properly formatted USB flash drive is
inserted in one of the vehicle's front USB
ports, you can choose to save Dashcam clips
while driving when you honk the horn on your
steering wheel. Navigate to
Controls > Safety
and Security > Save Clips on Honk > ON to
enable. The most recent ten minutes of
footage is saved. You can also save Dashcam
footage by touching the Dashcam icon at the
top of the touchscreen.
Dashcam
94 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Carrying Capacity- Accessories
The towing package allows you to tow a trailer or carry an accessory (bicycles, skis,
snowboards, etc.) with your Model 3.
The tow package includes a weight-carrying hitch with a 50 mm ball coupling that can support
an accessory carrier. When carrying accessories, the ball coupling is designed to support
vertical loads of up to 55 kg. When carrying bicycles or other items on the
Model 3 hitch, always
check to ensure that the maximum weight is not exceeded. Maximum weight capacity for the
tow hitch depends on the number of occupants in the vehicle:
18 or 19" Tires 20" Tires
Five occupants in the vehicle.
55 kg 20 kg
Two or fewer rear occupants in the vehicle.
55 kg 55 kg
When calculating weight, remember to include the weight of the accessory carrier.
Towing and Accessories
95Seating and Safety Restraints
NOTE: The weights shown previously are for Tesla recommended accessory carriers. They are
based on measuring the vertical and horizontal distances between the accessory carrier's center
of gravity and the ball of the hitch (see the example image in Non-Tesla Approved Accessory
Carriers on page 96 for reference).
CAUTION: Exceeding the maximum weight the Model 3 hitch is designed to support (as
previously described) can cause significant damage.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to install an accessory carrier on Model 3 that is not equipped
with the towing package. Doing so can cause significant damage.
Non-Tesla Approved Accessory Carriers
In addition to calculating the weight, it is important to ensure your accessory's overall load does
not exceed the specified weight and distance from the ball on the hitch. This distance is
calculated based on the center of gravity of the accessory carrier and the items mounted to it.
For non-Tesla approved carriers, measure the vertical and horizontal distances from the ball on
the tow hitch to the accessory's center of gravity.
NOTE: Consult the product details of your accessory carrier for more information, such as
additional weight or load limits. Damage caused by non-Tesla approved accessories is not
covered by the warranty.
Installing and Using a Carrier
To install and use an accessory carrier, the tow hitch must be connected (see Connecting the
Tow Hitch on page 101). Then, follow the instructions provided by your accessory carrier.
Observe all regulations and legal requirements in your state or region that apply to carrying
accessories.
The Model 3 towing package includes the wiring necessary for using an accessory carrier
equipped with lights (see Electrical Connections on page 103). The package also includes
Trailer Mode software compatibility (see
Trailer Mode on page 100).
When you connect an accessory carrier's wiring harness,
Model 3 detects a
connection for trailer lights and this indicator illuminates on the touchscreen to
show that Trailer Mode is disabled.
NOTE: Go to http://www.tesla.com to purchase accessories for your Model 3. Although third-
party products are available, Tesla recommends and supports only Tesla-approved products
(see
Parts and Accessories on page 217). The accessory products available for your vehicle
vary based on market region. Before attempting to install a non-Tesla recommended carrier,
review the product information to ensure compatibility.
Towing and Accessories
96 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: When not in use, the hitch should be removed and stored in a dry location to prevent
dust and corrosion. Keep the dust cover over the hitch housing to prevent dirt and debris from
entering (see Disconnecting the Tow Hitch on page 102).
CAUTION: A carrier may obscure your view from the rear view mirror, the rear camera(s),
and/or the rear ultrasonic sensors. In addition, some Autopilot features may not function
as expected.
NOTE: Tesla assumes no responsibility for damage or injuries resulting from installing and using
an accessory carrier, for any omissions in the instructions accompanying an accessory carrier, or
for your failure to follow the instructions. Damage caused by using an accessory carrier is not
covered by the warranty.
Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing
Refer to the Certificate of Conformity (provided at the time of your vehicle's purchase),
statutory plate (see
Statutory Plate on page 219), or tow hitch label for the total trailer weight
—including all cargo and additional equipment—and the trailer tongue weight Model 3 can
safely carry. In addition to the maximum total trailer weight and trailer tongue weight, observe
the following guidelines:
• For trailers weighing more than 750 kg, a separate trailer braking system with an
independent controller must be used. Carefully follow the instructions provided by the trailer
brake manufacturer to ensure that trailer brakes are properly installed, adjusted, and
maintained.
• The tongue weight is the downward force that the weight of the trailer exerts on the hitch. It
must be at least 4% of the total trailer load. Carrying a
significant amount of equipment,
passengers, or cargo in the tow vehicle can reduce the tongue weight it can handle, which
also reduces the maximum towing capacity. Maximum towing capacity is calculated assuming
the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is not exceeded (See Vehicle Loading on page
219).
NOTE: If the information in the Certificate of Conformity, hitch label, or Statutory Plate conflicts
with the information provided in this owner's manual, the former documents take precedence.
CAUTION:
You should only use Model 3 to tow if you have experience and knowledge of
how towing aects the vehicle and are able to safely load, secure, and maneuver the
vehicle and cargo. Tesla’s instructions are not all-inclusive of the knowledge and skills
necessary for safe towing. Damage caused by towing a trailer is not covered by the
warranty.
WARNING:
Do not overload the vehicle or trailer. Doing so can cause poor performance,
vehicle damage and loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury.
WARNING:
Do not use the trailer hitch to transport Model 3 (see Instructions for
Transporters on page 235).
Tire Pressures when Towing
When towing a trailer, tire pressures must be adjusted to accommodate the additional load. 18",
19", or 20" tires are acceptable to use for towing. Keep tires inflated to the pressures shown
below (if
dierent, these pressures override the pressures that are provided on the Tire and
Loading information label):
Front Tires Rear Tires Cold Tire
Inflation Pressure
235/45R18 235/45R18 42 psi (290 kPa)
Towing and Accessories
97Driving
Front Tires Rear Tires Cold Tire Inflation Pressure
235/40R19 235/40R19 42 psi (290 kPa)
235/35R20 235/35R20 42 psi (290 kPa)
245/35R20 245/35R20 42 psi (290 kPa)
NOTE: When towing a trailer, the technically permissible maximum mass on the rear axle may be
exceeded by no more than 15% and the technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle may be
exceeded by no more than 100 kg. In these instances, vehicle speed cannot exceed 100 km/h
and the rear tire pressures must be at least 20 kPa above the tire pressure recommended for
normal use.
NOTE: For information on towing with winter tires, contact Tesla Service.
CAUTION: Do not use Model 3 for towing if equipped with tires that are not listed above.
WARNING: Check tire pressures using an accurate pressure gauge when tires are cold.
Driving 1.6 km warms the tires suciently to aect tire pressures. Parking the vehicle in
direct sunlight or in hot weather can also aect tire pressures. If you must check warm
tires, expect increased pressures. Do not let air out of warm tires in an attempt to match
recommended cold tire pressures. A hot tire at or below the recommended cold tire
inflation pressure may be dangerously under-inflated.
WARNING: Never attempt to tow a trailer when a Model 3 tire is faulty or has been
temporarily repaired (for example, using a tire repair kit). A temporarily repaired tire is
not designed to sustain the towing load. Towing using a faulty or temporarily repaired
tire can result in tire failure and loss of vehicle stability.
Towing and Accessories
98 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Before Towing a Trailer
Before towing a trailer, you must do the
following:
• Inflate tires to the cold tire inflation
pressure specified in Tire Care and
Maintenance on page 201.
• Observe all regulations and legal
requirements that apply to trailer towing.
Failure to comply with regulations can
compromise your safety.
• Adjust side mirrors to provide a clear rear
view without a significant blind spot.
• Engage Trailer Mode (see Trailer Mode on
page 100 ).
Confirm the following:
• Model 3 rests horizontally with the trailer
attached. If the vehicle is tipped up at the
front, and down at the rear, check that you
are not exceeding the maximum towing
capacity and tongue loads provided in
Carrying Capacity- Trailer Towing on page
97.
• All trailer hitch parts and attachments,
safety chains, and electrical connectors
(including reverse and fog lights, if
equipped) are in good condition and are
properly connected. If any problems are
apparent, do not tow the trailer.
• Trailer lights (brake lights, turn signal
lights, and marker lights) are working
properly.
• The trailer tongue is securely connected
to the hitch ball.
• Safety chains are properly connected
between the trailer and the tow vehicle.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue from
contacting the road if it separates from the
hitch. Leave enough slack in the safety
chains to allow for turns and ensure that
the chains do not drag on the ground.
• All cargo is secured.
• Wheel chocks are available.
•
The trailer load is evenly distributed such
that the trailer tongue weight is
approximately 4-10% of the total trailer
weight, without exceeding the maximum
tongue weights provided in Carrying
Capacity- Trailer Towing on page 97.
CAUTION: Loads that are balanced
over the wheels or heavier in the
rear can cause trailer sway, resulting
in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING: Always ensure that cargo
is secured in the trailer and will not
shift. Dynamic load shifts can cause
loss of vehicle control, resulting in
serious injury.
Towing Guidelines
Model 3 is designed primarily as a passenger-
carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer puts
additional load on the motor(s), drive train,
brakes, tires, and suspension and
significantly
decreases range. If you decide to tow a trailer,
proceed with caution and follow these
general guidelines:
• Reduce your driving speed and avoid
sudden maneuvers. Keep in mind that when
towing a trailer, steering, stability, turning
radius, stopping distance and braking
performance are
dierent when compared
to driving without a trailer.
• Increase your following distance by
maintaining at least twice the distance from
the vehicle ahead. This helps to avoid
situations that require heavy braking.
Sudden braking may result in skidding or
jack-knifing, and loss of control.
• Avoid sharp turns. Sharp turns can cause
the trailer to contact the vehicle and cause
damage. Keep in mind that the trailer
wheels are closer to the inside of the turn
than the vehicle’s wheels. Therefore, make
wider turns to prevent the trailer from
hitting curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects.
• Periodically check the trailer lights and
turn signals to
confirm that the bulbs are
still working. When towing a trailer, the turn
signal arrows on the touchscreen
flash as
normal, even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out.
• Periodically confirm the cargo is secure.
Towing and Accessories
99Driving
• Avoid parking on a grade (see Parking
with a Trailer on page 100).
• Regularly confirm that all towing
components are securely tightened.
WARNING: Towing requires you to
increase your stopping distance. When
towing, increase your following
distance and avoid situations that
could potentially cause heavy braking.
Failure to do so can result in a
collision.
WARNING: Observe all regulations
and legal requirements in your
jurisdiction that apply specifically to
trailer towing. Failure to comply with
regulations can compromise your
safety.
WARNING: Never attempt to connect
trailer brakes to the vehicle braking
system. Doing so can cause damage
to the vehicle and the trailer, and can
cause the braking system to
malfunction, resulting in serious injury.
Trailer Mode
Trailer Mode must always be active when
towing a trailer. When you connect a trailer's
electrical connection while the vehicle is in
Park,
Model 3 automatically engages Trailer
Mode. When you disconnect the trailer's
electrical connection, Trailer Mode does not
disengage automatically. To manually engage
or disengage Trailer Mode, touch
Controls >
Driving > Trailer Mode on the touchscreen.
One of the following indicators display on the
touchscreen:
Trailer Mode is Active.
Model 3
detects a
connection for trailer
lights but Trailer Mode is
disabled. It is likely that a
carrying accessory has
been connected.
Model 3
detects a faulty
electrical connection for
the trailer lights. Some, or
all, trailer lights may not
be functioning. Pull over
as soon as safety permits
and inspect the trailer
lights for faulty cabling or
connections. If the issues
are resolved and the red
icon still persists, turn
Trailer Mode
o and on
once more.
Some Autopilot features, as well as rear
parking sensor functionality, may not be
available when Trailer Mode is enabled. In
addition, these features operate
dierently:
• Trac-Aware Cruise Control increases the
following distance from the vehicle in front
of you.
• Side collision warnings are active but
automatic steering interventions are
disabled.
• The braking force provided by Automatic
Emergency Braking (see Collision
Avoidance Assist on page 139) may be
limited.
WARNING: Do not rely on Model 3 to
detect the trailer and automatically
engage Trailer Mode. Always check to
ensure that Trailer Mode is engaged
before towing a trailer.
WARNING: Under no circumstances
should you exit Trailer Mode when
towing a trailer. Doing so can cause
serious injury.
Parking with a Trailer
Whenever possible, avoid parking on a grade.
However, if parking on a grade is absolutely
necessary, place wheel chocks under the
trailer wheels. Consider having someone help
you with these steps:
• One person presses and holds the brake
pedal.
• A second person places the wheel chocks
under the wheels on the downgrade side of
the vehicle's tires.
Towing and Accessories
100 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• When the chocks are in place, release the
brake pedal and ensure the chocks hold the
weight of the vehicle and trailer.
NOTE: When testing chocks, ensure that
Vehicle Hold (see Vehicle Hold on page 85)
is not engaged. If Vehicle Hold is braking
Model 3, the Vehicle Hold indicator light
displays on the touchscreen. To disengage
Vehicle Hold, press and release the brake
pedal.
• Place the vehicle in Park. This engages the
parking brake.
WARNING: If parking on a grade is
necessary, always ensure that all trailer
wheels have been securely chocked.
Failure to do so can result in serious
damage or injury.
Connecting the Tow Hitch
The Model 3 towing package includes a
weight-carrying hitch with a 50 mm ball
coupling. When not in use, the hitch should
be removed and stored in a dry location to
prevent rust and corrosion. Keep the dust
cover over the hitch housing to prevent dirt
and debris from entering.
WARNING:
You must use the Model 3
trailer hitch when towing a trailer.
Never attempt to attach a dierent
type of trailer hitch.
NOTE:
Always attach safety chains when
towing. Cross the chains under the trailer
tongue and attach to the trailer eyelets to
ensure the security of the trailer load.
To install the trailer hitch:
1. Remove the dust cover from the hitch
housing by inserting a small object, such as
a
flat screwdriver, into the push clips on
each side of the dust cover. Turn the push
clips until they are in an unclasped position,
take them out, and remove the dust cover.
2. Insert the key into the locking cylinder on
the hitch, and turn the cylinder so the top
of the key is aligned with the “Open”
position.
3. Pull the locking cylinder out of the
adapter approximately 0.5 cm, and turn
clockwise until the Unlock icon is
fixated at
the top of the locking cylinder.
Towing and Accessories
101Driving
CAUTION: Be careful when turning
the locking cylinder. If it does not
lock into the "Open" position, it
automatically retracts into its
original "Closed" position and can
pinch your fingers.
4. Firmly grasp the hitch from the bottom
and align with the corresponding cutouts in
the hitch housing.
NOTE: Do not grasp the locking cylinder
because it needs to rotate freely.
5. Push the hitch into the hitch housing
until the locking cylinder quickly rotates
counter-clockwise and automatically locks
into the "Closed" position.
6. Check to confirm that the hitch is fully
inserted into the housing by pulling down
on the hitch. The hitch should not drop
when you pull down.
NOTE: If the hitch does not lock into the
housing, it falls out when you pull down on
the hitch.
7. Turn the key so the arrows align with the
Lock icon on the locking cylinder.
8. Remove the key and store it in a safe
place (preferably inside the vehicle).
NOTE: The key can be removed only if the
hitch is locked. This indicates a proper
connection. Do not use the hitch if the key
is not removed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends making a note of
the key code. You need this key code if you
lose the keys and need to order a
replacement.
Disconnecting the Tow
Hitch
After towing, remove the hitch:
1. Insert the key and turn to align the top of
the key with the Unlock icon.
2. While firmly holding the bottom of the
hitch (to prevent it from dropping to the
ground), pull the locking cylinder out
approximately 0.5 cm, and turn it clockwise
until the Lock icon shifts to the top. At this
point, the locking cylinder is unlocked in
the "Open" position and the hitch drops out
of the housing.
WARNING:
Be careful when turning
the locking cylinder. If it does not
lock into the "Open" position, it
automatically retracts into its
original "Closed" position and can
pinch your fingers.
3. Reinstall the dust cover on the hitch
housing to prevent dirt from accumulating
inside the housing by snapping in the push
clips.
4. Close the dust cover on the hitch's
locking cylinder and store the hitch in a
secure location.
NOTE: To maintain the hitch, regularly
grease its surface with non-resinous grease.
Towing and Accessories
102 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Electrical Connections
Regulations require all trailers to be equipped
with tail lights, brake lights, side marker lights,
and turn signals. To provide power for trailer
lighting, a built-in 7-pin wiring connector is
provided near the hitch support's wiring plugs
for most types of trailers.
1. Left Turn Signal
2. Rear Fog
3. Ground for pins 1-8
4. Right Turn Signal
5. Right Tail Signal
6. Stop Lamps
7. Left Tail Lamp
8. Reverse Lamps
NOTE: Pins 9-13 are not supported at this
time because Model 3 is not currently
equipped with brake controllers.
NOTE: All pins have 12V power.
NOTE: It is the driver’s responsibility to
ensure that all electrical connections are
working and all trailer lights are operating
before and during towing. You must perform
manual checks.
NOTE: Loss of trailer lights when towing may
be the result of a blown fuse.
Model 3 does
not provide a warning if the fuse is blown.
Contact Tesla Service.
NOTE:
If a trailer fog light is detected, Model
3 disables its rear fog light (if equipped).
CAUTION: Always ensure that the
trailer electrical cable does not
contact or drag on the ground and
there is enough slack in the cable to
allow for turns.
WARNING: Use only the electrical
connections designed by Tesla. Do not
attempt to directly splice or attempt
to connect a trailer’s electrical wiring
using any other method. Doing so can
damage the vehicle's electrical system
and cause malfunctions.
Impact on Range
Towing a trailer increases vehicle weight and
drag. As a result, driving range can decrease
significantly. Although Trip Planner attempts
to adjust estimates based on Trailer Mode,
actual energy consumption may vary. Plan
trip length and charging destinations
accordingly.
Towing and Accessories
103Driving
The following best practices can help ensure
that you have the best ownership experience
possible in harsh cold weather conditions.
Before Driving
Warm the cabin and Battery ahead of
departure for maximum range and
performance. There are several ways to
precondition your vehicle:
• Mobile app preconditioning: On the
mobile app, navigate to Climate > Turn On
Climate and set to HIor customize the
temperature at which you want to heat the
cabin, which also helps thaw ice on the
charge port latch and warms the Battery as
needed (see
Mobile App on page 186).
• Mobile app defrost: On the mobile app,
navigate to
Climate > Defrost to melt snow,
ice, and frost on the windshields, driver and
passenger windows, mirrors, and charge
port. The Battery also warms as needed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating the
climate settings at least 30-45 minutes
before departure (see
Climate Controls on
page 154). Preconditioning times depend
on outside temperature and other factors.
• Scheduled Departure: Use to preset a
time at which you want your vehicle to be
ready to drive (see
Scheduled Charging
and Scheduled Departure on page 197).
When snow and ice accumulate on your
vehicle, moving parts, such as the door
handles, windows, mirrors, and wipers can
freeze in place.
Door Handles
• If the door handles are frozen in place,
you can usually remove the ice with a few
forceful bumps to the door handle using
the bottom of your
fist. See Removing Ice
From Door Handle on page for more
information.
• To proactively prevent ice buildup, apply
WD-40 to the door handle pivot pins if you
are expecting freezing rain, heavy snow, or
icy conditions. Reapply as needed (see
Applying WD-40 to Door Handle Pivot Pins
on page ).
Windows
• On the mobile app, navigate to Climate >
Defrost as mentioned previously. Your
vehicle heats the driver and passenger
windows to help melt any ice that would
prevent the windows from moving.
• Model 3 automatically adjusts the window
positioning slightly to make it easier to
open the doors when ambient
temperatures are cold.
• Use the mobile app to schedule a service
appointment where Tesla can provide
hydrophobic coating to your windows for a
nominal fee.
Mirrors
If ice buildup is expected when parking, turn
o Auto-Fold Mirrors by navigating to
Controls > Mirrors > Auto-Fold. Ice can
prevent exterior side mirrors from folding or
unfolding.
NOTE: The side mirrors automatically heat as
needed during preconditioning or if the rear
defroster is activated.
Wipers
If snow or ice buildup is expected when
parking, navigate to
Controls > Service >
Wiper Service Mode > ON. This raises your
wipers so they are against the windshield and
they can defrost while the windshield defrosts
(see
Wipers and Washers on page 76).
Winter Tires and Tire Chains
• Use winter tires to increase traction in
snowy or icy conditions. You can purchase
winter tires on
http://www.tesla.com (see
Seasonal Tire Types on page 206).
• Tire chains provide additional traction
when driving in snowy or icy conditions.
Check your local regulations to see if tire
chains are recommended or required
during winter months. See
Using Tire
Chains on page 207 for more information.
Cold Weather Best Practices
104 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
While Driving
Cold weather can increase energy
consumption because more power is required
for driving, cabin and Battery heating. Follow
these suggestions to reduce energy
consumption:
• Using the seat heaters to keep warm is
more ecient than using climate controls.
Lowering the cabin temperature and using
seat heaters will reduce energy
consumption (see Climate Controls on
page 154).
• Slow down your driving and avoid
frequent and rapid acceleration.
Regenerative Braking
Regenerative braking may be limited if the
Battery is too cold. As you continue to drive,
the Battery warms up and regenerative power
increases (see
Regenerative Braking on page
78).
NOTE: Limited regenerative braking can be
avoided if you allow enough time to
precondition your vehicle or use scheduled
departure before your drive, as mentioned
previously.
NOTE: Installing winter tires may result in
temporarily reduced regenerative braking
power but
Model 3 will recalibrate itself to
correct this after a short period of driving.
Blue Snowflake Icon
A blue
snowflake icon appears on
your touchscreen when some of
the stored energy in the Battery
may not be available due to cold
Battery temperature. This portion
of unavailable energy displays in
blue on the Battery meter.
Regenerative braking,
acceleration, and charging rates
may be limited. The
snowflake
icon no longer displays when the
Battery is
suciently warmed.
Warming the Battery Before
Supercharging
If you are using Trip Planner (see Trip Planner
on page 165) and navigate to a Supercharger
station, your vehicle will allocate energy to
pre-heat the Battery in cold weather. This
ensures you arrive at the Supercharger with
an optimal Battery temperature, reducing the
amount of time it takes to charge.
Autopilot
To ensure optimal Autopilot performance,
keep the sensors and radar free of snow, ice,
mud, and dirt (see About Autopilot on page
108).
After Driving
Leave Model 3 plugged in when not in use.
This uses the charging system, rather than the
Battery itself, to keep your Battery warm (see
Battery Information on page 191).
Scheduled Departure
When parked, plug in Model 3 and set a time
at which you want your vehicle to be ready to
drive. Your vehicle determines the
appropriate time to begin charging so that
charging is complete and the cabin and
Battery are warm by your set departure time.
See
Scheduled Charging and Scheduled
Departure on page 197 for more information.
Charge Port
• If your charge port latch freezes in place
and a charging cable becomes stuck in the
charge port, try manually releasing the
charge cable. See
Manually Releasing
Charge Cable on page 194.
• Use the mobile app to precondition your
vehicle on
HI to help thaw ice on the
charge port latch so that the charge cable
can be removed or inserted (see Mobile
App on page 186).
NOTE: If your charge port latch is frozen in
place, it may not lock the charging cable in
place when inserted, but it is still able to AC
charge at a slower rate even if the latch is not
engaged.
Cold Weather Best Practices
105Driving
Storage
If you leave Model 3 parked for an extended
period of time, plug it into a charger to
prevent normal range loss and maintain the
Battery at an optimal temperature. Your
vehicle is safe to say plugged in for any
length of time.
When not in use, Model 3 automatically
enters a sleep mode to conserve range and
energy. Reduce the number of times you
check your vehicle’s status on the mobile app,
as this automatically wakes up your vehicle
and starts normal energy consumption.
NOTE: See Wipers on page 104 and Mirrors
on page 104 for more information on
preventing ice buildup when parking your
vehicle.
Removing Ice From Door
Handle
In severe winter conditions, ice buildup within
the door handle can prevent the door handle
from opening. The process for freeing a
Model 3 door handle is slightly dierent than
other door handles; you can usually remove
the ice with a few forceful bumps to the door
handle using the bottom of your
fist.
CAUTION:
Remove any jewelry or
objects that can damage the paint
prior to performing the procedure,
and do not attempt to use tools or
excessive force.
NOTE: Preemptively applying WD-40 to the
door handle pivot pins can help prevent ice
buildup inside your door handle. See
Applying WD-40 to Door Handle Pivot Pins
on page for instructions.
Perform the following to remove ice from the
door handle:
1.
Forcefully press the rear-most part of the
door handle to initially try to open the door
handle and release light or moderate ice
buildup.
2.
Working in a circular pattern around the
perimeter of the door handle, use the
bottom of your fist to forcefully bump the
door handle to break and release the ice
buildup.
3.
Aiming for the rearmost end of the wide
part of the door handle, use the bottom of
your
fist to forcefully bump the door
handle. Increase the intensity of the bumps
as necessary, repeating steps 1 and 2 until
the ice is removed and the door handle can
be opened.
CAUTION: Never bump the vehicle
so hard as to cause a dent; the force
used should be similar to knocking
on your neighbor’s front door.
4.
Once the door handle is able to move, open
and close it a few more times to release any
remaining ice buildup. Make sure the door
handle is fully pressed in (retracted) prior
to entering the vehicle, and check that the
door is fully closed before driving away.
Applying WD-40 to Door
Handle Pivot Pins
In severe winter conditions, applying WD-40
to door handle pivot pins can help prevent ice
buildup that might immobilize the handle.
Consider applying WD-40 to the door handle
pivot pins if you are expecting freezing rain,
heavy snow, or icy conditions. Reapply as
needed.
Cold Weather Best Practices
106 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
CAUTION: Read and observe the
instructions and warnings provided by
WD-40 prior to performing this
procedure.
To apply WD-40 to the door handle pivot pin:
1.
Open the door handle and prop it open
using a folded towel or other soft material.
2.
Attach the provided straw to the nozzle of
the WD-40 bottle.
3.
Put on eye protection.
4.
Place the end of the straw next to the pivot
pin and spray it for approximately one
second, taking care not to accidentally
spray other components.
NOTE: Rest the end of the straw on the top
of the spring around the pivot pin to better
aim the spray.
WARNING:
Make sure eye
protection is worn when performing
this step.
5.
Remove the towel or other soft material
used to prop the door handle open.
6.
Pivot the door handle in and out
approximately ten times.
7.
For a second time, place the end of the
straw next to the pivot pin and spray it for
approximately one second, taking care not
to accidentally spray other components.
NOTE: Rest the end of the straw on the top
of the spring around the pivot pin to better
aim the spray.
8.
Remove the towel or other soft material
used to prop the door handle open.
9.
Pivot the door handle in and out
approximately ten times.
10.
Perform this procedure on the other three
door handles.
Cold Weather Best Practices
107Driving
How It Works
Your Model 3 includes the following Autopilot components that actively monitor the
surrounding roadway:
1.
A camera is mounted above the rear license plate.
2. Ultrasonic sensors are located in the front and rear bumpers.
3. A camera is mounted in each door pillar.
4. Three cameras are mounted to the windshield above the rear view mirror.
5. A camera is mounted to each front fender.
6. Radar is mounted behind the front bumper.
Model 3 is also equipped with high precision electronically-assisted braking and steering
systems.
NOTE: Ensure all cameras and sensors are clean before each drive. See Cleaning Cameras and
Sensors on page 110 for more information. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
About Autopilot
108 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Features
These safety features are available on all
Model 3 vehicles:
• Lane Assist (see Lane Assist on page
136).
• Collision Avoidance Assist (see Collision
Avoidance Assist on page 139).
• Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page
143).
• Auto High Beam (see High Beam
Headlights on page 69).
These Autopilot convenience features are
designed to reduce driver workload:
• Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see Trac-
Aware Cruise Control on page 111)
• Autosteer (see Autosteer on page 118)
• Auto Lane Change (see Auto Lane
Change on page 120)
• Autopark (see Autopark on page 126)
• Summon (see Summon on page 128)
• Smart Summon (Smart Summon on page
132)
• Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on
Autopilot on page 123)
NOTE: Depending on market region, options
purchased, and software version, your
vehicle may not be equipped with all
Autopilot features.
You can enable/disable some of these
features and in some cases, control how they
work. To access settings, touch
Controls >
Autopilot.
Drive to Calibrate Cameras
Model 3 must maneuver with a great deal of
precision when Autopilot features are being
used. Therefore, before some features (for
example,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control or
Autosteer) can be used for the first time or
after certain Service repairs, the cameras
must complete a self-calibration process. For
your convenience, a progress indicator is
displayed on the
touchscreen.
Calibration typically completes after driving
32-40 km, but the distance varies depending
on road and environmental conditions.
Driving on a straight road with highly-visible
lane lines allows Model 3 to calibrate quicker.
When calibration is complete, the Autopilot
features are available for use. Contact Tesla
only if your
Model 3 has not completed the
calibration process after driving 160 km.
NOTE: If you attempt to use a feature that is
not available until the calibration process is
complete, the feature will not be enabled and
the touchscreen displays a message.
NOTE: Model 3 must repeat the calibration
process if the cameras are serviced by Tesla,
and in some cases, after a software update.
Limitations
Many factors can impact the performance of
Autopilot components, causing them to be
unable to function as intended. These include
(but are not limited to):
• Poor visibility (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.).
• Bright light (due to oncoming headlights,
direct sunlight, etc.).
• Damage or obstructions caused by mud,
ice, snow, etc.
• Interference or obstruction by object(s)
mounted onto the vehicle (such as a bike
rack).
• Obstruction caused by applying excessive
paint or adhesive products (such as wraps,
stickers, rubber coating, etc.) onto the
vehicle.
• Narrow or winding roads.
• A damaged or misaligned bumper.
• Interference from other equipment that
generates ultrasonic waves.
• Extremely hot or cold temperatures.
About Autopilot
109Autopilot
WARNING: The list above does not
represent an exhaustive list of
situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Autopilot
components. Never depend on these
components to keep you safe. It is the
driver's responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, and be in control of the
vehicle at all times.
CAUTION: If a windshield replacement
is needed, take your vehicle to Tesla
Service. This will ensure appropriate
handling and mounting of the
camera(s). Failure to do so can cause
one or more Autopilot features to
malfunction.
Cleaning Cameras and
Sensors
To ensure the various Autopilot components
can provide information that is as accurate as
possible, keep them clean and free of
obstructions, condensation, or damage.
Occasionally remove any buildup of dirt by
wiping the components with a soft cloth
dampened with warm water.
Condensation can form inside the camera
enclosures, especially if you park your vehicle
outside in cold or wet conditions. The
touchscreen may display an alert stating that
a camera is blocked and that some or all
Autopilot features may be temporarily
restricted until the camera vision is clear. To
proactively dry the condensation,
precondition the cabin by setting it to a warm
temperature, turning the windshield defroster
on, and directing the front air vents toward
the door pillars (see
Mobile App on page
186).
CAUTION:
Do not use chemical-based
or abrasive cleaners. Doing so can
damage surfaces.
CAUTION:
Avoid using a high-pressure
power washer.
CAUTION:
Do not clean an ultrasonic
sensor or camera lens with a sharp or
abrasive object that can scratch or
damage its surface.
About Autopilot
110 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Trac-Aware Cruise Control is a BETA
feature.
NOTE: If your vehicle is not equipped with an
optional Autopilot package, refer to the
owner's manual on your vehicle's touchscreen
for instructions on how to use Cruise Control.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (if equipped)
uses the forward looking cameras and the
radar sensor to determine when there is a
vehicle in front of you in the same lane. If the
area in front of Model 3 is clear, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control maintains a set driving speed.
When a vehicle is detected, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is designed to slow down
Model 3 as needed to maintain a selected
time-based distance from the vehicle in front,
up to the set speed.
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control does not eliminate the need to watch
the road in front of you and to manually apply
the brakes when needed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is primarily
intended for driving on dry, straight roads,
such as highways and freeways. It should not
be used on city streets.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean before each drive.
Unclean cameras and sensors, as well
as environmental conditions such as
rain and faded lane markings, can
aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is designed for your driving
comfort and convenience and is not a
collision warning or avoidance system.
It is your responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, and be in control of the
vehicle at all times. Never depend on
Trac-Aware Cruise Control to
adequately slow down Model 3.
Always watch the road in front of you
and be prepared to take corrective
action at all times. Failure to do so can
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Although Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is capable of detecting
pedestrians and cyclists, never depend
on Trac-Aware Cruise Control to
adequately slow Model 3 down for
them. Always watch the road in front
of you and be prepared to take
corrective action at all times. Failure to
do so can result in serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use Trac-Aware
Cruise Control on city streets or on
roads where trac conditions are
constantly changing.
WARNING: Do not use Trac-Aware
Cruise Control on winding roads with
sharp curves, on icy or slippery road
surfaces, or when weather conditions
(such as heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.)
make it inappropriate to drive at a
consistent speed. Trac-Aware Cruise
Control does not adapt driving speed
based on road and driving conditions.
To Use Trac-Aware
Cruise Control
To use Trac-Aware Cruise Control, you must
be driving at least 30 km/h, unless a vehicle is
detected ahead of you. If a vehicle is detected
ahead of you, you can use Trac-Aware
Cruise Control at any speed, even when
stationary, provided Model 3 is at least 150 cm
behind the detected vehicle.
When Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is available but is
not actively cruising at a
specified set speed, the
touchscreen displays a
gray speedometer icon
below your current driving
speed. The number shown
in gray is your current
driving speed, or the
speed limit that is being
determined by Speed
Assist (see Controlling
Speed Assist on page
143), whichever is
greater. If you engage
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control, this is the cruising
speed that will be set.
NOTE: On roads where the map data
determines that a conditional speed limit
exists (for example, a speed limit based on
time of day or weather conditions), a second
speed limit displays below the
first speed
limit. It is the driver's responsibility to
determine whether the conditional speed
limit is currently in
eect and adjust the
driving speed accordingly.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
111Autopilot
Set the Cruising Speed
To set the cruising speed, move the cruise
control lever fully down once then release.
This sets the cruising speed to the detected
speed limit (plus any oset you've specified
using Speed Assist as described in Controlling
Speed Assist on page 143) or your current
driving speed, whichever is greater.
Release the accelerator pedal to allow
Trac-
Aware Cruise Control to maintain your
cruising speed.
When the cruising speed
is set, the speedometer
icon on the touchscreen
turns blue and displays
the set cruising speed.
NOTE: Moving the gear level fully down twice
in quick succession engages Autosteer
(assuming it has been enabled as described in
Autosteer on page 118) and the set speed
changes to either your current driving speed,
or the current set speed (displayed in the
icon), whichever is greater.
NOTE: The minimum speed you can set is
30 km/h and the maximum is 150 km/h. It is
the driver's responsibility to cruise at a safe
speed based on road conditions and speed
limits.
WARNING:
When cruising at the
speed limit, the cruising speed does
not change when the speed limit
changes. If your driving speed is at or
below the new speed limit, move the
lever up to cancel Trac-Aware Cruise
Control, then move it back down again
to re-initiate and cruise at the new
speed limit. You can also manually
adjust your cruising speed (see
Changing the Set Speed on page
113).
WARNING:
Do not rely on Trac-
Aware Cruise Control or Speed Assist
to determine an accurate or
appropriate cruising speed. Always
cruise at a safe speed based on road
conditions and applicable speed limits.
Cruising at the Set Speed
Trac-Aware Cruise Control maintains your
set cruising speed whenever a vehicle is not
detected in front of
Model 3. When cruising
behind a detected vehicle, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control accelerates and decelerates
Model 3 as needed to maintain a chosen
following distance (see Adjust the Following
Distance on page 115), up to the set speed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts the
cruising speed when entering and exiting
curves.
You can manually accelerate at any time when
cruising at a set speed, but when you release
the accelerator,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
resumes cruising at the set speed.
NOTE: When Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
actively slowing down Model 3 to maintain
the selected distance from the vehicle ahead,
brake lights turn on to alert other road users
that you are slowing down. You may notice
slight movement of the brake pedal. However,
when
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
accelerating Model 3, the accelerator pedal
does not move.
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control may occasionally cause Model
3 to brake when not required or when
you are not expecting it. This can be
caused by closely following a vehicle
ahead, detecting vehicles or objects in
adjacent lanes (especially on curves),
etc.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
112 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Due to limitations inherent
in the onboard GPS (Global
Positioning System), you may
experience situations in which Trac-
Aware Cruise Control slows down the
vehicle, especially near highway exits
where a curve is detected and/or you
are actively navigating to a destination
and not following the route.
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise
Control cannot detect all objects and,
especially in situations when you are
driving over 80 km/h, may not brake/
decelerate when a vehicle or object is
only partially in the driving lane or
when a vehicle you are following
moves out of your driving path and a
stationary or slow-moving vehicle or
object is in front of you. Always pay
attention to the road ahead and stay
prepared to take immediate corrective
action. Depending on Trac-Aware
Cruise Control to avoid a collision can
result in serious injury or death. In
addition, Trac-Aware Cruise Control
may react to vehicles or objects that
either do not exist or are not in the
lane of travel, causing Model 3 to slow
down unnecessarily or inappropriately.
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise
Control may be unable to provide
adequate speed control because of
limited braking capability and hills. It
can also misjudge the distance from a
vehicle ahead. Driving downhill can
increase driving speed, causing Model
3 to exceed your set speed (and
potentially the road's speed limit).
Never depend on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to slow down the vehicle
enough to prevent a collision. Always
keep your eyes on the road when
driving and be prepared to take
corrective action as needed.
Depending on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to slow the vehicle down
enough to prevent a collision can
result in serious injury or death.
Passing Vehicles in Non-
Passing Lanes
If traveling 80 km/h or faster, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control requires that you be in a
passing lane in order to pass a vehicle. If you
are in a non-passing lane (to the right of a
vehicle in right-hand trac, or to the left of a
vehicle in left-hand trac), Trac-Aware
Cruise Control prevents you from passing
other vehicles. Instead, Model 3 slows down
to match the vehicle’s speed as if it were in
the same lane as your vehicle. If you press the
accelerator pedal to pass the vehicle,
Trac-
Aware Cruise Control allows you to pass
vehicles in the non-passing lane until you
either change lanes or cancel and resume
cruising (it then prevents you from passing
vehicles in a non-passing lane again).
NOTE: You are responsible for complying with
all local laws regarding passing other road
users and the utilization of non-passing lanes.
Changing the Set Speed
To change the set speed while using Trac-
Aware Cruise Control, roll the right scroll
wheel up (to increase) or down (to decrease)
the set speed until your desired set speed is
displayed. Slowly rolling the scroll wheel
changes the set speed in
1 km/h increments
and quickly rolling the scroll wheel changes
the set speed to the closest
5 km/h
increment.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
113Autopilot
You can also use the touchscreen to change
the set speed by touching the plus (+) or
minus (-) next to the displayed set speed. A
quick tap changes the set speed by 1 km/h
and a press and hold changes the set speed
to the closest 5 km/h increment. To increase/
decrease to the next increment, you must
release the plus (
+) or minus (-) then press it
again.
NOTE: It may take a few seconds for Model 3
to reach the new cruising speed, assuming
Model 3 does not detect a vehicle ahead
driving slower than your set speed.
If the touchscreen is displaying a speed limit
sign, you can touch this sign to set the
cruising speed to the current speed limit (plus
any
oset you've specified using Speed
Assist).
HOLD State
When following a vehicle, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control remains active at low speeds,
even when Model 3 comes to a full stop.
When the vehicle is moving again, Trac-
Aware Cruise Control resumes operating at
the set speed. However, under the following
circumstances,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
goes into a HOLD state, in which case, you
need to briefly press the accelerator pedal to
resume cruising. When the
HOLD status is
active, the touchscreen displays the HOLD
icon and a message that indicates that you
need to resume cruise control. The following
circumstances can cause Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to go into the
HOLD state:
• Model 3 has been at a standstill for 5
minutes.
• Model 3 detects a pedestrian (the HOLD
state may clear when the pedestrian is no
longer detected).
• Model 3 suddenly loses visibility of the
vehicle in front of you.
• The ultrasonic sensors detect an obstacle
in front of Model 3.
Cruising Near or On
Freeway Exits
When cruising near an exit on a controlled
access road (such as a highway or freeway)
and engaging the turn signal toward the exit,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control assumes you are
exiting and begins to slow down the vehicle. If
you do not drive onto the exit, Trac-Aware
Cruise Control resumes cruising at the set
speed. In a region with right hand trac, this
occurs only when you engage the right turn
signal when driving in the right-most lane
within
50 meters of an exit. Likewise in
regions with left hand trac; when engaging
the left turn signal when driving in the left-
most lane within
50 meters of an exit.
NOTE: The onboard Global Positioning
System (GPS) determines if you are driving in
a region with right or left hand trac. In
situations where GPS data is unavailable (for
example, if there is inadequate signal),
engaging the turn signal near an exit does not
cause
Trac-Aware Cruise Control to slow
down Model 3.
When enabled while on a highway
interchange or
o-ramp in certain regions,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control may reduce your
set speed in 5 km/h increments – to as slow
as 40 km/h – to better match the reported
speeds of other Tesla vehicles that have
driven at that
specific location. To override
this and continue cruising at your set speed,
tap the accelerator pedal or
touch the plus
(+) or minus (-) button on the touchscreen.
The new set speed is maintained for the
duration of the interchange or
o-ramp
(unless you override it or cancel Trac-Aware
Cruise Control). After the interchange or o-
ramp, the set speed may revert or change as
necessary based on the new location. For
example, if you merged onto a
dierent
highway, the set speed reverts back to the set
speed that was in use before driving on the
interchange.
WARNING:
In some cases (such as
having insucient data), Trac-Aware
Cruise Control may not automatically
reduce the set speed on the highway
interchange or o-ramp. Do not rely
on Trac-Aware Cruise Control to
determine an appropriate driving
speed. Tesla recommends driving at a
speed that is safe for road conditions
and within posted speed limits.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
114 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Adjust the Following
Distance
To adjust the following distance you want to
maintain between Model 3 and a vehicle
traveling ahead of you, press the steering
wheel's right scroll button to the left or right
to choose a setting from 1 (the closest
following distance) to 7 (the longest following
distance). Each setting corresponds to a time-
based distance that represents how long it
takes for Model 3, from its current location, to
reach the location of the rear bumper of the
vehicle ahead of you.
You can also display and adjust the setting for
the following distance on the touchscreen at
any time, even when
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is not active. Touch Controls >
Autopilot > Cruise Follow Distance, then
adjust the following distance by touching plus
(+) or minus (-).
As you adjust the following distance, the
touchscreen displays the current setting.
NOTE: Your setting is retained until you
manually change it.
WARNING:
It is the driver's
responsibility to determine and
maintain a safe following distance at
all times. Do not rely on Trac-Aware
Cruise Control to maintain an accurate
or appropriate following distance.
WARNING:
Never depend on Trac-
Aware Cruise Control to adequately
slow down Model 3 to avoid a
collision. Always watch the road in
front of you and stay prepared to take
immediate corrective action.
Overtake Acceleration
When following a vehicle with Trac-Aware
Cruise Control active, briefly engaging the
turn signal (to indicate a move into the
passing lane) accelerates
Model 3 towards the
vehicle ahead. By momentarily holding the
turn signal lever up or down, you can quickly
accelerate up to your set speed without
having to press the accelerator pedal. The
turn signal causes acceleration only when all
of the following conditions are met:
• Trac-Aware Cruise Control is operating
and detects a vehicle in front of you.
• No obstacles or vehicles are detected in
the target lane.
• Model 3 is traveling below the set speed,
but over 72 km/h.
Overtake Acceleration is intended as an aid
when passing a vehicle ahead of you. When
the turn signal is engaged,
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control continues to maintain distance
from the vehicle ahead, but allows you to
drive slightly closer than your selected
distance.
Acceleration cancels when one of the
conditions happen:
• You reach your set cruising speed.
• Changing lanes takes too long.
• Model 3 gets too close to the vehicle
ahead.
OR
• You disengage the turn signal.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
115Autopilot
NOTE: Overtake Acceleration occurs when
you hold the turn signal in the momentary
position (partially engaged). When you
release the turn signal, Model 3 stops
accelerating (in the same way as when you
release the accelerator pedal) and resumes
the set speed.
WARNING: Overtake Acceleration can
cancel for many unforeseen reasons in
addition to those listed above (for
example, lack of GPS data). Stay alert
and never depend on Overtake
Acceleration to increase your driving
speed.
WARNING: Overtake Acceleration
increases your driving speed
whenever the appropriate turn signal
is engaged, and accelerates Model 3
closer to the vehicle ahead. Although
Trac-Aware Cruise Control continues
to maintain distance from the vehicle
ahead, it is important to be aware that
your selected following distance is
reduced when Overtake Acceleration
is active, particularly in cases where it
may not be your intention to overtake
the vehicle you are following.
Canceling and Resuming
To manually cancel Trac-Aware Cruise
Control, move the gear lever up and release
or press the brake pedal. The speedometer
icon on the
touchscreen turns gray to indicate
that Trac-Aware Cruise Control is no longer
active.
WARNING:
Do not hold the gear lever
up for more than one second. Doing
so cancels Trac-Aware Cruise
Control and shifts Model 3 into
Neutral.
To re-enable cruising at the current driving
speed, move the gear lever fully down once
then release.
NOTE: When Trac-Aware Cruise Control
cancels, Model 3 does not coast. Instead,
regenerative braking slows down
Model 3 in
the same way as when you move your foot o
the accelerator when driving without Trac-
Aware Cruise Control (see Regenerative
Braking on page 78).
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise
Control cancels, or may not be
available, in the following situations:
• You press the brake pedal.
• Your driving speed exceeds the maximum
cruising speed of 150 km/h.
• You shift Model 3 into a dierent gear.
• A door is opened.
• The view from the radar sensor or
camera(s) is obstructed. This could be
caused by dirt, mud, ice, snow, fog, etc.
• The traction control setting is manually
disabled or is repeatedly engaging to
prevent wheels from slipping.
• The wheels are spinning while at a
standstill.
• The Trac-Aware Cruise Control system
is failing or requires service.
When Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
unavailable or cancels, Model 3 no longer
drives consistently at a set speed and no
longer maintains a
specified distance from
the vehicle ahead.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
116 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Trac-Aware Cruise
Control can cancel unexpectedly at
any time for unforeseen reasons.
Always watch the road in front of you
and stay prepared to take appropriate
action. It is the driver's responsibility
to be in control of Model 3 at all times.
Summary of Cruise
Indicators
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is available but is
not actively controlling
your speed until you
activate it. The number
shown in gray is
determined by Speed
Assist (see
Controlling
Speed Assist on page
143).
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control is operating and is
either maintaining the set
speed (no vehicle in front)
or is maintaining a chosen
following distance from a
vehicle ahead (up to the
set speed).
Model 3 has fully stopped
but is in a HOLD state. If
safe, press the accelerator
pedal to resume cruising
at the set speed.
Limitations
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is particularly
unlikely to operate as intended in the
following types of situations:
• The road has sharp curves.
• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.).
• Bright light (such as from oncoming
headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering
with the view of the camera(s).
• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty,
covered, etc.).
•
The windshield is obstructing the view of
the camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered
by a sticker, etc.).
WARNING: The list above does not
represent an exhaustive list of
situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Trac-Aware
Cruise Control.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
117Autopilot
NOTE: Autosteer is a BETA feature.
Autosteer builds upon Trac-Aware Cruise
Control (see Trac-Aware Cruise Control on
page 111), intelligently keeping Model 3 in its
driving lane when cruising at a set speed.
Autosteer also allows you to use the turn
signals to move Model 3 into an adjacent lane
(see Auto Lane Change on page 120). Using
the vehicle's camera(s), the radar sensor, and
the ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer detects lane
markings and the presence of vehicles and
objects to
assist you in steering Model 3.
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-
Driving Visualization Preview to display more
details about the roadway and its
surroundings, such as road markings, stop
signs, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans
and poles), etc.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean. Unclean cameras
and sensors, as well as environmental
conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
WARNING: Autosteer is a hands-on
feature. You must keep your hands on
the steering wheel at all times.
WARNING: Autosteer is intended for
use only on highways and limited-
access roads with a fully attentive
driver. When using Autosteer, hold the
steering wheel and be mindful of road
conditions and surrounding trac. Do
not use Autosteer on city streets, in
construction zones, or in areas where
bicyclists or pedestrians may be
present. Never depend on Autosteer
to determine an appropriate driving
path. Always be prepared to take
immediate action. Failure to follow
these instructions could cause
damage, serious injury or death.
Operating Autosteer
Before you can operate Autosteer, you must
enable it by touching Controls > Autopilot >
Autosteer (Beta).
To indicate that Autosteer
is available (but not
actively steering Model 3),
the touchscreen displays a
gray Autosteer icon.
To initiate Autosteer,
move the gear lever fully
down twice in quick succession.
Autosteer briefly displays a message on the
touchscreen reminding you to pay attention
to the road and have your hands on the
steering wheel. To indicate that Autosteer is
now actively assisting in steering Model 3, the
touchscreen displays the Autosteer icon in
blue. When Autosteer is able to detect lane
markings, it also displays the driving lane in
blue.
Autosteer
118 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: To initiate Autosteer when there is no
vehicle in front of you, you must be driving at
least 30 km/h on a roadway with visible lane
markings. If a vehicle is detected ahead of
you, you can initiate Autosteer at any speed
under 150 km/h, even when stationary (if you
are at least 150 cm away from the vehicle).
The touchscreen displays a message
indicating that Autosteer is temporarily
unavailable if you attempted to engage
Autosteer when driving at a speed that is not
within the speed required for Autosteer to
operate. Autosteer may also be unavailable if
it is not receiving adequate data from the
camera(s) or sensors.
If Autosteer is unable to detect lane markings,
the driving lane is determined based on the
vehicle you are following.
In most cases, Autosteer attempts to center
Model 3 in the driving lane. However, if the
sensors detect the presence of an obstacle
(such as a vehicle or guard rail), Autosteer
may steer
Model 3 in a driving path that is
oset from the center of the lane.
WARNING: Autosteer is not designed
to, and will not, steer Model 3 around
objects partially or completely in the
driving lane. Always watch the road in
front of you and stay prepared to take
appropriate action. It is the driver's
responsibility to be in control of Model
3 at all times.
WARNING: Steering is limited when
Autosteer is enabled. Therefore, Model
3 may not be able to handle tight
turns. Be prepared to take control of
the vehicle at all times.
Restricted Speed
Autosteer is intended for use only by a fully
attentive driver on freeways and highways
where access is limited by entry and exit
ramps. If you choose to use Autosteer on
residential roads, a road without a center
divider, or a road where access is not limited,
Autosteer may limit the maximum allowed
cruising speed and the
touchscreen displays a
message indicating that speed is restricted.
The restricted speed can vary depending on
whether or not you've
specified a speed limit
oset. Although you will be unable to
increase the cruising speed, you can select a
more restrictive cruising speed by reducing
the speed limit
oset, if applicable, (see
Controlling Speed Assist
on page 143) or by
manually reducing the set cruising speed (see
Changing the Set Speed on page 113).
In situations where the speed limit cannot be
detected when Autosteer is engaged,
Autosteer reduces your driving speed and
limits the set speed to 70 km/h. Although you
can manually accelerate to exceed the limited
speed, Model 3 may not brake for detected
obstacles. Autosteer slows down to the
limited speed when you release the
accelerator pedal. When you leave the road,
or disengage Autosteer by using the steering
wheel, you can increase your set speed again,
if desired.
Hold Steering Wheel
Autosteer uses data from the camera(s),
sensors, and GPS to determine how best to
assist you in steering Model 3. When active,
Autosteer requires you to hold the steering
wheel. If it does not detect your hands on the
steering wheel for a period of time,
a flashing
blue light appears at the top of the car status
section of the touchscreen and the following
message displays:
Autosteer detects your hands by recognizing
light resistance as the steering wheel turns, or
from you manually turning the steering wheel
very lightly (without enough force to retake
control).
NOTE: When your hands are detected, the
message disappears and Autosteer resumes
normal operation.
NOTE: Autosteer may also sound a chime at
the same time that the message is initially
displayed.
Autosteer requires that you pay attention to
your surroundings and remain prepared to
take control at any time. If Autosteer still does
not detect your hands on the steering wheel,
the request escalates by sounding chimes
that increase in frequency.
If you repeatedly ignore Autosteer's prompts
for having your hands on the steering wheel,
Autosteer disables for the rest of the drive
and displays the following message. If you
don't resume manual steering, Autosteer
Autosteer
119Autopilot
sounds a continuous chime, turns on the
warning flashers, and slows the vehicle to a
complete stop.
For the rest of the drive, you must steer
manually. Autosteer is available again on your
next drive (after you stop and shift Model 3
into Park).
Autosteer is Aborting
In situations where Autosteer is unable to
assist in steering Model 3, Autosteer aborts,
sounds a warning chime, and displays the
following message on the
touchscreen:
Canceling Autosteer
Autosteer cancels when:
• You apply rotational force to the steering
wheel (even a slight amount).
• You press the brake pedal.
• The maximum speed that Autosteer
supports–
150 km/h–is exceeded.
• You move the gear lever upwards.
• A door is opened.
• An Automatic Emergency Braking event
occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist on
page 139).
When Autosteer cancels, it sounds chimes
and the Autosteer icon either turns gray to
indicate that Autosteer is no longer active, or
disappears to indicate that it is not currently
available.
NOTE: If Autosteer cancels because you
applied rotational force to the steering wheel,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control remains active.
Disengage Trac-Aware Cruise Control as
you normally would, by
moving the gear lever
upward or pressing the brake pedal.
NOTE: If you move the gear lever upward and
hold it up for more than one second,
Model 3
shifts into Neutral after canceling Autosteer.
To disable Autosteer so it is no longer
available, touch Controls > Autopilot >
Autosteer (Beta).
Auto Lane Change
When Autosteer is active on a vehicle
equipped with Auto Lane Change, you can
use the turn signals to move Model 3 into an
adjacent lane.
WARNING: It is the driver's
responsibility to determine whether a
lane change is safe and appropriate.
Therefore, before initiating a lane
change, always check blind spots, lane
markings, and the surrounding
roadway to confirm it is safe and
appropriate to move into the target
lane.
WARNING: Never depend on Auto
Lane Change to determine an
appropriate driving path. Drive
attentively by watching the road and
trac ahead of you, checking the
surrounding area, and monitoring the
touchscreen for warnings. Always be
prepared to take immediate action.
WARNING: Do not use Auto Lane
Change on city streets or on roads
where trac conditions are constantly
changing and where bicycles and
pedestrians are present.
WARNING: The performance of Auto
Lane Change depends on the ability of
the camera(s) to recognize lane
markings.
WARNING: Do not use Auto Lane
Change on winding roads with sharp
curves, on icy or slippery roads, or
when weather conditions (such as
heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) may be
obstructing the view from the
camera(s) or sensors.
WARNING: Failure to follow all
warnings and instructions can result in
property damage, serious injury or
death.
Operating Auto Lane Change
Auto Lane Change is available whenever
Autosteer is active. To change lanes using
Auto Lane Change:
Autosteer
120 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
1. Perform visual checks to make sure it is
safe and appropriate to move into the
target lane
2. Fully engage the appropriate turn signal
and initiate the lane change by having your
hands on the steering wheel.
3. Disengage the turn signal after you are in
the target lane.
NOTE: Auto Lane Change cancels if the lane
change cannot be completed in five seconds.
Auto Lane Change assists in moving Model 3
into the adjacent lane in the direction
indicated by the turn signal, provided the
following conditions are met:
• Auto Lane Change detected your hands
on the steering wheel.
• The turn signal is fully engaged.
• The ultrasonic sensors and Autopilot
cameras do not detect a vehicle or obstacle
up to the center of the target lane.
• The lane markings indicate that a lane
change is permitted.
• The view of the camera(s) is not
obstructed.
• Your vehicle does not detect another
vehicle in its blind spot.
• Midway through the lane change, Auto
Lane Change can detect the outside lane
marking of the target lane.
• Driving speed is at least 45 km/h.
As the lane change is in progress, Overtake
Acceleration is activated, allowing
Model 3 to
accelerate closer to a vehicle in front (see
Overtake Acceleration on page 115). Midway
through the lane change, Auto Lane Change
must detect the target lane's outside lane
marking. If this lane marking cannot be
detected, the lane change is aborted and
Model 3 returns to its original driving lane.
NOTE: Auto Lane Change assists in moving
Model 3 one lane at a time. Moving into an
additional lane requires you to engage the
turn signal a second time after the first lane
change is complete.
When using Auto Lane Change, it is
important to monitor its performance by
watching the driving path in front of you and
the surrounding area. Stay prepared to take
over steering at any time. As you are crossing
over into the adjacent lane, the touchscreen
displays the lane marking as a dashed blue
line. Once in your new lane, lane markings are
displayed as solid blue lines again.
In situations where Auto Lane Change is
unable to operate at optimal performance, or
cannot operate due to inadequate data, the
touchscreen displays a series of warnings.
Therefore, when using Auto Lane Change,
always pay attention to the
touchscreen and
be prepared to manually steer
Model 3.
Limitations
Autosteer and its associated functions are
particularly unlikely to operate as intended
when:
• Autosteer is unable to accurately
determine lane markings. For example, lane
markings are excessively worn, have visible
previous markings, have been adjusted due
to road construction, are changing quickly
(lanes branching
o, crossing over, or
merging), objects or landscape features are
casting strong shadows on the lane
markings, or the road surface contains
pavement seams or other high-contrast
lines.
• Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog,
etc.) or weather conditions are interfering
with sensor operation.
• A camera(s) or sensor(s) is obstructed,
covered, or damaged.
• Driving on hills.
• Approaching a toll booth.
• Driving on a road that has sharp curves or
is excessively rough.
• Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is
interfering with the view of the camera(s).
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
• A vehicle is detected in your blind spot
when you engage the turn signal.
Autosteer
121Autopilot
• Model 3 is being driven very close to a
vehicle in front of it, which is blocking the
view of the camera(s).
WARNING: Many unforeseen
circumstances can impair the
operation of Autosteer. Always keep
this in mind and remember that as a
result, Autosteer may not assist in
steering Model 3 appropriately. Always
drive attentively and be prepared to
take immediate action.
Autosteer
122 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is a BETA
feature and is not available in all market
regions.
When using Autosteer on a controlled-access
road (such as a highway or freeway),
Navigate on Autopilot automatically exits at
o-ramps and interchanges based on your
navigation route. Along the highway portion
of a navigation route, Navigate on Autopilot
also changes lanes to prepare for exits and to
minimize the driving time to your destination.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot
does not make driving autonomous.
You must pay attention to the road,
keep your hands on the steering wheel
at all times, and remain aware of your
navigation route.
WARNING: As is the case with normal
driving, be extra careful around blind
corners, highway interchanges, and
exits because obstacles can appear
quickly and at any time.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may
not recognize or detect oncoming
vehicles, stationary objects, and
special-use lanes such as those used
exclusively for bikes, carpools,
emergency vehicles, etc. Remain alert
at all times and be prepared to take
immediate action. Failure to do so can
cause damage, injury or death.
Enabling and Customizing
Navigate on Autopilot
To enable Navigate on Autopilot, touch
Controls > Autopilot > Navigate on Autopilot
(Beta). Then, to customize how you want
Navigate on Autopilot to operate, touch
CUSTOMIZE NAVIGATE ON AUTOPILOT:
• Enable At Start Of Every Trip: Choose
whether or not you want to automatically
enable Navigate on Autopilot for every
navigation route. When enabled, the
Navigate on Autopilot button on the turn-
by-turn direction list is already enabled at
the start of every trip.
• Speed Based Lane Changes: Navigate on
Autopilot is designed to perform both
route-based and speed-based lane
changes. Route-based lane changes are
designed to keep you on your navigation
route (for example, moving you into an
adjacent lane to prepare for an upcoming
o-ramp) whereas speed-based lane
changes are designed to maintain a driving
speed (not to exceed your cruising speed)
that allows you to minimize the time it
takes to reach your destination (for
example, moving into an adjacent lane to
pass a vehicle in front of you). Speed-based
lanes changes are optional. You can use
this setting to disable speed-based lane
changes or to specify how aggressively you
want Navigate on Autopilot to change
lanes to achieve the set cruising speed. The
MILD setting is more conservative about
lane changes and may result in a slightly
longer driving time whereas MAD MAX is
designed to allow you to reach your
destination in the shortest driving time
possible, but will only change lanes when
safe to do so.
NOTE: In addition to route-based and speed-
based lane changes, Navigate on Autopilot
also requests a lane change to the right as a
reminder to stay out of the left-most lane
when you are not passing other vehicles.
NOTE: The touchscreen displays route-based
lane changes at the top of the map's turn-by-
turn direction list to notify you that an
upcoming lane change is needed to stay on
the navigation route.
Operating Navigate on
Autopilot
Once enabled, the Navigate on Autopilot
button appears on the map’s turn-by-turn
direction list whenever a navigation route is
active and the route includes at least one
controlled-access road. Touch this button to
allow Navigate on Autopilot to assist you on
your journey. When enabled, the Navigate on
Autopilot button is blue and the turn-by-turn
direction displays the Autosteer icon next to
maneuvers (such as freeway exits) that
Navigate on Autopilot will handle.
Navigate on Autopilot activates and
deactivates as appropriate, based on the type
of road you are driving on. For example, if
Autosteer is active and the Navigate on
Autopilot setting is turned on, Navigate on
Autopilot automatically becomes active when
you reach a supported controlled-access
portion of your navigation route.
Navigate on Autopilot
123Autopilot
Whenever Navigate on Autopilot is active, the
touchscreen displays the driving lane as a
single blue line in front of Model 3:
When Navigate on Autopilot is active and you
approach an o-ramp or freeway interchange
along your navigation route, the appropriate
turn signal engages and Autosteer maneuvers
Model 3 onto the o-ramp or interchange.
WARNING: Never depend on Navigate
on Autopilot to determine an
appropriate lane at an o-ramp. Stay
alert and perform visual checks to
ensure that the driving lane is safe and
appropriate.
When you leave a controlled-access road (for
example, you exit a freeway or you enter a
section of the navigation route that is no
longer supported), Navigate on Autopilot
reverts back to Autosteer— a unique triple-
tone chime sounds and the
touchscreen
displays the driving lane lines in blue (instead
of the single blue in front of
Model 3). When
you exit onto an o-ramp, the touchscreen
briefly displays a countdown message
warning you of the distance remaining before
Navigate on Autopilot reverts back to
Autosteer.
NOTE:
The way Navigate on Autopilot
determines navigation routes and maneuvers
at freeway interchanges can be impacted by
whether or not the navigation system is set
up to use High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV)
lanes. Therefore, ensure the Use HOV Lanes
setting is appropriate for your circumstances
(see
Maps and Navigation on page 160). If
the setting is o, Navigate on Autopilot never
uses an HOV lane, regardless of time of day. If
the setting is on, Navigate on Autopilot will
always include the use of the HOV lane,
whenever it exists.
WARNING: Even when Navigate on
Autopilot deactivates at o-ramps,
Autosteer remains active. Always be
prepared to take appropriate actions
such as stopping at red lights and stop
signs, and yielding to other road users.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may
not always attempt to exit at an o-
ramp, even when the exit is
determined by the navigation route.
Always remain alert and be prepared
to manually steer onto the o-ramp,
or make a required lane change.
You can cancel Navigate on Autopilot at any
time by touching the Navigate on Autopilot
button on the map’s turn-by-turn direction list
(your vehicle reverts back to Autosteer), or by
canceling Autosteer entirely (see Canceling
Autosteer on page 120).
Lane Changes
Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to either
prepare
Model 3 for an upcoming o-ramp, to
increase your driving speed (not to exceed
your set cruising speed), or to move Model 3
out of a left-most lane when you are not
passing other vehicles. A message displays at
the top of the map's turn-by-turn direction list
to notify you when an upcoming lane change
is required to stay on your navigation route.
The line on the
touchscreen shows the
upcoming driving path:
Navigate on Autopilot
124 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
When the touchscreen displays a message
asking you to confirm the lane change,
engage the appropriate turn signal. If you do
not confirm the lane change within three
seconds, a chime sounds to remind you that
Navigate on Autopilot requires your
confirmation to change lanes.
NOTE: If you ignore a route-based lane
change suggestion (for example, you are
driving in the left lane while approaching an
o-ramp on the right side of the highway),
Navigate on Autopilot will be unable to
maneuver onto the
o-ramp and as a result,
the navigation system will re-route you to
your destination.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may
not always attempt to exit at an o-
ramp or change lanes, even when an
exit or lane change is determined by
the navigation route. Always remain
alert and be prepared to manually
steer onto an o-ramp, or make a lane
change to prepare for, or to exit at, an
o-ramp or interchange.
Be Ready to Assist
When attempting to change lanes or
maneuver Model 3, or when approaching
construction zones, Navigate on Autopilot
may be unable to determine the appropriate
driving lane (for example, complex clover
leafs and multi-lane
o-ramps) and the
touchscreen displays an alert indicating that
Navigate on Autopilot is trying to maneuver
and may require assistance. When you see the
message, be prepared to take immediate
action to ensure that it is safe and
appropriate to complete the lane change or
maneuver.
Navigate on Autopilot
125Autopilot
Autopark (if equipped) uses data from the
ultrasonic sensors and GPS to simplify
parking on public roads by maneuvering
Model 3 into parallel and perpendicular
parking spaces. See To Use Autopark on page
126.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean. Unclean cameras
and sensors, as well as environmental
conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
WARNING: Autopark's performance
depends on the ability of the
ultrasonic sensors to determine the
vehicle's proximity to curbs, objects,
and other vehicles.
To Use Autopark
When driving, follow these steps to allow
Autopark to maneuver
Model 3 into a parking
space:
1. When driving slowly on a public road,
monitor the touchscreen to determine
when Autopark has detected a parking
space. When Autopark detects a potential
parking space, the
touchscreen displays a
parking icon. Autopark detects parallel
parking locations when driving below 24
km/h and perpendicular parking locations
when driving below 16 km/h.
NOTE:
The parking icon appears only if the
vehicle's position and/or the circumstances
of the surrounding area are such that
Autopark can determine an appropriate
driving path. If Autopark cannot determine
an appropriate path (for example, when
driving on a narrow street where moving
into the parking space causes the front of
the vehicle to extend into the adjacent
lane), you can either reposition the vehicle,
find a dierent parking space, or park
manually.
2. Check to determine if the detected
parking space is appropriate and safe. If so,
pull forward and stop approximately a car
length ahead of the parking space (as you
normally would when parallel parking or
when backing into a perpendicular parking
space).
3. Release the steering wheel, shift Model 3
into Reverse, then touch Start Autopark on
the touchscreen.
4. When parking is complete, Autopark
displays the "Complete" message.
In situations where Autopark cannot operate
due to inadequate sensor data, the
touchscreen displays a message indicating
that you must manually park Model 3.
NOTE: If you press the brake when Autopark
is actively parking
Model 3, the parking
process pauses until you touch Resume on
the touchscreen.
NOTE: Autopark detects potential
perpendicular parking spaces that are at least
2.9 meters wide with a vehicle parked on
each side. Autopark detects parallel parking
spaces that are at least 6 meters, but less
than
9 meters long. Autopark does not
operate on angled parking spaces.
WARNING:
Never depend on
Autopark to find a parking space that
is legal, suitable, and safe. Autopark
may not always detect objects in the
parking space. Always perform visual
checks to confirm that a parking
space is appropriate and safe.
WARNING:
When Autopark is actively
steering Model 3, the steering wheel
moves in accordance with Autopark's
adjustments. Do not interfere with the
movement of the steering wheel.
Doing so cancels Autopark.
Autopark
126 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: During the parking
sequence, continually check your
surroundings. Be prepared to apply
the brakes to avoid vehicles,
pedestrians, or objects.
WARNING: When Autopark is active,
monitor the touchscreen to ensure
that you are aware of the instructions
that Autopark is providing.
To Pause Parking
To pause Autopark, press the brake pedal
once. Model 3 stops and remains stopped
until you touch
Resume on the touchscreen.
To Cancel Parking
Autopark cancels the parking sequence when
you manually move the steering wheel,
change gears, or touch
Cancel on the
touchscreen. Autopark also cancels parking
when:
• The parking sequence exceeds seven
moves.
• Model 3 detects that the driver is exiting
the vehicle.
• A door is opened.
• You press the accelerator pedal.
• You press the brake pedal while Autopark
is paused.
• An Automatic Emergency Braking event
occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist on
page 139).
Limitations
Autopark is particularly unlikely to operate as
intended in these situations:
• The road is sloped. Autopark is designed
to operate on flat roads only.
• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.).
• The curb is constructed of material other
than stone, or the curb cannot be detected.
•
The target parking space is directly
adjacent to a wall or pillar (for example, the
last parking space of a row in an
underground parking structure).
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is
damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by
mud, ice, or snow).
• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow,
fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures)
are interfering with sensor operation.
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
WARNING: Many unforeseen
circumstances can impair Autopark's
ability to park Model 3. Keep this in
mind and remember that as a result,
Autopark may not steer Model 3
appropriately. Pay attention when
parking Model 3 and stay prepared to
immediately take control.
Autopark
127Autopilot
Summon (if equipped) allows you to
automatically park and retrieve Model 3 while
you are standing outside the vehicle. Summon
uses data from the ultrasonic sensors to move
Model 3 forward and reverse up to 12 meters
in, or out of, a parking space.
To move Model 3 a longer distance while
steering around objects, you can use Smart
Summon (if equipped) and your mobile
phone. Smart Summon allows your vehicle to
find you (or you can send your vehicle to a
chosen location). See
Smart Summon on
page 132.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean. Unclean cameras
and sensors, as well as environmental
conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
WARNING: Summon is designed and
intended for use only on parking lots
and driveways on private property
where the surrounding area is familiar
and predictable.
WARNING: Summon is a BETA feature.
You must continually monitor the
vehicle and its surroundings and stay
prepared to take immediate action at
any time. It is the driver's
responsibility to use Summon safely,
responsibly, and as intended.
WARNING: Summon's performance
depends on the ability of the
ultrasonic sensors to determine the
vehicle's proximity to objects, people,
animals, and other vehicles.
Before Using Summon
Before operating Summon, use the
touchscreen to enable it and customize how
you want it to work. Touch
Controls >
Autopilot > Summon, then touch Customize
and adjust the following settings to suit your
preferences:
• Bumper Clearance: Set the distance that
you want Summon to stop from a detected
object (for example, you may want
Summon to stop within just a few inches of
a garage wall). Note that this distance
applies only to objects that Summon
detects directly in front of
Model 3 when
moving forward, or directly behind Model 3
when reversing.
• Summon Distance: Set a maximum
distance that Model 3 can travel when
entering or exiting a parking space.
• Side Clearance: Choose an option to
specify how much side clearance you want
to allow.
Tight allows Model 3 to enter and
exit very narrow parking spaces.
WARNING: Parking in a narrow
space limits the ability of the
sensors to accurately detect the
location of obstacles, increasing the
risk of damage to Model 3 and/or
surrounding objects.
• Require Continuous Press: By default,
Summon requires that you press and hold a
button on the mobile app
or the key fob
accessory to move Model 3 during the
parking process. When
Require Continuous
Press is set to NO, you can press and
release the button—you don't need to hold
it down to keep the vehicle moving. Also,
Require Continuous Press must be set to
NO if you want to operate Summon using
the key fob accessory instead of the mobile
app (see
Operating Summon with the Key
on page 130), or if you want to start a
parking sequence from inside the vehicle
(see
Starting Summon Before Exiting the
Vehicle on page 130).
• Use Auto HomeLink (if equipped): Set to
ON if you want to activate HomeLink to
open/close a programmed HomeLink
device (such as a gate or a garage door)
during the parking process when using
Summon. If enabled, the device
automatically opens and closes when
Model 3 enters or exits during a Summon
session.
In a Smart Summon session (if
equipped), the device automatically opens
when, at the beginning of a session, Smart
Summon detects that Model 3 is parked in
a garage.
WARNING:
Always ensure that
Model 3 is fully in or out of a garage
before HomeLink lowers the garage
door. Summon and Smart Summon
(if equipped) cannot detect where
an overhead door will lower.
Summon
128 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: When enabled, the HomeLink device
automatically opens and closes when using
Summon, and automatically opens as
needed when using Smart Summon (if
equipped). To automate HomeLink in other
situations (such as normal driving), you
must adjust the HomeLink device's main
settings by touching the HomeLink icon at
the top of the touchscreen (see
HomeLink
Universal Transceiver on page 180).
NOTE: The above settings, with the exception
of HomeLink, apply only to Summon—not
Smart Summon, if equipped (see
Before
Using Smart Summon on page 132). You
cannot customize Smart Summon's bumper
clearance, distance, and side clearance. And
when using Smart Summon, you must always
hold down the button on the mobile app to
keep
Model 3 moving. Also, Smart Summon
operates with the mobile app only—not the
key fob accessory.
NOTE: All settings are retained until you
manually change them.
Using Summon to Park
and Retrieve your Vehicle
Follow these steps to use Summon to park
your Model 3:
• Align Model 3 within 12 meters of the
parking space so
Model 3 can follow a
straight path into or out of the space in
either Drive or Reverse.
• From outside the vehicle, initiate the
parking maneuver by touching Summon on
the mobile app, then holding down the
FORWARD or REVERSE button.
NOTE: If the Require Continuous Press
setting is NO, you do not need to hold
down the button, just press and release.
NOTE: You can also initiate the parking
maneuver from inside the vehicle (see
Starting Summon Before Exiting the
Vehicle on page 130).
Summon shifts Model 3 into Drive or Reverse
(based on the direction you specified) and
drives into or out of the parking space. When
parking is complete, or if an obstacle is
detected, Summon shifts
Model 3 into Park.
Summon shifts
Model 3 into Park when:
•
Model 3 detects an obstacle in its driving
path (within the Bumper Clearance setting
that you specified).
• Summon has moved Model 3 the
maximum distance of 12 meters.
• You release the FORWARD or REVERSE
button (when Require Continuous Press is
turned on).
• You press any button to manually stop
Summon.
If you used Summon to park Model 3, you can
then use Summon to return
Model 3 back to
its original position (provided the vehicle has
remained in Park), or to the maximum
Summon Distance that you have specified
(whichever comes first). Simply specify the
opposite direction on the mobile app and
Summon moves the vehicle along the original
path, provided no obstructions have been
introduced. If the ultrasonic sensors detect an
obstacle, Summon attempts to avoid the
obstacle while staying very close to its
original path (Summon does not steer around
obstacles).
NOTE: To move Summon multiple times in the
same direction (not to exceed the maximum
of 12 meters, cancel Summon and then restart
the parking process using the same direction.
NOTE: Although Summon can move Model 3
a short distance laterally to avoid an obstacle,
it does not attempt to steer around an
obstacle to return the vehicle to its original
driving path.
Only Smart Summon (if
equipped) can steer the vehicle around
objects.
NOTE: If you release the direction button on
the mobile app, Summon stops moving Model
3.
NOTE: Summon requires that Model 3 can
detect a valid key nearby.
NOTE: Summon requires that Model 3 can
detect an authenticated phone nearby.
Summon
129Autopilot
WARNING: Model 3 cannot detect
obstacles that are located lower than
the bumper, are very narrow, or are
hanging from a ceiling (for example,
bicycles). In addition, many
unforeseen circumstances can impair
Summon's ability to move in or out of
a parking space and, as a result,
Summon may not move Model 3
appropriately. Therefore, you must
continually monitor the vehicle's
movement and its surroundings and
remain prepared to stop Model 3 at
any time.
Operating Summon with the Key
NOTE: Summon may not operate if the key
fob accessory's battery is low.
Follow these steps to park Model 3 from
outside the vehicle using the key fob
accessory:
1. On the touchscreen, ensure that Require
Continuous Press is disabled (touch
Controls > Autopilot > Summon > Require
Continuous Press > NO).
2. With Model 3 in Park, stand within 3
meters and press and hold the top center
button on the key fob accessory (Lock/
Unlock All button) until the hazard lights
blink continuously.
NOTE: The hazard lights flash once as
Model 3 locks, then within five seconds,
Model 3 powers on and the hazard lights
flash continuously. Do not proceed to the
next step until the hazard lights are
flashing. If, after five seconds, the hazard
lights are not
flashing, release the button
on the key fob accessory, move closer to
Model 3, and try again. If Summon receives
no further input within ten seconds,
Summon cancels.
3. Press the Front Trunk button on the key
fob accessory to move Model 3 forward
into the parking space, or press the Rear
Trunk button to reverse
Model 3 into the
parking space.
Starting Summon Before Exiting
the Vehicle
To start a Summon parking sequence before
exiting Model 3:
1.
On the touchscreen, ensure that Require
Continuous Press is disabled (touch
Controls > Autopilot > Summon > Require
Continuous Press > NO).
2. Close all doors and trunks.
3. With Model 3 powered on and the Park
gear engaged, double press the Park
button on the gear stalk. The touchscreen
displays a popup window.
4. On the touchscreen, choose the direction
of travel.
5. Exit Model 3 and close the driver's door.
Summon now moves Model 3 according to
the direction you specified on the
touchscreen.
NOTE: To cancel the parking maneuver before
exiting, touch Cancel on the popup window.
NOTE: If you do not choose a direction of
travel on the touchscreen, Summon does not
start a parking maneuver when you exit.
Stopping or Canceling Summon
You can stop Model 3 at any time while
Summon is active by using the mobile app or
by pressing any button on the key fob
accessory. Summon also cancels when:
• A door handle is engaged or a door is
opened.
• You interact with the steering wheel,
brake pedal, accelerator pedal, or gear
stalk.
• Model 3 detects an obstacle.
• Summon has moved Model 3 the
maximum distance of approximately 12
meters.
• Your phone enters sleep mode or loses
connectivity to Model 3.
Limitations
Summon is unlikely to operate as intended in
the following types of situations:
• The driving path is sloped. Summon is
designed to operate on flat roads only (up
to 10% grade).
Summon
130 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• A raised concrete edge is detected.
Summon will not move the vehicle over an
edge that is higher than approximately 2.5
cm.
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is
damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by
mud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra,
excessive paint, or adhesive products such
as wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).
• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow,
fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures)
are interfering with sensor operation.
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
NOTE: Summon is disabled if Model 3 is in
Valet mode (see Valet Mode on page 58).
WARNING: The list above does not
represent an exhaustive list of
situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Summon. It is the
driver's responsibility to remain in
control of Model 3 at all times. Pay
close attention whenever Summon is
actively moving Model 3 and stay
prepared to take immediate action.
Failure to do so can result in serious
property damage, injury or death.
Summon
131Autopilot
Smart Summon (if equipped) is designed to
allow you to move Model 3 to your location
(using your phone's GPS as a target
destination) or to a location of your choice,
maneuvering around and stopping for objects
as necessary. Smart Summon works with the
Tesla mobile app when your phone is located
within approximately 6 meters of Model 3.
Using ultrasonic sensors, cameras, and GPS
data, Smart Summon maneuvers Model 3 out
of parking spaces and around corners. This is
useful for moving Model 3 out of a tight
parking spot, through puddles, or helping you
retrieve your car while carrying packages. You
must maintain a clear line of sight between
you and
Model 3 and closely monitor the
vehicle and its surroundings at all times.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean. Unclean cameras
and sensors, as well as environmental
conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
WARNING: Smart Summon is
designed and intended for use only on
parking lots and driveways located on
private property where the
surrounding area is familiar and
predictable. Do not use Smart
Summon on public roads.
WARNING: Smart Summon must only
be used on paved surfaces.
WARNING: Smart Summon is a BETA
feature. You must continually monitor
the vehicle and its surroundings and
stay prepared to take immediate
action at any time. It is the driver's
responsibility to use Smart Summon
safely, responsibly, and as intended.
WARNING: Smart Summon may not
stop for all objects (especially very
low objects such as some curbs, or
very high objects such as a shelf) and
may not react to all trac. Smart
Summon does not recognize the
direction of trac, does not navigate
around empty parking spaces, and
may not anticipate crossing trac.
WARNING: Smart Summon's
performance depends on the
ultrasonic sensors, the visibility of the
cameras, and the availability of an
adequate cellular signal and GPS data.
WARNING: When using Smart
Summon, you must maintain a clear
line of sight between you and Model 3
and stay prepared to stop the vehicle
at any time by releasing the button on
the mobile app.
Before Using Smart
Summon
• Download the latest version of the Tesla
mobile app to your phone, and ensure your
phone has cellular service and GPS
enabled.
• Your phone must be connected to Model
3 and located within approximately 6
meters.
• The vehicle's Autopilot cameras must be
fully calibrated (see Drive to Calibrate
Cameras on page 109).
• You must have a clear line of sight to
Model 3.
• Model 3 must be in Park, not charging,
and all doors and trunks must be closed.
Using Smart Summon
1. Open the Tesla mobile app, and press
SUMMON.
2. Press the Smart Summon icon located in
the center of the image of your Model 3. It
may take several seconds for Smart
Summon to start up.
NOTE: You can use Standby Mode to
eliminate the delay that occurs when Smart
Summon is starting up (see
Standby Mode
on page 134).
The mobile app displays a map with a blue
circle, which represents the maximum
proximity of
6 meters that you must
maintain between your phone and
Model 3.
The blue dot on the map represents your
location, and the red arrow represents the
location of
Model 3.
3. Position yourself anywhere within the
blue circle where you have a clear line of
sight to
Model 3.
4. You can now operate Smart Summon
using either of these modes:
Smart Summon
132 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
◦ COME TO ME mode: Press and hold the
COME TO ME button. Model 3 moves to
your GPS location. As you move, Model 3
follows you. When Model 3 reaches you,
it stops and shifts into park.
◦ GO TO TARGET mode: Touch the
crosshair icon then drag the map to
position the pin on a chosen destination.
Press and hold the
GO TO TARGET
button. Model 3 moves to the
destination. When reaching the location,
Model 3 stops and shifts into Park and
the mobile app displays a message
indicating that Summon has completed.
NOTE: To subsequently change the
location, lift your finger, reposition the
map, then press and hold
GO TO
TARGET again.
To stop Model 3 at any time, simply release
the
COME TO ME or GO TO TARGET
button.
The map's crosshair icon
toggles between GO TO
TARGET and COME TO
ME modes. When COME
TO ME mode is selected,
the icon is blue.
NOTE: The map also has
an icon that allows you to
display/hide satellite
imagery.
Immediately after initiating Smart Summon in
either mode, hazard lights
briefly flash,
mirrors fold, and Model 3 shifts into the
appropriate driving gear (Drive or Reverse).
Model 3 then slowly moves to within 1 meter
of you (COME TO ME) or your chosen
destination (GO TO TARGET), navigating
obstacles as needed. As
Model 3 moves, the
corresponding red arrow on the map also
moves to show the vehicle’s location. As you
move, the corresponding blue dot also moves
to show your location.
In either mode, Model 3 stops moving and
shifts into park when:
• You release the button on the mobile app.
•
The maximum proximity of 6 meters
between your phone and Model 3 is
exceeded (if moving Model 3 to a
destination away from you, you may need
to follow the car to maintain this distance).
• The driving path is blocked.
• Model 3 has moved the maximum
distance of
20 meters since the start of the
Smart Summon session.
NOTE: If Smart Summon moves Model 3
forward three meters and then backwards
two meters, this is considered five meters
of travel.
NOTE: There is no need to look at the mobile
app—just hold down the button while keeping
your eye on
Model 3 and its driving path at all
times, remaining ready to release the button
to stop the vehicle if needed.
If equipped and Auto HomeLink is enabled
for Summon (touch Controls > Autopilot >
Summon > Use Auto HomeLink, Smart
Summon automatically opens a HomeLink
device if you start the Smart Summon
maneuver when
Model 3 is located inside a
garage. The mobile app informs you that the
door has opened.
WARNING: When you release the
button to stop Model 3, a slight delay
occurs before the vehicle stops.
Therefore, it is critical that you pay
close attention to the vehicle’s driving
path at all times and proactively
anticipate obstacles that the vehicle
may be unable to detect.
WARNING: Use extreme caution when
using Smart Summon in environments
where movement of obstacles can be
unpredictable. For example, where
people, children or animals are
present.
WARNING: Smart Summon may not
stop for all objects (especially very
low objects such as some curbs, or
very high objects such as a shelf) and
may not react to all oncoming or side
trac. Pay attention and be ready to
stop Model 3 at all times by releasing
the button on the mobile app.
Smart Summon
133Autopilot
Standby Mode
To keep Model 3 ready to Summon and
reduce the time it takes to warm up, turn on
Standby Mode. Touch
Controls > Autopilot >
Customize Summon > Standby Mode. When
Standby Mode is turned on, you can conserve
Battery energy by disabling Standby Mode at
these locations:
• Exclude Home - Disables Standby Mode
at the location you set as Home in your
Favorites list.
• Exclude Work - Disables Standby Mode at
the location you set as Work in your
Favorites list.
• Exclude Favorites - Disables Standby
Mode at any location in your Favorites list.
NOTE: To conserve energy, Smart Summon
automatically exits Standby mode from
midnight to 6:00 am. During these hours, you
will experience a delay as Smart Summon
starts up.
NOTE: Additional battery power may be
consumed while Standby Mode is active.
NOTE: For details on how to designate a
location as Home, Work, or Favorites, see
Recent, Favorite, Home and Work
Destinations on page 165).
Stopping or Canceling
Smart Summon
Smart Summon stops Model 3 whenever you
release the button on the mobile app. To
resume the Smart Summon session, simply
press the
COME TO ME or GO TO TARGET
button again.
WARNING:
Always anticipate when
you need to stop Model 3. Depending
on the quality of the connectivity
between the phone and Model 3, there
may be a slight delay between when
you release the button and when the
car stops.
Smart Summon cancels, and requires you to
restart it, when:
• A door handle is engaged or a door is
opened.
•
You interact with the steering wheel,
brake pedal, accelerator pedal, or gear
stalk.
• Model 3 is blocked by an obstacle.
• Smart Summon has moved Model 3 the
maximum distance of approximately 20
meters within a 6 meter radius of the
phone's location. To move further than this
distance, you must shift
Model 3 into a
driving gear (Drive or Reverse) and then re-
initiate a Smart Summon session.
• Your phone enters sleep mode or loses
connectivity to Model 3.
Limitations
Smart Summon is unlikely to operate as
intended in the following types of situations:
• GPS data is unavailable due to poor
cellular coverage.
• The driving path is sloped. Smart
Summon is designed to operate on flat
roads only (up to 10% grade).
• A raised concrete edge is detected.
Depending on the height of the concrete
edge, Smart Summon may not move
Model
3 over it.
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors or
cameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed
(such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by a
vehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesive
products such as wraps, stickers, rubber
coating, etc.).
• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow,
fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures)
are interfering with sensor or camera
operation.
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
NOTE: Smart Summon is disabled if Model 3
is in Valet mode (see Valet Mode on page 58).
Smart Summon
134 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: The list above does not
represent an exhaustive list of
situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Smart Summon. It
is the driver's responsibility to remain
in control of Model 3 at all times. Pay
close attention whenever Smart
Summon is actively moving Model 3
and stay prepared to take immediate
action. Failure to do so can result in
serious property damage, injury or
death.
Smart Summon
135Autopilot
The Autopilot cameras and ultrasonic sensors
monitor the markers on the lane you are
driving in as well as the areas surrounding
Model 3 for the presence of vehicles or other
objects.
When an object is detected in your blind spot
or close to the side of Model 3 (such as a
vehicle, guard rail, etc.), colored lines radiate
from the image of your vehicle on the
touchscreen. The location of the lines
correspond to the location of the detected
object. The color of the lines (white, yellow,
orange, or red) represent the object's
proximity to your vehicle, with white being
the farthest and red being very close,
requiring your immediate attention. These
colored lines only display when driving
between approximately
12 km/h and 140
km/h. When Autosteer is active, these
colored lines also display if driving slower
than 12 km/h. However, the colored lines do
not display if Model 3 is at a standstill (for
example, in heavy trac).
Lane Assist also warns you when a desired
lane departure is not appropriate. When you
engage the turn signal and a vehicle or object
is detected in the adjacent lane you are
planning to move into, the
touchscreen
displays a red lane line to indicate that a
vehicle or object is detected. When the
vehicle or object is no longer detected, the
lane line returns to normal.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean. Unclean cameras
and sensors, as well as environmental
conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
WARNING:
Lane Assist features are
for guidance purposes only and are
not intended to replace your own
direct visual checks. Before changing
lanes, always visually check the lane
you are moving into by using side
mirrors and performing the
appropriate shoulder checks.
WARNING:
Never depend on Lane
Assist to inform you of unintentionally
driving outside of the driving lane, or
informing you that a vehicle is in your
blind spot or close to the side of your
vehicle. Several external factors can
reduce the performance of Lane Assist
such as a lack of lane markings or
curbs. This may result in false, or lack
of, warnings (see Limitations and
Inaccuracies on page 137). It is the
driver's responsibility to stay alert, pay
attention to the driving lane and
always be aware of other road users.
Failure to do so can result in serious
injury or death.
Lane Assist also consists of the following
features to assist you in staying safe in the
driving lanes:
• Lane Departure Avoidance
• Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance
• Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime
Lane Departure Avoidance
Depending on your vehicle's configuration,
this feature may not be available.
Lane Departure Avoidance provides steering
interventions if
Model 3 drifts into (or close
to) an adjacent lane when driving between 64
and 145 km/h) on major roadways with
clearly visible lane markings. Touch
Controls >
Autopilot > Lane Departure Avoidance and
choose:
• OFF: You are not warned of lane
departures or potential collisions with a
vehicle in an adjacent lane.
• WARNING: The steering wheel vibrates if
a front wheel passes over a lane marking
while the associated turn signal is
o. A
visual warning on the touchscreen is also
displayed.
Lane Assist
136 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• ASSIST: In addition to the steering wheel
vibration and a visual warning, Model 3
attempts to steer to a safer position in its
driving lane if the vehicle detects drifting or
a potential collision while the associated
turn signal is o.
Your setting is retained until you manually
change it.
When Lane Departure Avoidance detects
drifting and applies a steering intervention,
the designated lane line is highlighted in blue
on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Lane Departure Avoidance is intended
to help keep you safe, but it does not work in
every situation and does not replace the need
to remain attentive and in control.
WARNING: Keep your hands on the
steering wheel at all times. If the
vehicle senses your hands are not on
the steering wheel, Model 3 sounds a
chime and the hazard warning lights
flash.
WARNING: Steering interventions are
minimal and are not designed to move
Model 3 out of its driving lane. Do not
rely on steering interventions to avoid
side collisions.
Emergency Lane
Departure Avoidance
Depending on your vehicle's configuration,
this feature may not be available.
For emergency situations, Emergency Lane
Departure Avoidance attempts to prevent a
potential collision with a vehicle in an
adjacent lane by steering
Model 3 back into
your driving lane when traveling between
64
and 145 km/h). This operates if the cameras
can detect the edge of the lane, such as a
lane line or curb. When this steering
intervention is applied, you will hear a chime
and the
touchscreen displays a warning while
highlighting the lane line red until Model 3
returns to the driving lane. To turn on or o,
touch Controls > Autopilot > Emergency
Lane Departure Avoidance. This feature
automatically turns on at the start of every
drive.
Blind Spot Collision
Warning Chime
If you want a chime to sound when a vehicle
is in your blind spot and possible collision is
detected, touch Controls > Autopilot > Blind
Spot Collision Warning Chime.
WARNING: Blind Spot Collision
Warning Chime cannot detect every
collision. It is the driver's responsibility
to remain alert and check their blind
spots.
Adjacent Lane Speed
Due to market region and vehicle
configuration, this feature may not be
available on your vehicle.
When your vehicle is moving at a significantly
faster speed than neighboring lanes, Model 3
automatically reduces your driving speed.
This is especially helpful in heavy trac
situations or when vehicles are constantly
merging into
dierent lanes. When Model 3
detects that neighboring driving speeds are
significantly slower, the neighboring lane is
highlighted with arrows and detected vehicles
are highlighted gray on the
touchscreen, and
your vehicle slows down as appropriate. This
functionality can be temporarily overridden
by pressing the accelerator pedal. Never rely
on Autopilot to determine a safe driving
speed; you are responsible for the vehicle and
obeying
trac laws.
Limitations and
Inaccuracies
Lane Assist cannot always clearly detect lane
markings and you may experience
unnecessary or invalid warnings in these
situations:
• Visibility is poor and lane markings are
not clearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.). The exact detection zone of the
ultrasonic sensors varies depending on
environmental conditions.
• Bright light (such as from oncoming
headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering
with the view of the camera(s).
Lane Assist
137Autopilot
• A vehicle in front of Model 3 is blocking
the view of the camera(s).
• The windshield is obstructing the view of
the camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered
by a sticker, etc.).
• Lane markings are excessively worn, have
visible previous markings, have been
adjusted due to road construction, or are
changing quickly (for example, lanes
branching
o, crossing over, or merging).
• The road is narrow or winding.
• Objects or landscape features are casting
strong shadows on lane markers.
Lane Assist may not provide warnings, or may
apply inappropriate warnings, in these
situations:
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is
damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by
mud, ice, or snow).
• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow,
fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures)
are interfering with sensor operation.
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
• An object that is mounted to Model 3 is
interfering with and/or obstructing a
sensor (such as a bike rack or a bumper
sticker).
In addition, Lane Assist may not steer Model 3
away from an adjacent vehicle, or may apply
unnecessary or inappropriate steering, in
these situations:
• You are driving Model 3 on sharp corners
or on a curve at a relatively high speed.
• Bright light (such as from oncoming
headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering
with the view of the camera(s).
• You are drifting into another lane but an
object (such as a vehicle) is not present.
• A vehicle in another lane cuts in front of
you or drifts into your driving lane.
• Model 3 is traveling less than 48 km/h or
over 145 km/h.
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is
damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by
mud, ice, or snow).
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow,
fog, or extremely hot or cold temperatures)
are interfering with sensor operation.
• The sensors are aected by other
electrical equipment or devices that
generate ultrasonic waves.
• An object mounted to Model 3 (such as a
bike rack or a bumper sticker) is interfering
with or obstructing a sensor.
• Visibility is poor and lane markings are
not clearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.).
• Lane markings are excessively worn, have
visible previous markings, have been
adjusted due to road construction or are
changing quickly (for example, lanes
branching
o, crossing over, or merging).
WARNING: The lists above do not
represent every possible situation that
may interfere with Lane Assist
warnings. Lane Assist may not operate
as intended for many other reasons.
To avoid a collision, stay alert and
always pay attention to the roadway
when driving so you can anticipate the
need to take corrective action as early
as possible.
Lane Assist
138 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
The following collision avoidance features are
designed to increase the safety of you and
your passengers:
• Forward Collision Warning - provides
visual and audible warnings in situations
when Model 3 detects that there is a high
risk of a frontal collision (see Forward
Collision Warning on page 139).
• Automatic Emergency Braking -
automatically applies braking to reduce the
impact of a frontal collision (see Automatic
Emergency Braking on page 140).
• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration - reduces
acceleration if Model 3 detects an object in
its immediate driving path (see
Obstacle-
Aware Acceleration on page 141).
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and
sensors are clean. Unclean cameras
and sensors, as well as environmental
conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot
performance.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning
is for guidance purposes only and is
not a substitute for attentive driving
and sound judgment. Keep your eyes
on the road when driving and never
depend on Forward Collision Warning
to warn you of a potential collision.
Several factors can reduce or impair
performance, causing either
unnecessary, invalid, inaccurate, or
missed warnings. Depending on
Forward Collision Warning to warn
you of a potential collision can result
in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Automatic Emergency
Braking is not designed to prevent all
collisions. In certain situations, it can
minimize the impact of a frontal
collision by attempting to reduce your
driving speed. Depending on
Automatic Emergency Braking to
avoid a collision can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration is not designed to
prevent a collision. In certain
situations, it can minimize the impact
of a collision. Depending on Obstacle-
Aware Acceleration to avoid a collision
can result in serious injury or death.
Forward Collision Warning
The forward looking camera(s) and the radar
sensor monitor the area in front of
Model 3
for the presence of an object such as a
vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian. If a
collision is considered likely unless you take
immediate corrective action, Forward
Collision Warning is designed to sound a
chime and highlight the vehicle in front of you
in red on the
touchscreen. If this happens,
TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION!
Warnings cancel automatically when the risk
of a collision has been reduced (for example,
you have decelerated or stopped
Model 3, or
the object in front of your vehicle has moved
out of your driving path).
If immediate action is not taken when Model 3
issues a Forward Collision Warning,
Automatic Emergency Braking (if enabled)
may automatically apply the brakes if a
collision is considered imminent (see
Automatic Emergency Braking on page 140).
By default, Forward Collision Warning is
turned on. To turn it
o or adjust its
sensitivity, touch Controls > Autopilot >
Forward Collision Warning. Instead of the
default warning level of
Medium, you can turn
the warning O, or you can choose to be
warned
Late or Early.
NOTE: Your chosen setting for Forward
Collision Warning is retained until you
manually change it.
Collision Avoidance Assist
139Autopilot
WARNING: The camera(s) and sensors
associated with Forward Collision
Warning are designed to monitor an
approximate area of up to 160 meters
in your driving path. The area being
monitored by Forward Collision
Warning can be adversely aected by
road and weather conditions. Use
appropriate caution when driving.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning
is designed only to provide visual and
audible alerts. It does not attempt to
apply the brakes or decelerate Model
3. When seeing and/or hearing a
warning, it is the driver's responsibility
to take corrective action immediately.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning
may provide a warning in situations
where the likelihood of collision may
not exist. Stay alert and always pay
attention to the area in front of Model
3 so you can anticipate whether any
action is required.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning
operates only when driving between
approximately 10 km/h and 150 km/h.
WARNING: Forward Collision Warning
does not provide a warning when the
driver is already applying the brake.
Automatic Emergency
Braking
The forward looking camera(s) and the radar
sensor are designed to determine the
distance from a detected object traveling in
front of
Model 3. When a frontal collision is
considered unavoidable, Automatic
Emergency Braking is designed to apply the
brakes to reduce the severity of the impact.
When Automatic Emergency Braking applies
the brakes, the touchscreen displays a visual
warning and sounds a chime. You may also
notice abrupt downward movement of the
brake pedal. The brake lights turn on to alert
other road users that you are slowing down.
If driving
(56 km/h) or faster, the brakes are
released after Automatic Emergency Braking
has reduced your driving speed by (50 km/h).
For example, if Automatic Emergency Braking
applies braking when driving 90 km/h, it
releases the brakes when your speed has
been reduced to 40 km/h.
Automatic Emergency Braking operates only
when driving between approximately 10 km/h
and 150 km/h.
Automatic Emergency Braking does not
apply the brakes, or stops applying the
brakes, when:
• You turn the steering wheel sharply.
• You press and release the brake pedal
while Automatic Emergency Braking is
applying the brakes.
• You accelerate hard while Automatic
Emergency Braking is applying the brakes.
• The vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or
pedestrian is no longer detected ahead.
Automatic Emergency Braking is always
enabled when you start Model 3. To disable it
for your current drive, touch Controls >
Autopilot > Automatic Emergency Braking.
WARNING: It is strongly
recommended that you do not disable
Automatic Emergency Braking. If you
disable it, Model 3 does not
automatically apply the brakes in
situations where a collision is
considered likely.
WARNING: Automatic Emergency
Braking is designed to reduce the
severity of an impact. It is not
designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING: Several factors can aect
the performance of Automatic
Emergency Braking, causing either no
braking or inappropriate or untimely
braking, such as when a vehicle is
partially in the path of travel or there
is road debris. It is the driver’s
responsibility to drive safely and
remain in control of the vehicle at all
times. Never depend on Automatic
Emergency Braking to avoid or reduce
the impact of a collision.
Collision Avoidance Assist
140 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Automatic Emergency
Braking is designed to reduce the
impact of frontal collisions only and
does not function when Model 3 is in
Reverse.
WARNING: Automatic Emergency
Braking is not a substitute for
maintaining a safe traveling distance
between you and the vehicle in front
of you.
WARNING: The brake pedal moves
downward abruptly during automatic
braking events. Always ensure that the
brake pedal can move freely. Do not
place material under or on top of the
Tesla-supplied driver’s floor mat
(including an additional mat) and
always ensure that the driver’s floor
mat is properly secured. Failure to do
so can impede the ability of the brake
pedal to move freely.
Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to
reduce the impact of a collision by reducing
motor torque if Model 3 detects an object in
its driving path. For example,
Model 3, while
parked in front of a closed garage door with
the Drive gear engaged, detects that you
have pressed hard on the accelerator pedal.
Although
Model 3 still accelerates and hits the
garage door, the reduced torque may result in
less damage.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to
operate only when all of these conditions are
simultaneously met:
• A driving gear is engaged (Drive or
Reverse).
• Model 3 is stopped or traveling less than
10 mph (16 km/h).
• Model 3 detects an object in its
immediate driving path.
To disable Obstacle-Aware Acceleration,
touch Controls > Autopilot > Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration.
WARNING:
Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration is designed to reduce the
severity of an impact. It is not
designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING:
Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration may not limit torque in all
situations. Several factors, including
environmental conditions, distance
from an obstacle, and a driver's
actions, can limit, delay, or inhibit
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.
WARNING:
Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration may not limit torque
when performing a sharp turn, such as
into a parking space.
WARNING:
Do not rely on Obstacle-
Aware Acceleration to control
acceleration or to avoid, or limit, the
severity of a collision, and do not
attempt to test Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration. Doing so can result in
serious property damage, injury, or
death.
WARNING:
Several factors can aect
the performance of Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration, causing an inappropriate
or untimely reduction in motor torque.
It is the driver's responsibility to drive
safely and remain in control of Model
3 at all times.
Limitations and
Inaccuracies
Collision Avoidance features cannot always
detect all objects, vehicles, bikes, or
pedestrians, and you may experience
unnecessary, inaccurate, invalid, or missed
warnings for many reasons, particularly if:
• The road has sharp curves.
• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.).
• Bright light (such as from oncoming
headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering
with the view of the camera(s).
• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty,
covered, etc.).
• The windshield is obstructing the view of
the camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered
by a sticker, etc.).
Collision Avoidance Assist
141Autopilot
WARNING: The limitations previously
described do not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may
interfere with proper operation of
Collision Avoidance Assist features.
These features may fail to provide
their intended function for many other
reasons. It is the driver’s responsibility
to avoid collisions by staying alert,
paying attention, and taking corrective
action as early as possible.
CAUTION: If a fault occurs with a
Collision Avoidance Assist feature,
Model 3 displays an alert. Contact
Tesla Service.
Collision Avoidance Assist
142 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
How Speed Assist Works
Model 3 displays a speed limit on the
touchscreen and you can choose if and how
you are warned when you exceed the speed
limit.
You can touch this speed limit sign to
automatically change the set speed to the
detected speed limit (including any osets
that you have set). Also, instead of using the
detected speed limit, you can base warnings
on an arbitrary speed limit that you enter
manually.
NOTE: On roads where the map data
determines that a conditional speed limit
exists (for example, a speed limit based on
time of day or weather conditions), a second
speed limit displays below the
first speed
limit. It is the driver's responsibility to
determine whether the conditional speed
limit is currently in
eect and adjust the
driving speed accordingly. You may need to
update the onboard maps to display
conditional speed limits (
Map Updates on
page 166).
In situations where Model 3 is unable to
determine a speed limit, or if Speed Assist is
uncertain that an acquired speed limit is
accurate, the
touchscreen may not display a
speed limit sign and warnings do not take
eect.
If you set the speed limit warning to Display
(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 143)
and exceed the determined speed limit, the
speed limit sign on the
touchscreen increases
in size.
If you set the speed limit warning to
Chime
(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 143)
and exceed the determined speed limit, the
speed limit sign on the touchscreen increases
in size and Model 3 also sounds a warning
chime.
NOTE: Speed limit warnings go away after ten
seconds, or when Model 3 slows down below
the specified limit.
WARNING: Do not rely on Speed
Assist to determine the appropriate
speed limit or driving speed. Always
drive at a safe speed based on trac
and road conditions.
Controlling Speed Assist
To adjust the Speed Limit Warning setting,
touch Controls > Autopilot > Speed Limit
Warning, then choose one of these options:
• O - Speed limit warnings do not display
and chimes are not sounded.
• Display - Speed limit signs display on the
touchscreen and the sign increases in size
when you exceed the determined limit.
• Chime - In addition to the visual display, a
chime is sounded whenever you exceed the
determined speed limit.
You can also specify how the speed limit is
determined:
• Relative - You can set a speed limit oset
(+ or -) if you want to be alerted only when
you exceed the
oset speed limit by a
specified amount. For example, you can
increase the oset to +10 km/h if you only
want to be warned when you exceed the
speed limit by
10 km/h.
• Absolute - Manually specify any speed
limit between 30 and 240 km/h.
NOTE: Speed Assist is not always accurate. A
road's location can be miscalculated and
instead Speed Assist can display a speed for
a directly adjacent road that may have a
dierent speed limit. For example, Speed
Assist can assume Model 3 is on a freeway or
highway when it is actually on a nearby
surface street, and vice versa.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until
you manually change it.
Speed Assist
143Autopilot
Limitations and
Inaccuracies
Speed Assist may not be fully functional or
may provide inaccurate information in these
situations:
• Visibility is poor and speed limit signs are
not clearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,
fog, etc.).
• Bright light (such as from oncoming
headlights or direct sunlight) is interfering
with the view of the camera(s).
• Model 3 is being driven very close to a
vehicle in front of it which is blocking the
view of the camera(s).
• The windshield is obstructing the view of
the camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered
by a sticker, etc.).
• Speed limit signs are concealed by
objects.
• The speed limits stored in the map
database are incorrect or outdated.
• Model 3 is being driven in an area where
GPS or map data is not available.
• Trac signs do not conform to standard
recognizable formats.
• A road or a speed limit has recently
changed.
WARNING:
The list above does not
represent an exhaustive list of
situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Speed Assist.
Speed Assist may fail to provide
warnings for many other reasons.
Speed Assist
144 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
Touch Controls on the bottom corner of the touchscreen to control features
and customize Model 3 to suit your preferences. The Controls window
appears over the map. Touch an option on the left side of the window to
display the associated controls and settings. By default, Quick Controls
displays for quicker access to commonly used settings.
To close the Controls window, touch the X in the top left corner, touch
Controls again, or swipe down on the window.
When an information icon displays beside a specific setting, touch it to
display a popup that provides helpful details about the associated setting.
NOTE: The following illustrations are for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle
options, software version and market region, the options available may be
dierent.
Controls
145Using the Touchscreen
Summary of Controls
1. Control tabs and open glovebox. When you select an item from the list of tabs, its
associated controls and options display in the main viewing area.
2. Main viewing area. The options available for your chosen controls category display here.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration and market region, some settings may not be
available for your vehicle.
Quick Controls provides easy access to the following commonly-used features:
◦ Exterior lights
OFF Exterior lights are
o until you manually turn them back on. The exterior lights
are set to AUTO by default at the start of every drive.
The exterior side marker lights, parking lights, tail lights, and license plates
lights turn on.
ON Exterior lights are on.
Exterior lights automatically turn on if
Model 3 detects low lighting conditions.
NOTE: For more information on exterior lights, see Lights on page 68.
◦ Front Fog: Activates the front fog lights (only available in some regions).
Controls
146 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
◦ Rear Fog: If equipped (only available in some regions).
◦ Adjust the mirrors: See Adjusting Exterior Mirrors on page 62.
◦ Adjust the steering wheel: See Adjusting Steering Wheel Position on page 60.
◦ Fold the mirrors: See Mirrors on page 62.
◦ Window Lock: Lock the rear window switches (see Windows on page 19).
◦ Display Brightness: Adjust the brightness of the display.
Lights
◦ Exterior Lights: Described previously in Quick Controls, or see Lights on page 68.
◦ Front Fog: (Only available in some regions).
◦ Rear Fog: (Only available in some regions).
◦ Interior Lights
Dome Lights: Turn the overhead lights to OFF, ON, or AUTO. When set to AUTO, the dome
lights automatically turn on when you unlock the vehicle, open a door upon exiting, or shift
into Park.
Ambient Lights: If turned on, the interior lights turn on whenever the headlights are on (if
equipped).
◦ Auto High Beam: If on, the high beam headlights can automatically switch to low beam
when there is light (for example, from an oncoming vehicle) detected in front of Model 3.
See High Beam Headlights on page 69.
◦ Headlights after Exit: If on, the headlights remain on when you stop driving and park
Model 3 in low lighting conditions. They automatically turn o after one minute or when
you lock Model 3.
◦ Steering Wheel Lights: If on, the arrows associated with the scroll buttons on the steering
wheel are backlit when the headlights are turned on.
Locks
◦ Keys: You can see all the keys used for Model 3 and their associated driver profiles. You
can add, delete, and change the driver profile associated with each key (see Driver Profiles
on page 57).
◦ Window Lock: Lock the rear window switches (see Windows on page 19).
◦ Child-Protection Lock: If on, safety locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from
inside the vehicle (see Child-Protection Lock on page 18).
◦ Unlock on Park: If on, doors automatically unlock when you engage the Park gear (see
Interior Locking and Unlocking on page 17).
◦ Lock Confirmation Sound: If on, an audible tone sounds when you lock or unlock Model 3.
◦ Walk-Away Door Lock: If on, doors automatically lock when you walk away from the
vehicle while carrying your authenticated phone with you (see Walk-Away Door Lock on
page 17).
Display
◦ Display Mode: Customize the DAY (light background) or NIGHT (dark background) setting
of the touchscreen. When set to AUTO, the brightness changes automatically between day
and night brightness based on ambient lighting conditions.
Controls
147Using the Touchscreen
◦ Brightness: Drag the slider to manually control the brightness level of the touchscreen.
When the AUTO brightness is on, the touchscreen is further adjusted based on both the
surroundings and by learning your preferences (for example, it remembers the type of
manual adjustments you make).
◦ Screen Clean Mode: When enabled, your touchscreen darkens and is temporarily disabled
to facilitate cleaning. Follow the onscreen instructions to exit Screen Clean Mode.
Customize how the units and languages are displayed:
◦ Language: Choose the language that is displayed on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Model 3 must be in Park to change the language. When you change the language,
you experience a brief delay as the vehicle shuts down and restarts the touchscreen.
◦ Region Format: Choose a region to define the formatting convention used to display
dates (mm dd yy/dd-mm-yy, etc.) and decimal separators (5.123, 5,123, etc.).
◦ Navigation Language: Choose the language used for navigation instructions.
◦ Time Format: Choose if time is displayed in 12 or 24 hour format.
◦ Energy Display: Display remaining energy and charging units as either a percentage of
battery energy remaining, or as an estimate of the distance you can drive.
◦ Distance: Choose if miles or kilometers are used when displaying range, speed, energy,
trip meters, map searches and navigation routes.
◦ Temperature: Choose if temperature is displayed in °C or °F.
◦ Tire Pressure: Choose if tire pressures are displayed in BAR or PSI.
Driving
◦ Acceleration: Adjust the amount of acceleration. Chill limits acceleration for a slightly
smoother and gentler ride, whereas
Standard or Sport (depending on vehicle
configuration) provides the normal level of acceleration.
NOTE: When Chill is selected, Chill displays on the touchscreen above the driving speed.
◦ Steering Mode: Adjust the amount of eort required to turn the steering wheel. Sport
feels more responsive whereas Comfort feels easier to drive and park (see Adjusting
Steering Eort on page 61).
◦ Regenerative Braking: When you release the accelerator when driving, regenerative
braking slows Model 3 and feeds any surplus energy back to the Battery. If set to LOW,
Model 3 does not slow down as quickly, but also feeds less energy back to the Battery (see
Regenerative Braking on page 78).
NOTE: Regardless of the setting selected, the energy gained by regenerative braking is
reduced if the Battery is full, or is extremely cold or hot (in which case, surplus energy is
used to heat or cool it).
◦ Stopping Mode: Choose how you want Model 3 to behave once regenerative braking has
reduced the driving speed to a very low speed, a driving gear is still engaged, and both the
accelerator and brake pedals are released. See Stopping Mode on page 79. You can adjust
this setting only when
Model 3 is in Park.
◦ Track Mode: (available on Performance vehicles only) when enabled, this mode modifies
the vehicle's stability control, traction control, regenerative braking, and cooling system to
increase performance and handling while driving on closed circuit courses (see Track Mode
on page 86).
◦ Slip Start: Turn Slip Start ON to disable traction control and allow wheels to spin to make
it easier to dislodge the vehicle when stuck in mud, snow, ice, etc. (see Traction Control on
page 82).
Controls
148 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
◦ Trailer Mode: (available only if equipped with the tow package) Must always be active
when towing a trailer. Some Autopilot features and rear sensor functionality may not be
available. See Trailer Mode on page 100).
Autopilot Control features that provide a safer and more convenient driving experience. Some
Autopilot features are not controlled through Controls. See About Autopilot on page 108 for
more information.
◦ Autosteer (Beta): Enable the auto steering feature (available only if your vehicle is
equipped with an Autopilot package) (see
Autosteer on page 118).
◦ Navigate on Autopilot (Beta): Navigate on Autopilot automatically exits at o-ramps and
interchanges based on your navigation route and can also make lane changes designed to
prepare for exits and minimize the driving time to your destination (available only if your
vehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package) (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 123).
Customize Navigate on Autopilot: Specify how Navigate on Autopilot performs lane
changes and whether you want it to automatically enable at the start of every trip.
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is not available in all market regions.
◦ Summon (Beta): Automatically park and retrieve Model 3 from outside the vehicle
(available only if your vehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package) (see Summon on
page 128).
Customize Summon: Determine the bumper clearance, distance, amount of side clearance,
and whether Summon requires continuous press when active.
◦ Full Self-Driving Visualization Preview: Display more details about the roadway and its
surroundings, such as road markings, stop signs, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans and
poles), etc. This may not be available on certain vehicle
configurations or in some market
regions.
◦ Speed Limit Warning: Select the type of warnings, if any, you receive when you exceed
the detected speed limit (see Speed Assist on page 143).
◦ Speed Limit: Specify if you want Speed Assist to use a relative (with oset) or an absolute
speed limit (see Speed Assist on page 143).
Oset: If relative speed limit is selected, set a speed limit oset if you want to be alerted
only when you exceed the oset speed limit by a specified amount.
◦ Forward Collision Warning: Choose if and when you want to receive visual and audible
warnings in situations where there is a high risk of a frontal collision (see
Collision
Avoidance Assist on page 139).
◦ Lane Departure Avoidance: Specify if you want the steering wheel to vibrate slightly if a
front wheel passes over a lane marking and the associated turn signal is o (see Lane
Assist on page 136).
◦ Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance: In emergency situations, Model 3 attempts to
prevent a potential collision with an object in an adjacent lane by steering the vehicle back
into your driving lane (see
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance on page 137).
◦ Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime: Choose if you want a chime to sound when a vehicle
is in your blind spot and a possible collision is detected (see Blind Spot Collision Warning
Chime on page 137).
◦ Automatic Emergency Braking: When toggled on, Model 3 automatically applies braking
when a frontal collision is imminent (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 139).
Controls
149Using the Touchscreen
◦ Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: When toggled on, your vehicle automatically reduces
acceleration when an obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle while driving at low
speeds (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 139).
NOTE: Depending on market regions, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle
may not be equipped with all Autopilot features.
Navigation
Customize how the navigation system works by adjusting these settings:
◦ Volume Control: Increase or decrease the volume of spoken navigation instructions by
touching - or +, respectively. Decreasing all the way to the left mutes the instructions. You
can also mute navigation instructions when a navigation route is active by touching the
volume icon on the turn-by-turn direction list.
NOTE: The volume setting applies only to the navigation system's spoken instructions.
Volume for Media Player and Phone remains unchanged.
◦ Automatic Navigation: Provided your phone's calendar is synced to Model 3, you are
automatically routed to an event if you get into your vehicle within two hours of an event's
start time (if the event on your calendar includes a valid address). Automatically navigate
to Home and Work on weekdays (see
Automatic Navigation on page 163).
◦ Trip Planner: (If available in your market region) Use Trip Planner to plan your driving and
charging routes (see
Trip Planner on page 165).
◦ Online Routing: When toggled on, you may be automatically rerouted to avoid heavy
trac (see Online Routing on page 164).
◦ Avoid Ferries: When toggled on, navigation routes avoid the use of ferries.
◦ Avoid Tolls: When toggled on, navigation routes avoid the use of tolls.
NOTE: You can also display navigation settings by touching the settings icon on the map (see
Maps and Navigation on page 160).
Safety & Security
◦ Parking Brake: Manually apply and release the parking brake (see Parking Brake on page
80).
◦ Power O: You can power o your vehicle.
◦ Speed Limit Mode: Specify if and by how much you want to limit acceleration and max
speed (see Speed Limit Mode on page 152).
◦ Sentry Mode: When on, Sentry Mode uses the vehicle’s cameras and sensors to monitor its
surroundings while the vehicle is locked and in Park. If a threat is detected, Sentry Mode
triggers the Alert or Alarm state, depending on the severity of the threat. You can
customize Sentry Mode to automatically enable except in places such as Home, Work, or
your Favorites (see
Sentry Mode on page 176).
◦ Save Clips on Honk: When using Dashcam, you can determine whether you want to save
video recordings to a USB
flash drive or other storage device when honking the horn on the
steering wheel. You must insert a properly formatted USB flash drive or other storage
device in one of your vehicle's front USB ports (see Dashcam on page 92) and toggle Save
Clips on Honk ON to enable.
◦ Passenger Front Airbag: Manually control the front passenger airbag (applicable only in
regions where the airbag can be disabled, as described in
Airbags on page 52).
NOTE: If applicable, the passenger front airbag can also be controlled by touching the
airbag's status icon located in the top corner of the touchscreen.
Controls
150 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
◦ Park Assist Chimes: If on, you an audible beep sounds when approaching an object while
parking (see Park Assist on page 83).
◦ Joe Mode: When enabled, Joe Mode lowers the volume of your vehicle's chimes, except
for turn signals.
◦ Security Alarm: Enable the security alarm (see Security Settings on page 176).
◦ Tilt/Intrusion: (if available) Enable a siren that sounds if Model 3 detects motion inside the
cabin or if the vehicle is moved or tilted (see Security Settings on page 176).
◦ PIN to Drive: Increase security by preventing Model 3 from being driven until a 4-digit PIN
(Personal Identification Number) is entered (see PIN to Drive on page 176).
◦ Cabin Overheat Protection: Reduce the temperature of the cabin in extremely hot
ambient conditions for a period of up to twelve hours after you exit Model 3 (see Cabin
Overheat Protection on page 159).
◦ Allow Mobile Access: Allow Tesla's mobile applications to access your Model 3 (see Mobile
App on page 186).
NOTE: To disable Allow Mobile Access, enter your Tesla account credentials on the
touchscreen.
◦ Data Sharing: Allow sharing of road measurement data (see Data Sharing on page 242).
NOTE: Sentry Mode and Cabin Overheat Protection operate only when the energy remaining
in the Battery is above 20%.
Service
◦ Wiper Service Mode: Make wiper blades easy to access (see Wiper Blades and Washer
Jets on page 213).
◦ Adjust Headlights: Make adjustments to the level of the headlights (see Headlight
Adjustments on page 70).
CAUTION:
Headlights should only be adjusted by Tesla Service.
◦ Towing: Prepare Model 3 for transporting by keeping it in Neutral (which disengages the
parking brake and prevents damage to the rear motor that is caused by wheels turning as
Model 3 is pulled onto a flatbed truck). See Instructions for Transporters on page 235.
◦ Reset TPMS Sensors: Reset the TPMS sensors after replacing a wheel (see Manually
Resetting TPMS Sensors on page 205).
◦ Factory Reset: Erase all personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, etc.) and restore
all customized settings to their factory defaults.
◦ Wheel Configuration: Update your vehicle's wheel configuration if you are installing new
wheels or swapping them for dierent ones. This also changes the wheels of your vehicle's
avatar on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can impact range estimates, tire
pressure warning levels, and vehicle visualization. See Tire Care and Maintenance on page
201 for more information.
WARNING:
Only use Tesla-approved wheels when installing or swapping wheels.
Using non Tesla-approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla is not liable for
damage caused by using wheels not approved by Tesla.
◦ Owner's Manual: Display this manual. You can also display this manual by touching the
Tesla "T" at the top of the touchscreen.
Software
Controls
151Using the Touchscreen
Learn more about your vehicle and the status of software updates.
◦ Get more information about your vehicle such as the VIN, vehicle name, and odometer.
Touch Additional vehicle information to display a list of the various options your vehicle is
equipped with.
NOTE: You can also display some of the vehicle information by touching the Tesla "T" at the
top center of your touchscreen.
◦ View your current software version, map version, and release notes.
◦ See new updates that are available. Your vehicle must be connected to Wi-Fi to start the
update (see
Software Updates on page 184).
◦ Observe your software's download progress.
The yellow clock icon at the top of the touchscreen is replaced by a green download icon
when a software update is available, your vehicle is connected to Wi-Fi, and the update is
downloading. A yellow download icon appears when a software update is available, but the
vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi. Ensure your vehicle is connected to Wi-Fi to start the
download.
◦ Customize how often you want to receive software updates by touching Software Update
Preferences.
Glovebox Touch to open the glovebox (see Glovebox on page 25).
Naming Your Vehicle
To further personalize Model 3, you can name it. The name of your Model 3 appears in the
mobile app. To name your vehicle, touch the Tesla “T” at the top center of the touchscreen, then
touch
Name Your Vehicle (or touch the vehicle's existing name). Enter the new name in the
popup, then touch
Save.
Speed Limit Mode
Speed Limit Mode allows you to limit the acceleration and maximum speed – between 50 and
90 mph (80 and 145 km/h) – of your Model 3. This feature is protected by a 4-digit PIN that you
create when enabling it for the
first time, and which must be entered whenever you want to
disable and enable it.
If your Model 3 comes within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of the selected maximum speed, a
chime sounds and text appears on the touchscreen above the driving speed. Additionally, your
mobile app sends you a
notification.
To enable Speed Limit Mode:
1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.
2. Touch Controls > Safety & Security > Speed Limit Mode on the touchscreen or CONTROLS
in your mobile app.
3. Select the maximum driving speed that you would like to limit the vehicle to.
4. Drag the slider to the ON position.
5. Enter the 4-digit PIN that you want to use to disable and enable Speed Limit Mode.
Controls
152 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: If you forget the PIN, you can disable Speed Limit Mode by entering the login credentials
for your Tesla Account.
NOTE: When Speed Limit Mode is enabled, the acceleration setting (Controls > Driving >
Acceleration) is automatically set to Chill.
WARNING: Driving downhill can increase driving speed, causing the vehicle to exceed
your chosen maximum speed.
WARNING: Speed Limit Mode is not a replacement for good judgment, driver training,
and the need to closely monitor roadway speed limits and driving conditions. Accidents
can occur at any speed.
Erasing Personal Data
You can erase all personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, HomeLink programming, etc.)
and restore all customized settings to their factory defaults. This is useful when transferring
ownership of
Model 3. Touch Controls > Service > FACTORY RESET. Before erasing, Model 3
verifies your credentials by prompting you to enter the user name and password associated with
your Tesla Account.
Controls
153Using the Touchscreen
Overview of Climate Controls
Climate controls are always available at the bottom of the touchscreen. To turn the climate
control system on, touch the fan icon or adjust the cabin temperature. To turn it o, touch the
fan icon and then touch the o button near the center of the popup window.
By default, climate control is set to the Auto setting, which maintains optimum comfort in all but
the most severe weather conditions. When you adjust the cabin temperature in the Auto setting,
the system automatically adjusts the heating, air conditioning, air distribution, and fan speed to
maintain the cabin at your selected temperature. To override the Auto setting, touch the fan
icon, turn o the Auto setting, then manually adjust your settings (see Adjusting Climate
Control Settings on page 155). If you've manually adjusted individual settings, you can also
revert back to Auto at any time by touching AUTO on the climate control popup window.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on
vehicle options, software version, market region, and settings, the information displayed may be
slightly
dierent.
1. Seat heaters operate at three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). When operating,
the associated seat icon displays twisting lines that turn red to indicate the setting level. If
equipped with the premium package, rear seats are also equipped with seat heaters (see
Operating Seat Heaters on page 157).
2. Touch an up or down arrow to change the cabin temperature. To apply a temperature
setting to both the driver and passenger side, touch
SYNC on the popup that appears when
you touch an arrow. When you apply the same temperature to both sides, only one
temperature setting displays. Touch SYNC again to display separate temperature settings for
the driver and passenger.
3. Touch the fan icon to turn on climate control and to manually customize settings to suit
your preferences (see Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 155). Touch and hold the
fan icon to quickly turn
o climate control. If your vehicle is equipped with the premium
package, touch this icon to access controls for the rear seat heaters.
4. The windshield defroster distributes air flow to the windshield. Touch once to defog the
windshield (the icon turns blue). Touch a second time to defrost the windshield (the icon
turns red and the heating and fan operate at maximum levels). Touch a third time to turn o
and restore the air distribution, heating, and fan to their previous settings. The exterior side
mirrors are also heated whenever the windshield defroster is operating. See Cold Weather
Best Practices on page 104 for more information on preparing for cold weather.
5. Touch to warm up the rear window. When operating, the icon turns red. After 15 minutes,
the rear window defroster automatically turns o. The exterior side mirrors are also heated
whenever the rear window defroster is operating.
WARNING:
To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheral
neuropathy, or whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of diabetes, age,
neurological injury, or some other condition, should exercise caution when using the
climate control system and seat heaters.
Climate Controls
154 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: The climate control system is powered by the high voltage battery. Therefore, prolonged
use decreases driving range.
Adjusting Climate Control Settings
To override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon, turn o the Auto setting, then use the buttons
that appear to manually adjust settings.
In addition to the settings shown, if
Model 3 is in Park, the Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and
Camp Mode setting displays when you touch the fan icon when the vehicle is in Park (see
Keep
Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode on page 158).
1. Touch AUTO to turn the Auto setting on or o.
2. Touch to turn the climate control system o.
3. The general settings tab displays by default and is represented by the fan icon. Touch the
seat heater icon to access controls for the front and rear seat heaters (see Operating Seat
Heaters on page 157).
4. Choose where air flows into the cabin (windshield, face-level, or foot-level vents). You can
choose more than one location.
NOTE: When air is directed to the foot-level vents, air continues to flow to the windshield
vents to assist in defogging. When air is directed to the face-level vents, air does not
flow to
the windshield.
5. Touch to turn air flow to the rear cabin area on or o. When on, air flows from the vents
located at the back of the center console. See Adjusting the Rear Vents on page 157.
6. Touch to adjust air flow from the front passenger vent. See Adjusting the Front Vents on
page 157.
7. Touch to choose how air is drawn into Model 3. If on, air inside Model 3 is recirculated. If o,
outside air is drawn into Model 3.
8. Touch + or - to increase or decrease the fan speed.
NOTE: Adjusting the fan speed may change the selected setting for how air is drawn into
Model 3 in order to increase or reduce air flow.
9. Touch to turn the air conditioning system on or o. Turning it o reduces cooling, but saves
energy.
Climate Controls
155Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: Because Model 3 runs much quieter than a gasoline-powered vehicle, you may notice
the sound of the air conditioning compressor as it is operating. To minimize noise, reduce the
fan speed.
10. Touch to adjust air flow from the driver's vent. See Adjusting the Front Vents on page 157.
Climate Controls
156 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Operating Seat Heaters
To control the front seat heaters for the driver
and passenger, touch the corresponding
control on the main climate control area at
the bottom of the touchscreen. To control the
rear seat heaters (if equipped) or access
duplicate controls for the front seat heaters,
touch the fan icon, then touch the seat heater
icon followed by the seat for which you want
to adjust heating. Seat heaters operate at
three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1
(lowest). When operating, the associated seat
icon displays twisting lines that turn red to
indicate the setting level. You can touch
All
O to turn o all seat heaters simultaneously.
Adjusting the Front Vents
Model 3 has a unique horizontal face-level
vent that spans the width of the dashboard.
Using the touchscreen, you can pinpoint
exactly where you want to direct the air
flowing from this vent when heating or
cooling the front cabin area.
1. Driver vent and controls
2. Passenger vent and controls
When the face-level vent is on you can adjust
the direction of the air
flow from each vent.
To adjust the direction of the air flow, simply
touch the radiating air waves from the
corresponding vent on the touchscreen. The
air
flows in a single stream when centered or
splits into mirrored air streams when air is
directed outward or inward from the center of
the vent.
NOTE:
When you split a vent into two
separate air flows, the air flow in each
direction is not as strong as when all air is
flowing in a single direction.
NOTE: Outside air is drawn into Model 3
through the grill in front of the windshield.
Keep the grill clear of obstructions, such as
leaves and snow.
Adjusting the Rear Vents
Model 3 has vents located at the back of the
center console where air flows from when the
setting is turned on from the touchscreen. To
direct the
flow of air in the rear cabin area,
adjust the vents at the rear of the center
console up, down, or from side to side as
necessary.
Climate Controls
157Using the Touchscreen
Keep Climate On, Dog
Mode, and Camp Mode
The Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp
settings allow you to keep the climate control
system running when in Park, even after
you've left Model 3 or choose to stay inside
the vehicle. These settings are useful when it
is important to maintain the cabin
temperature in hot or cold weather
conditions. For example, when leaving
groceries in Model 3 on hot days, you may
want to use Keep Climate On to prevent
spoilage.
Dog mode keeps your pet comfortable while
also displaying the current cabin temperature
on the touchscreen so people nearby are
informed that your pet does not need to be
rescued.
Camp Mode allows you to power electronics
through the USB ports and 12V outlet in
addition to maintaining the cabin
temperature. The touchscreen remains on so
you can play music, browse the internet, play
games in the arcade, or watch shows in Tesla
Theater. You can also control media and
climate settings from a paired phone. Camp
Mode is ideal for remaining inside your
vehicle, such as camping or staying with a
child.
NOTE: In Camp Mode, Sentry Mode and the
vehicle alarm system are disabled.
To operate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or
Camp Mode:
1. Engage the Park gear. The Keep Climate
On, Dog, and Camp settings are available
only when Model 3 is in Park.
2. If necessary, adjust the climate settings.
3. Touch the fan icon then touch Keep
Climate On, Dog, or Camp.
NOTE: To initiate Keep Climate On, Dog
Mode, or Camp Mode, the Battery's charge
level must be at least 20%.
The climate control system maintains your
climate settings until you shift out of Park or
manually turn it
o. If the Battery's charge
level drops below 20%, the Tesla mobile app
repeatedly starts sending you
notifications
reminding you to check on anything that you
have left in Model 3.
The next time you drive
Model 3, the climate
control system continues operating using the
previous climate settings from your most
recent trip.
NOTE: Software updates cannot be
performed when Keep Climate On, Dog Mode,
or Camp Mode is active.
NOTE: The intrusion sensor (if equipped)
automatically disables when Keep Climate On,
Dog Mode, or Camp Mode is active. However,
you can override this behavior and keep the
intrusion sensor enabled. To do so, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion
after enabling Keep Climate On, Dog mode,
or Camp mode. However, note that keeping
the intrusion sensor enabled while Keep
Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode is
active can trigger an alarm event as a result
of air movement inside the cabin.
WARNING: You can adjust the climate
control system remotely using the
mobile app. However, if you use the
mobile app to turn o the climate
control system, Keep Climate On, Dog
Mode, and Camp Mode stop
operating.
WARNING: Avoid using Keep Climate
On, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode when
the battery charge is low. When
leaving a dog or pet in Model 3, you
must ensure that you have your phone
with you and that the Tesla mobile
app is running. This allows you to
proactively monitor the cabin
temperature. To ensure the safety and
comfort of anyone or anything in your
vehicle, always make sure you have
adequate cellular coverage to receive
notifications and allow enough time to
return to Model 3 should the climate
control system stop operating—on hot
days, the cabin temperature can
become dangerously high within a few
minutes.
WARNING: Check local laws for any
restrictions on leaving pets
unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING: Never leave a child
unattended in your vehicle.
Climate Controls
158 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Cabin Air Filter
Model 3 has an air filter that prevents pollen,
industrial fallout, road dust and other
particles from entering through the vents.
Tesla recommends replacing the cabin air
filter every 2 years.
Cabin Overheat Protection
The climate control system can reduce the
temperature of the cabin in extremely hot
ambient conditions for a period of up to
twelve hours after you exit
Model 3. Touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Cabin
Overheat Protection and choose:
• OFF: Disable Cabin Overheat Protection.
• NO A/C: Only the fan operates when the
cabin temperature exceeds 40° C. This
option consumes less energy but the cabin
temperature may exceed
40° C.
• ON: The air conditioning operates when
the cabin temperature exceeds
40° C.
NOTE: Cabin Overheat Protection operates
only when the energy remaining in the
Battery is above 20%.
WARNING:
Never leave children or
pets in the vehicle unattended. Due to
automatic shut-o or extreme outside
conditions, the inside of the vehicle
can become dangerously hot, even
when Cabin Overheat Protection is
enabled.
Climate Control Operating
Tips
• You can direct the face-level vents toward
the windows to help defrost or defog them.
• When you use the mobile app to turn on
the climate control system, it automatically
turns
o after four hours or if the charge
level drops to 20%. To cool or heat the
cabin for a longer period, you must turn it
on again.
• If the climate control system is louder
than you prefer, manually reduce the fan
speed.
•
In addition to cooling the interior, the air
conditioning compressor also cools the
Battery. Therefore, in hot weather, the air
conditioning compressor can turn on even
if you turned it o. This is normal because
the system’s priority is to cool the Battery
to ensure it stays within an optimum
temperature range to support longevity
and optimum performance.
• Even when not in use, you may hear
Model 3 emit a whining noise or the sound
of water circulating. These sounds are
normal and occur when the internal cooling
systems turn on to support various vehicle
functions, such as maintaining the 12V
battery and balancing the temperature of
the high voltage Battery.
• To ensure the climate control system
operates eciently, close all windows and
ensure that the exterior grill in front of the
windshield is free of ice, snow, leaves, and
other debris.
• In very humid conditions, it is normal for
the windshield to fog slightly when you first
turn on the air conditioning.
• It is normal for a small pool of water to
form under Model 3 when parked. Extra
water produced by the dehumidifying
process is drained underneath.
• To reduce the temperature in the cabin in
hot weather conditions, the fan may turn on
to vent the cabin when the vehicle is
parked. This occurs only if the battery's
charge level is above 20%.
Climate Controls
159Using the Touchscreen
Overview
The touchscreen displays a map at all times. To move the map in any direction, hold and drag a
finger. To rotate the map in any direction, hold and turn two fingers.
To set the map's orientation, touch the icon in the top right corner of the map:
North Up - North is always at the top of the screen.
Heading Up - The direction you are driving is always at the top of the
screen. The map rotates as you change direction. This icon has an
integrated compass that indicates the direction you are driving.
NOTE: When navigating, this icon also allows you to view the route
overview view and guide you by displaying the current portion of your
navigation route (see Navigating on page 162).
When you rotate or move the map, your current location is no longer tracked. The message
"Tracking Disabled" displays briefly next to the map orientation icon and the icon turns gray. To
re-enable tracking, touch the map's orientation icon to choose North Up or Heading Up.
Touch the + and - icons to zoom the map in and out on your current or chosen location. When
you zoom in or out using these icons, tracking remains enabled.
Touch the following icons to customize what the map displays and to access navigation settings:
NOTE: These icons disappear after a few seconds when not in use. Touch anywhere on the map
to re-display them.
Display/hide satellite imagery (if equipped with premium connectivity).
Display/hide
trac conditions (if equipped with premium connectivity).
Green lines indicate no trac; orange lines indicate light trac; red lines
indicate moderate trac; and pink lines indicate heavy trac. To ensure
trac is easy to identify along a navigation route, green trac lines display
under the blue route line, whereas orange, red, and pink trac lines display
on top of the blue route line.
Maps and Navigation
160 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Display/hide all charging locations and a popup list that includes the city
and proximity of the corresponding stations on the map. Charging locations
include Tesla Superchargers, Tesla destination chargers, third party fast
chargers (see note below), and public chargers that you have used
previously. See Charging Locations on page 163.
NOTE: In some market regions, third party fast chargers are also included on
the map as dark grey pins when you display chargers.
NOTE: The map always displays Superchargers, even when you hide
charging locations.
Increase or decrease the volume of spoken navigation instructions by
touching - or +, respectively. Decreasing all the way to the left mutes the
instructions. You can also mute navigation instructions when a navigation
route is active by touching the volume icon on the turn-by-turn direction list.
Customize how the navigation system works by adjusting these settings (the
available settings vary depending on your market region and vehicle
configuration):
• Touch Trip Planner to minimize the time you spend driving and charging
(see Trip Planner on page 165).
• Touch Online Routing to be automatically rerouted to avoid heavy trac
(see Online Routing on page 164).
• Touch Avoid Ferries to be automatically routed to avoid ferries.
• Touch Avoid Tolls to be automatically routed to avoid tolls.
NOTE: You can also access the above navigation settings by touching
Controls > Navigation.
NOTE: The volume setting applies only to the navigation system's spoken
instructions. Volume for Media Player and Phone remains unchanged.
Drop a pin by pressing and holding your finger anywhere on the map. When you drop a pin, or
touch an existing pin, the chosen location is centered on the map, and a popup window
provides information about the location. From this popup, you can navigate to the location, call
the location (if a phone number is available) and add or remove the location from your list of
favorite destinations (see
Recent, Favorite, Home and Work Destinations on page 165).
Maps and Navigation
161Using the Touchscreen
Navigating
To navigate to a location, touch Navigate,
send the destination from your phone, or
speak a voice command (see
Using Voice
Commands on page 175). You can enter or
speak an address, landmark, business, etc.
You can also choose a saved Home or Work
location and select from a list of recently used
locations (the most recent displays at the top
of the list), including charging stations you
have visited.
NOTE: To remotely start navigation from your
IOS® or Android™ device, use the "share"
functionality after giving access to the Tesla
mobile app.
When you specify a location, the touchscreen
zooms out to provide an overview of the
route you need to travel, and, after calculating
the route, zooms back in to your starting
point and begins to provide instructions. A
turn-by-turn direction list displays the
first
navigation instruction and an estimate of total
mileage, driving time, and arrival time. To
expand the list to show each turn on your
navigation route, touch the instruction. Note
the following about the turn-by-turn direction
list:
• A battery displays below the destination
to provide an estimate of how much
battery energy will remain when you reach
your destination. Touch to expand battery
information to show a round trip estimate
back to your starting point. See
Predicting
Energy Usage on page 164.
• If charging is needed to reach your
destination and Trip Planner is enabled
(and available in your market region), the
navigation route automatically includes
Supercharger stops (see
Trip Planner on
page 165) and you may need to touch
BEGIN TRIP to initiate navigation.
• If you won't have enough energy to reach
your destination and there is no
Supercharger on the route, an alert tells
you that charging is needed to reach your
destination.
• Each turn is preceded by the distance to
the maneuver.
• To see the bottom of the list, you may
need to drag the list upward.
•
Touch the top of the list again to minimize
it.
While navigating, the map tracks your
location and displays the current leg of your
trip. You can display the entire route at any
time.
If Navigate on Autopilot (if available in your
market region) is enabled, you can turn it on
for the navigation route by touching Navigate
on Autopilot in the turn-by-turn direction list.
Navigate on Autopilot is an extension of
Autosteer that automatically changes lanes
and steers Model 3 onto the appropriate
exit(s) when navigating on controlled access
roads (such as freeways). For details, see
Navigate on Autopilot on page 123.
The route overview icon
displays when a
navigation route is active.
Touch this icon at any
time to view an overview
of your navigation route,
or to change the
orientation of the map
(see
Overview on page
160), which also zooms
the map to show the
current leg of your trip.
The black pin at the end
of the route line
represents your
destination.
Mute/unmute navigation
volume.
NOTE: You can also mute
the volume of the
navigation system by
pressing the scroll button
on the left side of the
steering wheel while
navigation instructions are
being spoken. A volume
control
specific to
navigation instructions is
also available by touching
the settings icon on the
map (see
Overview on
page 160).
To stop navigating, touch
CANCEL, located
below the turn-by-turn direction list.
Maps and Navigation
162 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: If a data connection is not available,
onboard maps allow you to navigate to any
location, but you must enter the location's
exact and complete address.
Automatic Navigation
Automatic Navigation can predict a
destination when you get in your vehicle.
When your phone's calendar is synced to
Model 3, and the calendar includes an event
that takes place within two hours of when you
get in your vehicle to drive, Automatic
Navigation suggests the location of the event
(assuming a valid address is associated with
the event).
In addition, if you are Home and get in your
vehicle on weekdays (Monday to Friday) from
5:00 AM to 11:00 AM, Automatic Navigation
can automatically route you to your
specified
Work location (see Recent, Favorite, Home
and Work Destinations on page 165).
Likewise, if you are at work on weekdays from
3:00 PM to 11:00 PM, Automatic Navigation
can automatically route you to your
specified
Home location.
To enable Automatic Navigation, touch
Controls > Navigation > Automatic
Navigation. You must have your phone's
calendar correctly synced to your vehicle with
a uniquely
specified and valid address for
each event (see Calendar on page 174). Your
Automatic Navigation settings are saved to
your Driver
Profile (see Driver Profiles on
page 57).
NOTE: Navigation instructions that you enter
manually, or send to
Model 3, override routes
suggested by Automatic Navigation.
NOTE: Availability of this feature depends on
market region and vehicle configuration.
I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry
In addition to navigating to a destination of
your choice,
Model 3 can also suggest nearby
locations based on whether you are feeling
Hungry or Lucky. In the navigation search bar,
touch Hungry or Lucky. Hungry suggests
popular restaurants, whereas Lucky suggests
popular destinations (such as museums and
amusement parks). For a new suggestion, go
back and touch
Hungry or Lucky again for
dierent results. When you discover a
destination that interests you, touch Navigate
to proceed to the destination.
This feature requires the latest version of
Navigation maps. To download, connect your
vehicle to Wi-Fi and navigate to Controls >
Software to check if an update is available
(see Map Updates on page 166).
NOTE: Availability of this feature depends on
market region and vehicle configuration.
Charging Locations
The map always displays Supercharger
locations, represented by red pins that you
can touch to display more information,
navigate to it, or mark it as a favorite. The
appearance of the pin itself reveals
information about the Supercharger location:
The Supercharger location
is operational. At locations
with multiple
Superchargers, a row of
bars displays above the
icon, with each bar
representing a
Supercharger. If a
Supercharger is in use, the
bar is
filled in to provide a
quick visual that indicates
how many Superchargers
are currently being used
at the location.
Superchargers that may
be out of order in addition
to the number available
are also displayed.
NOTE: A Supercharger pin
is colored black if located
on your current navigation
route.
The Supercharger location
may be out of operation
or is operating at a
reduced capacity. Touch
the pin to display details.
When you touch the pin for a Supercharger
location, a popup displays information,
including the total number of Superchargers,
the number of Superchargers available, the
address of the Supercharger location, and its
approximate distance from your current
location. The popup also displays amenities
Maps and Navigation
163Using the Touchscreen
that are available at the Supercharger
location, including restrooms, restaurants,
lodging, shopping, and Wi-Fi.
Touch the map's charging icon to display all
nearby charging stations of the map. In
addition to the Superchargers, the map
displays Tesla's destination chargers, third
party fast chargers (see note below), and any
public charging stations that you have
previously used. Display details about a
charging location by touching its pin.
NOTE: In some market regions, third party
fast chargers are also included as dark grey
pins when you choose to display all charging
stations on the map.
The location is equipped
with a Tesla Wall
Connector. Touch to
display more information
such as usage restrictions
and available charge
current. The charging list
also displays your
proximity to these
charging stations.
NOTE: When the map is
zoomed out and more
than one Tesla Wall
Connector is available in
an area, the pin is round
and displays the number
of stations. Touch the pin
to zoom in. Then you can
touch an individual pins
for details about a
specific
charging location.
NOTE: When navigating to a Supercharger
location,
Model 3 may allocate energy to pre-
heat the Battery, ensuring you arrive at the
Supercharger with the optimal Battery
temperature, reducing the amount of time it
takes to charge. In some circumstances (such
as cold weather), it is normal for the front
motor to make noise as it generates heat to
warm the Battery (see
Warming the Battery
Before Supercharging on page 105).
Predicting Energy Usage
When navigating to a destination, Model 3
helps you anticipate your charging needs by
calculating the amount of energy that
remains when you reach your destination. The
calculation is an estimate based on driving
style (predicted speed, etc.) and
environmental factors (elevation changes,
temperature, etc.). When navigating, the map
displays this calculation at the bottom of the
expanded turn-by-turn direction list (see
Navigating on page 162). When the turn-by-
turn direction list is compressed, touch the
top of the list to expand it.
Throughout your route, Model 3 monitors
energy usage and updates the calculation. A
popup warning displays at the bottom of the
turn-by-turn direction list in these situations:
• A yellow warning displays when you have
very little energy remaining to reach your
destination and should drive slowly to
conserve energy. For tips on conserving
energy, see
Getting Maximum Range on
page 89.
• A red warning displays when you must
charge to reach your destination.
If you also want to know if you have enough
energy for a round trip, touch the energy
calculation to display an estimate of your
round trip energy usage.
Online Routing
Model 3 detects real-time trac conditions
and automatically adjusts the estimated
driving and arrival times based on trac. In
situations where
trac conditions will delay
your estimated time of arrival and an
alternate route is available, the navigation
system can reroute you to your destination.
To turn this feature on or
o, touch the map's
settings icon (see
Overview on page 160),
then touch Online Routing. You can also
specify the minimum amount of minutes that
must be saved before you are rerouted by
touching the arrows associated with the
Re-
Route if it saves more than setting.
Maps and Navigation
164 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Trip Planner
Trip Planner (available in some market
regions) helps you take longer road trips with
confidence. If reaching your destination
requires charging, Trip Planner routes you
through the appropriate Supercharger
locations. Trip Planner selects a route and
provides charging times to minimize the
amount of time you spend driving and
charging. To enable Trip Planner, touch the
map's settings icon (see
Overview on page
160), then touch Trip Planner.
When Trip Planner is enabled and charging is
required to reach your destination, the turn-
by-turn direction list includes Supercharger
stops and a recommended charging time at
each Supercharger, and an estimate of how
much energy will be available when you arrive
at the Supercharger.
NOTE: When navigating to a Supercharger
using Trip Planner, your vehicle will allocate
some energy to pre-heat the Battery. The
vehicle arrives at the Supercharger with an
optimal Battery temperature, reducing the
amount of time it takes to charge (see
Warming the Battery Before Supercharging
on page 105).
To remove Supercharger stops and display
only directions, touch Remove charging stops
at the bottom of the list of directions (if you
remove charging stops, the turn-by-turn
direction list may display an alert indicating
that charging is needed to reach your
destination). To add Supercharger stops to
the directions, touch
Add charging stops.
While charging at a Supercharger, the
charging screen displays the remaining
charging time needed to drive to your next
Supercharger stop, or destination (if no
further charging is needed). If you charge for
a shorter or longer length of time, the
charging time for subsequent Supercharger
stops is adjusted.
NOTE: You can also monitor remaining
charging time needed in the Tesla Mobile
App.
NOTE: If a Supercharger located on your
route experiences an outage, Trip Planner
displays a
notification and reroutes you to a
dierent Supercharger location.
If Trip Planner estimates that you won't have
enough energy for your round trip, and there
are no Superchargers available on your route,
Trip Planner displays an alert at the top of the
turn-by-turn direction list notifying you that
charging is needed to reach your destination.
Recent, Favorite, Home
and Work Destinations
When you touch Navigate on the map, a list
of Recent destinations appear and you can
easily navigate to any recent destination by
selecting it from the list.
If you frequently drive to a destination, you
may want to add it as a favorite to avoid
having to enter the location's name or
address each time. When you add a
destination as a Favorite, you can easily
navigate to it by touching
Navigate >
Favorites and then selecting it from the list of
favorites.
To add a destination to
your Favorites list touch
its pin on the map, then
touch the heart icon on
the popup window that
appears. You will be
prompted to name the
Favorite. Enter a name (or
leave as-is to accept the
default name), then touch
Add to Favorites. The
heart becomes solid gray
and the destination is
included on the Favorites
list.
To delete a Recent or Favorite destination,
touch and hold it down briefly, then touch the
X that appears.
The top of the navigation list also provides
shortcuts for Home and Work locations.
Touch to set an address to either of these
locations. After entering the address, touch
SAVE AS HOME or SAVE AS WORK. Then
simply touch these shortcuts whenever you
want to navigate home or to work.
To change the location associated with Home
or Work, press and hold the shortcut icon and
enter a new address in the popup window. To
delete, press and hold the shortcut button,
then touch
CLEAR HOME or CLEAR WORK.
Maps and Navigation
165Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: Based on your usage patterns, you
may be prompted to save a location as Home
or Work.
NOTE: Once a Home or Work location is
saved, Model 3 may prompt you to navigate
to your Work location in the mornings and to
your Home location in the evenings and tell
you how long it will take to arrive based on
current
trac conditions.
For security reasons, if you sell Model 3, it is
recommended that you delete your Home
and Work Locations. You can delete these
individually or you can perform a factory
reset to erase all personal data (see Erasing
Personal Data on page 153).
Map Updates
As updated maps become available, they are
automatically sent to
Model 3 over Wi-Fi. To
ensure you receive them, periodically connect
Model 3 to a Wi-Fi network (see Connecting
to Wi-Fi on page 183). The touchscreen
displays a message informing you when new
maps are installed.
Maps and Navigation
166 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
Touch the Media Player
icon at the bottom of the
touchscreen to play
various types of media
through your vehicle's
speaker system. The
media options available to
you depend on market
region and options chosen
at time of purchase. For
example, you can stream
internet radio or podcasts
(if equipped with premium
connectivity), listen to FM
,
and DAB radio. You can
also play audio files from a
Bluetooth or USB-
connected device.
Media Player provides three dierent levels of
viewing that you can access by dragging the
Media Player window upward or downward.
Initially, just the Miniplayer displays. The
Miniplayer, which occupies the least amount
of space on the touchscreen, displays what's
currently playing and provides only the basic
functions, mostly associated with what's
playing. Drag upward to display Recents and
Favorites and access the icons you can use to
change your media source (described next).
Drag upward again to browse through all
available options for the chosen type of
source content.
Use the icons across the bottom of Media
Player to change your media source (for
example, FM, Streaming, or a Bluetooth-
connected device). Use the tabs on the left to
narrow down the type of content you want to
browse through—the associated content
displays on the right. For Radio, you can
browse through Favorite Stations or you can
touch
Direct Tune to enter the frequency of a
specific channel. For Streaming, you can
browse through Favorites, Top Stations, DJ
Series, and Genres.
Volume Control
Roll the scroll button on the left side of the
steering wheel up or down to increase or
decrease volume respectively. The scroll
button adjusts the volume for media,
navigation instructions, or phone calls, based
on what is currently being heard through the
speakers. You can also adjust the volume by
touching the arrows associated with the
speaker icon on the bottom of the
touchscreen.
To mute the volume, press the left scroll
button. Press again to unmute.
NOTE: Pressing the left scroll button during a
phone call mutes both the sound and your
microphone.
NOTE: If you're playing media and you receive
a phone call, or the navigation system is
speaking directions, the volume of what you
are listening to is temporarily muted.
Searching Media Content
Touch Media Player's
magnifying glass icon to
search for a particular
song, album, artist,
podcast, or station. Select
a filter to narrow the
scope of your search, or
leave it at its default
setting to include top
results from all available
source content.
NOTE: Use voice commands to search hands-
free (see Using Voice Commands on page
175).
FM Radio
If available in your market
region and location, Media
Player provides FM radio
stations that you can
select from the Radio
source. Touch the next or
previous arrows to move
from one frequency to the
Media and Audio
167Using the Touchscreen
next (or previous). Or
touch Direct Tune to enter
a specific frequency.
For easy access to radio stations you listen to
frequently, mark it as a favorite so it's readily
available in your Favorites list (see Favorites
and Recents on page 168).
DAB Radio Services
If equipped, you can
select DAB radio from the
Radio source of Media
Player. Select a DAB radio
station by browsing the
list of stations available in
your area, or touch the
next or previous buttons.
Internet Radio and Music
Streaming Services (if
equipped)
If equipped with premium connectivity,
internet radio and music streaming services
are available over a data connection. To listen,
touch the Media Player icon and choose the
streaming service you want to listen to.
You can use your Tesla account or you can
sign in with your own account by scrolling to
the bottom of the streaming service window
and entering your account credentials.
Browse through the available categories
and/or stations, then touch what you want to
play. When browsing through a large
category such as genres, you may need to
drag the window upward to enlarge it and
view more available options. When you
choose an option that displays multiple
results on a new window, touch
BACK at the
top of the window to return to the main
browse page.
You can also use voice commands to play a
specific song, artist, or album from an
Internet radio service (see Using Voice
Commands on page 175).
When listening to internet radio or a music
streaming service, the options available on
Miniplayer can vary depending on what you
are listening to:
• Touch the next (or previous) arrows to
play the next (and in some cases previous)
available station, episode, or track being
provided by the Internet radio service.
• Like or dislike a song or podcast. When
you like a song, for example, the radio
station plays similar songs. When you
dislike a song, the song won't be played
again.
• Touch the DJ icon (if available) to include
commentary for the content you are
streaming. DJ commentary includes music
history and behind-the-scenes stories.
NOTE: When playing a podcast (if available),
you can rewind or fast forward to any location
in the show. On the Miniplayer, drag the slider
to the desired location or touch the rewind/
fast forward icons to move back or forward 15
seconds at a time.
Caraoke
In addition to various streaming services, your
vehicle is equipped with Caraoke. To access
Caraoke, touch the Music icon near the
bottom of the touchscreen. You can browse
through various songs and select the song
you want to sing. Touch the microphone icon
to enable or disable the song's main vocals.
Disabling the microphone leaves only the
song's instrumentals and background vocals.
Touch the lyrics icon (located next to the
microphone icon) to enable or disable the
song's lyrics.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration
and market region, Caraoke may not be
available on your vehicle.
WARNING:
Never read Caraoke lyrics
while driving. You must always pay
attention to the road and trac
conditions. When driving, the Caraoke
lyrics are intended only for use by a
passenger.
Favorites and Recents
For most source content, your favorites
display at the top of Media Player's expanded
view for easy access.
Media and Audio
168 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
To add a currently playing
station, podcast, or audio
file to your Favorites list,
touch the Favorites icon
on Miniplayer.
To remove an item as a
favorite, touch the
highlighted Favorites icon
on Miniplayer. You can
also remove multiple
favorites by expanding
Miniplayer one level to
show all favorites for the
applicable type of source
content. Then press and
hold any favorite. An
X
appears on all favorites
and you can then touch
the X to remove it from
your Favorites list.
To see selections that you have recently
played, scroll up one level from Miniplayer and
touch
Recent. Your recently played selections
are updated continuously so you don't need
to remove them.
NOTE: Selections you play on FM radio are
not included in your Recent list.
Playing Media from
Devices
You can play audio
files
from a Bluetooth-
connected device (like a
phone) or a USB-
connected flash drive.
When you connect a
Bluetooth-capable device,
the name of the device
displays when you choose
the Phone source. When
you connect a USB
flash
drive, Media Player
displays the driver's
source content.
To play the next song in a selected playlist or
album, touch the previous or next arrows on
Miniplayer. You can also shue tracks in a
playlist or repeat a playlist or track using the
shue/repeat icons (if available).
USB Connected Flash Drives
Connect a flash drive to a front USB
connection (see
Interior Storage and
Electronics on page 25). Touch Media Player
> USB, and then touch the name of the folder
that contains the song you want to play. After
you display the contents of a folder on the
USB connected flash drive, you can touch any
song in the list to play it. Or use the previous
and next arrows in Miniplayer to scroll
through your songs.
NOTE: To play media from a USB connection,
Model 3 recognizes flash drives only. You can
play media from other types of devices (such
as an iPod) by connecting the device using
Bluetooth.
NOTE: Media Player supports USB flash drives
with FAT32 formatting (NTFS and exFAT are
not currently supported).
NOTE: Use a USB connection located at the
front of the center console. The USB
connections at the rear of the console are for
charging only.
Bluetooth Connected Devices
If you have a Bluetooth-capable device such
as a phone that is paired and connected to
Model 3 (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on
page 171), you can play audio files stored on
it and you can stream music from it. Choose
Media Player's
Phone source, then touch the
name of your Bluetooth-connected device,
and then touch
CONNECT.
Your Bluetooth device begins playing the
audio file that is currently active on your
device, and Media Player displays the
Miniplayer view. If no audio
file is playing on
your device, use your device to choose the
audio
file you want to listen to. When the
chosen file begins to play, you can then use
Miniplayer's next and previous icons to play
other tracks.
NOTE: To play media from a Bluetooth-
connected device, ensure that access to the
device’s media is turned on (see
Pairing a
Bluetooth Phone on page 171).
Media and Audio
169Using the Touchscreen
Audio Settings
Press the settings icon at
the bottom corner of
Media Player to access
audio settings for tone
and balance. Other
settings may be available
based on your vehicle's
manufacture date,
features, and market
region.
For example, you
can turn immersive sound
on or o, but if equipped
with the premium
package, you can choose
between Standard, High,
and O.
To adjust any of the five frequency bands
(Bass, Bass/Mid, Mid, Mid/Treble, and Treble)
drag the corresponding slider up or down the
decibel (dB) bar.
To adjust balance, touch Balance and drag
the center circle of the cross bars to the
location in
Model 3 where you want to focus
the sound.
Media and Audio
170 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Bluetooth
®
Compatibility
You can use your Bluetooth-capable phone
hands-free in Model 3 provided your phone is
within operating range. Although Bluetooth
typically supports wireless communication
over distances of up to approximately
9 meters, performance can vary based on the
phone you are using.
Before using your phone with Model 3, you
must pair it. Pairing sets up Model 3 to work
with your Bluetooth-capable phone (see
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page 171).
NOTE: Authenticating your phone to use as a
Model 3 key (see Keys on page 11) does not
also allow you to use the phone hands-free,
play media from it, etc. You must also pair it
as described below.
You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones.
Model 3 always automatically connects to the
last phone that was used (provided it is within
range). If you want to connect to a
dierent
phone, see Connecting to a Paired Phone on
page 172.
NOTE: On many phones, Bluetooth turns o if
the phone’s battery is low.
NOTE: In addition to phones, you can also
pair Bluetooth-enabled devices with Model 3.
For example, you can pair an iPod Touch or
an iPad or Android tablet to stream music.
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone
Pairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-
capable phone hands-free to make and
receive phone calls, access your contact list,
recent calls, etc. It also allows you to play
media
files from your phone. Once a phone is
paired, Model 3 can connect to it whenever
the phone is within range.
To pair a phone, follow these steps while
sitting inside
Model 3:
1. Ensure both the touchscreen and the
phone are powered on.
2. On your phone, enable Bluetooth and
ensure it is discoverable.
NOTE:
On some phones, this may require
you to go to Bluetooth Settings for the
remainder of the procedure.
3. Touch the Bluetooth icon on the top of
the touchscreen.
4. On the touchscreen, touch Add New
Device > Start Search. The touchscreen
displays a list of all available Bluetooth
devices within operating distance.
5. On the touchscreen, touch the phone
with which you want to pair. Within a few
seconds, the touchscreen displays a
randomly generated number, and your
phone should display the same number.
6. Check that the number displayed on your
phone matches the number displayed on
the touchscreen. Then, on your phone,
confirm that you want to pair.
7. If prompted on your phone, specify
whether you want to allow
Model 3 to
access your contacts and media files.
When paired, Model 3 automatically connects
to the phone, and the touchscreen displays
the Bluetooth symbol next to the phone’s
name to indicate that the connection is active.
Importing Contacts and
Recent Calls
Once paired, you can use the Bluetooth
settings screen (touch the Bluetooth icon on
the touchscreen's top status bar) to specify
whether you want to allow access to your
phone’s contacts and recent calls. If access is
turned on, you can use the phone app to
display, and make calls to, people in your list
of contacts and on your recent calls lists (see
Using the Phone App on page 172).
NOTE: Before contacts can be imported, you
may need to either set your phone to allow
syncing, or respond to a popup on your
phone to
confirm that you want to sync
contacts. This varies depending on the type
of phone you are using. For details, refer to
the documentation provided with your phone.
NOTE: You can turn access to your contacts
and recent calls on or
o at any time by
displaying the Bluetooth settings screen,
choosing the phone, and then changing the
setting associated with contacts and recent
calls.
Phone
171Using the Touchscreen
Unpairing a Bluetooth
Phone
If you want to disconnect your phone and use
it again later, simply touch Disconnect on the
Bluetooth settings screen. If you do not want
to use your phone with Model 3 again, touch
Forget This Device. Once you forget a device,
you need to pair it again if you want to use it
with Model 3 (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone
on page 171).
NOTE: Your phone automatically disconnects
whenever you leave Model 3.
NOTE: Unpairing the phone has no eect on
using the phone as a key. To forget an
authenticated phone, see
Keys on page 11.
Connecting to a Paired
Phone
Model 3 automatically connects with the last
phone to which it was connected, provided it
is within operating range and has Bluetooth
turned on. If the last phone is not within
range, it attempts to connect with the next
phone that it has been paired with.
To connect to a dierent phone, touch the
Bluetooth icon on the top of the touchscreen.
The Bluetooth window displays a list of paired
phones. Choose the phone you want to
connect to, then touch
Connect. If the phone
you want to connect to is not listed, you must
pair the phone. See
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone
on page 171.
When connected, the Model 3 touchscreen
displays the Bluetooth symbol next to the
phone name to show that the connection is
active.
Using the Phone App
When your phone is connected to Model 3
using Bluetooth, and you have allowed access
to your phone's contacts (see Importing
Contacts and Recent Calls on page 171), you
can use the phone app to display and make a
hands-free call to anyone listed on your
phone:
•
Recent Calls list. The list displays calls in
chronological order with the most recent
call listed first. You can display all calls or
just those that are missed, incoming, or
outgoing.
• Contacts: Contacts are listed in
alphabetical order and can be sorted by
first name or last name. You can also
choose a letter on the right side of the list
to quickly scroll to the names that begin
with the selected character. When you
touch a name on your contacts list, the
contact's available number(s) displays on
the right pane, along with other available
information (such as address). Touch the
contact's number to make a call.
You can also view, send, and receive text
messages on the touchscreen. Instead of
typing a text message, touch the microphone
to enter text using your voice.
WARNING: To minimize distraction
and ensure the safety of vehicle
occupants as well as other road users,
do not view or send text messages
when the vehicle is in motion. Pay
attention to road and trac
conditions at all times when driving.
Making a Phone Call
You can make a phone call by:
• Speaking a voice command (see Using
Voice Commands on page 175).
• Choosing a number from your contact or
recent calls list in the phone app.
• Using the Model 3 on-screen dialer in the
phone app.
NOTE: If it is safe and legal to do so, you can
also initiate a call by dialing the number or
selecting the contact directly from your
phone.
NOTE: You can also make a phone call by
touching a pin on the map and choosing the
phone number (if available) on the popup
window.
Phone
172 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Receiving a Phone Call
When your phone receives an incoming call,
the
touchscreen displays the caller’s number
or name (if the caller is in your phone’s
contact list and
Model 3 has access to your
contacts).
Touch one of the options on the touchscreen
to Answer or Ignore the call.
NOTE: Depending on the phone you are using
and what speakers you used for your most
recent call, your phone may prompt you to
choose which speakers you want to use for
the incoming call.
WARNING: Stay focused on the road
at all times while driving. Using or
programming a phone while driving,
even with Bluetooth enabled, can
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Follow all applicable laws
regarding the use of phones while
driving, including, but not limited to,
laws that prohibit texting and require
hands-free operation at all times.
Phone
173Using the Touchscreen
Overview
The Calendar app allows you to view
scheduled events from your phone’s (iPhone
®
or Android™) calendar for the current and
next day. The Calendar is conveniently
integrated with navigation and the Phone app
so you can navigate to, or dial into, your next
meeting. The Calendar app requires that:
• The Tesla mobile app is running, you are
logged in, and the Calendar Sync setting is
enabled. The mobile app can then
periodically (and automatically) send
calendar data from your phone to
Model 3.
NOTE: To ensure you have access to all
features of the Calendar app, it is
recommended that you use the most
recent version of the mobile app.
• Your phone is connected to Model 3 via
Bluetooth (for privacy reasons, calendar
data displays only from a connected
phone).
• Mobile access to Model 3 is turned on
(touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Allow
Mobile Access).
• Both your phone and Model 3 have good
connectivity.
When you enter Model 3, the touchscreen can
display a reminder of the day's events. You
can customize if and when your calendar
events are displayed by touching the settings
icon located in the top left corner of the
Calendar app, then choosing from one of the
options available for the
Show Calendar Upon
Entry setting.
If a calendar event includes an address, a
navigation arrow displays to indicate that you
can touch the address to navigate to the
event's location.
When an event on your
Calendar takes place within the next hour and
has a uniquely specified address, the
touchscreen notifies you if there is a better
route due to trac, even when you’re not
currently using navigation.
If an event has a uniquely specified address
and takes place within two hours of you
entering your vehicle and preparing to drive,
Model 3 will automatically route you to the
event's address (see Automatic Navigation on
page 163).
Touch an event's information icon to display
all notes associated with the event. If the
notes include one or more phone numbers,
the information icon shows a phone icon and
the calendar displays the first phone number
found. Touch to initiate a phone call. You can
also initiate a phone call by touching any
number in an event's notes popup window
(this is especially useful for conference calls).
If the notes contain a web link, you can touch
the link to open it in the web browser (if
equipped).
If events are displayed from multiple
calendars, touch the list icon in the top right
corner to filter the list of events to show only
those from one or more specified calendars.
Calendar
174 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Voice commands are designed to understand
natural requests. You can use voice
commands to:
• Call a contact.
• Navigate to a location.
• Listen to Internet music.
• Control various aspects of Model 3.
To initiate a voice
command, tap the
microphone button on the
touchscreen. When you
hear the tone, speak your
command. As you speak,
the touchscreen displays
an interpretation of your
command. It also displays
tips to remind you of the
type of commands you
can speak. When you
finish speaking the
command, tap the voice
button again or simply
wait.
NOTE: Voice commands may be spoken in
English
, French, German, Italian, Dutch,
Spanish, Norwegian, Danish, or Swedish.
NOTE: You can also initiate a voice command
by pressing the right scroll button.
• To call a contact on your Bluetooth-
connected phone, say “Call” or “Dial”,
followed by the contact’s
first and/or last
name(s). For example, “Call Joe” or “Call
Joe Smith”.
• To search for, or navigate to, a location,
say “Where is”, “Drive to”, or “Navigate to”,
followed by an address, business name,
business category, or landmark. For
example, “
Where is Stanford University?”,
“
Drive to Tesla in Palo Alto”, or “Navigate to
Starbucks on Homestead in Cupertino”. If
you have
defined a navigation address for
your home or work locations, you can use a
voice command to navigate there by saying
"
Navigate home" or "Navigate to work".
• To listen to an Internet music service, say
“
Listen to” or “Play”, followed by the name
of the song, album, artist, or combination.
To improve voice recognition accuracy,
provide multiple cues in your command,
such as artist plus song (for example,
“Listen to Yellow Brick Road” or “Play
Yellow Brick Road by Elton John”).
• Control various aspects of Model 3 by
speaking statements or commands. For
example, "Speed up the wipers", "The
screen is too bright", "Turn on the driver's
seat heater", "I'm cold".
NOTE: Tesla is continuously improving the
ability of Model 3 to recognize voice
commands. To support these ongoing quality
improvements, Tesla captures short voice
recordings anonymously. To protect your
privacy, these short recordings are not
associated with your personal information or
with your vehicle's
identification number.
Tesla assures that it is not possible to search
any system for a recording associated with a
specific customer or vehicle.
Using Voice Commands
175Using the Touchscreen
About the Security System
If Model 3 does not detect an authenticated
phone, key fob, or key card and a locked door
or trunk is opened, an alarm sounds and the
headlights and turn signals flash. To
deactivate the alarm, press any button on the
mobile app or tap your key card or key fob
against the card reader located just below the
Autopilot camera on the driver's side door
pillar.
To manually enable or disable the alarm
system, touch Controls > Safety & Security >
Security Alarm. When enabled, Model 3
activates its alarm one minute after you exit,
the doors lock, and a recognized key is no
longer detected.
If your Model 3 is equipped with the security
package, a battery-backed siren sounds in
situations where a locked door or trunk is
opened and
Model 3 does not detect a key
nearby. If you also want this siren to sound in
situations where
Model 3 detects motion
inside the cabin, or is moved or tilted (for
example, with a tow truck or jack), turn on the
Tilt/Intrusion setting (Controls > Safety &
Security > Tilt/Intrusion).
NOTE: If you plan to leave something that
moves inside your locked
Model 3, remember
to turn o Tilt/Intrusion (if equipped). If this
setting is on, any motion detected inside
Model 3 activates the intrusion alarm.
NOTE: Note: If Model 3 is in Sentry Mode (see
Sentry Mode on page 176), you must disable
Sentry Mode before you can disable the
Security alarm or the Tilt/Intrusion alarm.
NOTE: The Security Alarm must be on to
enable Tilt/Intrusion.
NOTE: The Intrusion Sensor automatically
disables in situations where the climate
control system is operating when you have
left your vehicle (see
Keep Climate On, Dog
Mode, and Camp Mode on page 158). To
override, you can manually turn the Intrusion
Sensor on again after choosing Keep Climate
On, Dog, or Camp Mode (touch
Controls >
Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion).
PIN to Drive
To increase security, you can prevent Model 3
from being driven until a 4-digit PIN (Personal
Identification Number) is entered. To enable
this setting, touch
Controls > Safety &
Security > PIN to Drive and follow the on-
screen prompts to create a driving PIN.
NOTE: When enabled, in addition to entering
the 4-digit driving PIN to drive, you must also
use it to enter Valet mode for the
first time
and create the 4-digit valet PIN that you can
use to enter and exit Valet mode. When in
Valet mode, Model 3 can be driven without
the need for the valet to enter a driving PIN.
In addition, the
PIN to Drive setting is
disabled whenever Valet mode is active.
If you forget your driving PIN, or to disable
PIN to Drive, return to this setting, touch the
link to enter your Tesla login credentials, then
follow the on-screen prompts.
NOTE: In the unlikely event that your
touchscreen is unresponsive, you may be
unable to enter the PIN. In this case,
first try
to restart the touchscreen (see
Restarting the
Touchscreen on page 64). If the touchscreen
is still unresponsive, you can still bypass PIN
to Drive by turning on Keyless Driving in the
Tesla mobile app.
Sentry Mode
In Sentry Mode, cameras and sensors remain
powered on and ready to record suspicious
activity whenever
Model 3 is locked and in
Park.
To turn Sentry Mode on or o, touch the
Sentry Mode icon at the top of your
touchscreen. Alternatively, you can use voice
commands, the mobile app, or you can touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode.
To activate Sentry Mode using voice
commands, say "Keep Tesla safe", "Keep my
car safe", "Sentry on", or "Enable Sentry" (for
details using voice commands, see Using
Voice Commands on page 175).
NOTE: Sentry Mode requires the Battery to be
at least 20% charged. If the Battery falls
below 20%, Sentry Mode turns o and the
mobile app sends you a
notification.
NOTE: Power consumption may increase
when Sentry Mode is active.
Security Settings
176 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Software updates cannot be installed
when Sentry Mode is activated.
WARNING: Do not rely on Sentry
Mode to protect Model 3 from all
possible security threats. While it may
help deter some threats, no security
system can prevent all attacks.
Standby, Alert, and Alarm States
When in Sentry Mode, Model 3 may go
through three states depending on its
surroundings—Standby, Alert, and Alarm:
• Standby - Your vehicle automatically
enters the Standby state when you activate
Sentry Mode. In the Standby state, the
cameras constantly monitor the area
surrounding
Model 3 for possible security
threats.
• Alert - If Sentry Mode detects a threat,
such as someone leaning on Model 3,
Sentry Mode switches to the Alert state.
The headlights
flash and the touchscreen
displays a message indicating that the
cameras are recording the event.
• Alarm - For major threats, such as
someone breaking a window, Sentry Mode
triggers the Alarm state. In the Alarm state,
the security alarm activates and the audio
system generates a loud and unexpected
sound. Sentry mode sends an alert to the
mobile app on phones that are paired to
Model 3 to inform you that the alarm state
is triggered. After 30 seconds, Sentry Mode
returns to the Standby state.
When in the Alert or Alarm state, Sentry
Mode saves the most recent ten minutes of
footage prior to the event that triggered
either state, provided that a properly
configured USB flash drive is inserted into
one of the USB ports (see
USB Flash Drive
Requirements for Videos and Recording on
page 177).
NOTE: When the Alarm state is triggered, the
most recent six seconds prior to the security
event may be sent to Tesla for temporary
backup for approximately 72 hours. You can
enable or disable the collection of this video
at any time by touching
Controls > Safety &
Security > Data Sharing.
NOTE:
Sentry Mode can operate without a
flash drive installed. If your vehicle enters the
Alarm state, the security alarm activates and
Sentry Mode sends an alert to your phone.
However, video recordings of the event are
not available.
Location-Based Settings
You can customize Sentry Mode to
automatically activate at specific locations
where you park
Model 3:
• Exclude Home - When on, Sentry Mode
does not automatically activate at the
location you set as Home in your Favorites
list (see
Recent, Favorite, Home and Work
Destinations on page 165), but activates at
any other parking location.
NOTE: To set up your Home location, touch
Navigate and hold down Home, then enter
your address. Touch
Save as Home.
• Exclude Work- When on, Sentry Mode
does not automatically activate at the
location you set as Work in your Favorites
list, but activates at any other parking
location. Set your Work location the same
way you set up your Home location, as
previously described.
• Exclude Favorites- When on, Sentry Mode
does not automatically activate at any
location in your Favorites list, but activates
at any other parking location.
To recognize a location listed as Home, Work,
or a Favorite, Sentry Mode requires that
Model 3 is parked within 10 meters of the
location listed as a Home, Work, or Favorite.
USB Flash Drive
Requirements for Videos
and Recording
To store video from your vehicle's cameras,
follow these requirements and guidelines for
using
flash drives:
• The flash drive must have a sustained
write speed of at least 4 MB/s. A sustained
write speed is dierent from the peak write
speed. Check the product details of your
flash drive for more information.
Security Settings
177Using the Touchscreen
• The flash drive must be USB 2.0
compatible. If using a USB 3.0 flash drive, it
must be able to support USB 2.0.
• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively for
saving Sentry Mode recordings.
• The flash drive must be properly
formatted (see Formatting the USB Flash
Drive on page 178).
• Use a flash drive with as much available
storage as possible. Video footage can
occupy a large amount of space. Tesla
recommends using a flash drive with at
least 32 GB of storage. Some personal
computer operating systems may be
unable to format
flash drives larger than 32
GB as FAT 32. Consider using a third party
application to format
flash drives larger
than 32 GB.
Although not a comprehensive list, Tesla has
tested the following flash drives and
confirmed that they meet the requirements
for using Dashcam and Sentry Mode:
• SanDisk Ultra Fit USB 3.1 Flash Drive
• Samsung MUF-64AB/AM FIT Plus –
200MB/s USB 3.1 Flash Drive
Formatting the USB Flash Drive
To correctly save and retrieve video footage,
Model 3 requires the USB flash drive to be
formatted as FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS
FAT (for Mac), ext3, or ext4. NTFS and exFAT
are not currently supported. In addition, the
USB
flash drive must contain a base-level
folder called “TeslaCam” (without quotation
marks). Follow the steps below to prepare a
USB
flash drive.
For MacOS:
1. Insert the USB flash drive into your
personal computer.
2. Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or
conduct a Spotlight Search).
3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.
4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu
ribbon.
5. In the pop-up menu, select the correct
format (MS-DOS FAT) and click
Erase.
NOTE:
Selecting Erase removes all existing
content from your flash drive. If you have
content that you want to keep, you must
move it to a dierent device before erasing.
6. Once the flash drive is successfully
erased, navigate to Finder and select your
USB flash drive from the left menu. The
flash drive should not contain any files.
7. Right-click in the empty space of the
flash drive and select New Folder. A folder
appears in your flash drive space.
8. Right-click on the folder, select Rename,
and name the folder to “TeslaCam”
(without quotation marks). Click "Save".
This folder will contain all recent and saved
clips from Sentry Mode and Dashcam.
9. Properly eject the USB flash drive.
For Windows:
1. Insert the USB flash drive into your
personal computer.
2. Navigate to File Explorer.
3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and
select "Format...".
4. In the pop-up menu, under the File
System section, select “FAT 32”.
NOTE: You can also name your USB flash
drive (under Volume Label) for easier
recognition.
5. Check the Quick format box and click
Start.
6. Go back to File Explorer, click on your
flash drive, and right-click to create a
folder, or select New Folder in the top
menu.
7. Name the folder “TeslaCam” (without
quotation marks) and click Save. This folder
will contain all recent and saved clips from
Sentry Mode and Dashcam.
8. Properly eject the USB flash drive.
Once you have formatted the USB flash drive
and created the
TeslaCam folder, insert it into
one of the front USB ports in Model 3. Do not
use the rear USB ports—they are for charging
only. It may take
Model 3 up to 15 seconds to
recognize the flash drive. When recognized,
icons for Dashcam and Sentry Mode appear
at the top of your touchscreen (note that you
Security Settings
178 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
may need to enable Sentry Mode by touching
Controls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode).
Model 3 is ready to record video.
Retrieving Footage
To retrieve video footage from the USB flash
drive, remove the flash drive from the front
USB port and use a personal computer or
other device to access the
files. Navigate to
the TeslaCam folder.
Within the TeslaCam folder, there are three
sub-folders:
• Recent Clips - The footage in Recent Clips
continuously loops in 60-minute cycles
whenever the cameras are activated.
Therefore, footage is constantly overwritten
every hour unless you save it. When an
event is recorded, one video is recorded for
each of the front, rear, left, and right
cameras.
• Saved Clips - Contains all recordings that
you have manually saved using
Dashcam on
page 92.
• Sentry Clips - Contains all footage from
Sentry Mode events which have been
automatically saved when an Alert or Alarm
state is triggered. The last 10 minutes of an
event's footage is saved and labeled with a
unique timestamp.
NOTE: As the USB flash drive runs out of
available space, the oldest footage in
Sentry Clips is deleted to make room for
new footage. Once deleted, you will be
unable to retrieve them. When the
flash
drive is full, Sentry Mode and Dashcam can
no longer save video footage. To prevent
the
flash drive from getting full, you must
regularly move saved videos to another
device, and delete them from the flash
drive.
You can also review Dashcam and Sentry
Mode video recordings on your vehicle's
touchscreen by touching the Dashcam icon
and selecting "Launch Viewer". Each video,
organized by timestamp, provides footage of
a saved event from each camera. Touch the
thumbnail of any camera to enlarge the video.
Pause, rewind, fast forward, and delete video
footage as needed. Your vehicle must be in
Park to view Dashcam and Sentry Mode
footage on the touchscreen.
NOTE:
Dashcam recording is paused while
the viewer is open.
NOTE: You are responsible for complying with
all local laws, regulations, and property
restrictions regarding video recordings.
NOTE: The cameras do not record audio.
Save Clips on Honk
Once a properly formatted USB flash drive is
inserted in one of the vehicle's front USB
ports, you can choose to save Dashcam clips
while driving when you honk the horn on your
steering wheel. Navigate to Controls > Safety
and Security > Save Clips on Honk > ON to
enable. The most recent ten minutes of
footage is saved. You can also save Dashcam
footage by touching the Dashcam icon at the
top of the touchscreen.
Security Settings
179Using the Touchscreen
About HomeLink
If your vehicle is equipped with the
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, you can
operate up to three Radio Frequency (RF)
devices, including garage doors, gates, lights,
and security systems.
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture,
market region, and options selected at time
of purchase, some vehicles are not equipped
with a HomeLink Universal Transceiver.
WARNING: Do not use the HomeLink
Universal Transceiver with a device
that does not have safety stop and
reverse features. Using a device
without these safety features
increases the risk of injury or death.
Supported Modes
HomeLink supports three dierent transmit
modes, which is how your vehicle and the RF
device communicate. Selecting a transmit
mode is determined by your RF device's
compatibility:
• Standard Mode: Use Standard Mode if
your RF device is equipped with a remote
and the remote must be used to operate
the device (for example, a remote-
controlled garage door). This is the most
common mode used with devices.
• D-Mode or UR-Mode: Use D-Mode or UR-
Mode if the RF device does not have a
remote, and the receiver has a "Learn"
button (may also be called "Program" or
"Smart"). D-Mode and UR-Mode function
similarly because the vehicle directly
communicates with the device's receiver, so
you don't have to pair a remote.
NOTE: D-Mode is used mainly in North
America while UR-Mode is popular in
Europe, the Middle East, and Asia. To
determine with which mode your device is
compatible, contact HomeLink
(
www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515).
Each of your devices can be set to a dierent
mode. For example, your garage door can be
set to Standard Mode, your front gate can be
set to D-Mode, etc. To change a transmit
mode, touch the HomeLink icon on the
touchscreen's status bar and select the device
you want to change. Then, select Program
and choose the desired mode for your device.
Confirm by touching Set Mode and follow the
onscreen instructions.
For older vehicles, changing the mode for one
device changes the mode for all devices, so
be careful when changing transmit modes.
Devices not compatible with your selected
mode may not work. Touch the HomeLink
icon on the touchscreen's status bar and
touch
Change Transmit Mode.
NOTE: Check the product information for
your garage door, gate, light, etc. to
determine which mode is compatible with
your device.
Programming HomeLink
To program HomeLink® (if equipped):
1. Park Model 3 so that the front bumper is
in front of the garage door, gate, or light
you want to program.
CAUTION: Your device might open
or close during programming.
Before programming, make sure
that the device is clear of any
people or objects.
2. Get the device's remote control and
ensure it has a healthy battery. Tesla
recommends replacing the battery in the
device's remote control before
Programming HomeLink.
3. Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of
the touchscreen.
4. Touch Create HomeLink, then select
which mode you wish to use: Standard, D-
Mode, or UR-Mode.
5. Use the touchscreen to enter a name for
your device and touch
Enter or Create
HomeLink.
6. Touch Start then follow the onscreen
instructions.
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
180 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: If you see a screen called “Train the
receiver” while programming the device,
remember that this is a time-sensitive step.
After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart
button on the device's remote, you only
have approximately 30 seconds to return to
your vehicle, press Continue, and then
press the trained HomeLink device name
twice. Consider having an assistant help
with this step.
7. Once your device is programmed, touch
Save to complete the HomeLink
programming routine.
8. Ensure HomeLink works as expected. In
some cases the programming process may
require multiple attempts before
succeeding.
Once programmed, you can operate the
device by touching its corresponding
HomeLink icon on the touchscreen's status
bar. HomeLink remembers the location of
your programmed devices. When you
approach a known location, the HomeLink
control on the touchscreen automatically
drops down. When you drive away, it
disappears.
NOTE: For additional assistance or
compatibility questions, contact HomeLink
(
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).
Auto Opening and Closing
To operate a HomeLink device without
touching the touchscreen, you can automate
the device to open as you approach, and
close as you drive away:
1. Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of
the touchscreen and choose the device you
want to automate.
2. Select the Auto-open when arriving
checkbox if you want the device to open as
you approach.
3. Touch the arrows to specify the distance
you want your vehicle to be from the
device before it opens.
4. Select the Auto-close when leaving
checkbox if you want the device to close as
you drive away.
As you approach (or drive away from) a
device that is set to operate automatically,
the HomeLink status icon displays a count-
down message to let you know when the
device will automatically open or close. In
situations where you don't want the device to
automatically open or close, touch Skip Auto-
Open or Skip Auto-Close at any time during
the count-down message.
Resetting the Location of
the HomeLink Device
If you experience situations in which you
sometimes drive up to your HomeLink device
and it doesn't open, or the HomeLink icon on
the touchscreen's status bar does not display
the dropdown when you approach the device,
you may need to reset the device's location.
To do so, park as close as possible to the
HomeLink device (garage door, gate, etc.)
and display the HomeLink settings page by
touching the HomeLink icon at the top of the
touchscreen. Touch the name of the device
you want to reset, then
Reset Location.
Deleting a Device
To delete a HomeLink device, touch the
HomeLink icon at the top of the touchscreen.
Touch the name of the device you want to
delete, then touch
Delete.
NOTE: You can also perform a factory reset to
erase your HomeLink settings, along with all
other personal data (saved addresses, music
favorites, imported contacts, etc.). See
Erasing Personal Data on page 153.
NOTE: For security reasons, delete your
HomeLink devices if you sell your
Model 3.
Troubleshooting
HomeLink
Standard Mode
In Standard Mode, Model 3 records the signal
from the remote of your RF device. The
touchscreen instructs you to stand in front of
the vehicle, point the remote at the front
bumper, and press and hold the button until
the headlights
flash. When the headlights
flash, Model 3 has learned the remote and you
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
181Using the Touchscreen
can touch Continue on the touchscreen. If the
headlights do not flash, refer to the following
guidelines:
• Check the batteries in the remote. It is a
good idea to replace the batteries before
you start programming.
• While standing in front of your vehicle,
press and hold the button on your device's
remote, with the remote approximately 5
cm in front of the Tesla emblem. In some
cases you must hold the button on the
remote for up to three minutes.
• Certain garage door remotes may require
multiple short remote presses
(approximately 1 second each press)
instead of one long duration press.
D-Mode and UR-Mode
In D Mode and UR-Mode, the device’s receiver
learns
Model 3. The touchscreen instructs you
to press the "Learn" button (may also be
called "Program" or "Smart") on the device's
receiver. If this does not work, refer to the
following guidelines:
• Park Model 3 with its bumper as close as
possible to the garage door, gate, etc. that
you are trying to program.
• Make sure you are pressing the receiver's
Learn/Program/Smart button. For
instructions on how to put the receiver into
learning mode, refer to the product details
provided with your RF device that you are
trying to program.
• If you see a screen called "Train the
receiver" while programming the device,
remember that this is a time-sensitive step.
After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart
button on the device's remote or receiver,
you only have approximately 30 seconds to
return to your vehicle, press
Continue, then
press the trained HomeLink device name
twice. Consider having someone assist you
with this step.
• Most devices stay in learning mode for
only three to
five minutes. Immediately
after pressing the device's Learn/Program/
Smart button, follow the instructions
displayed on the vehicle's touchscreen.
For additional assistance or compatibility
questions, contact HomeLink
(
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
182 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Wi-Fi is available as a data connection
method and is often faster than cellular data
networks. Connecting to Wi-Fi is especially
useful in areas with limited or no cellular
connectivity. To ensure fast, reliable delivery
of software and map updates, Tesla
recommends leaving your vehicle connected
to a Wi-Fi network whenever possible (for
example, if parked in your garage overnight).
To connect to a Wi-Fi network:
1. Touch the cellular icon (usually LTE or
3G) on the top corner of your touchscreen.
Model 3 will start scanning and display the
detected Wi-Fi networks that are within
range.
2. Select the Wi-Fi network you want to
use, enter the password (if necessary), then
touch
Confirm.
3. Your vehicle connects to the Wi-Fi
network and will automatically connect to it
whenever the network is within range.
You can also connect to a hidden network
that isn't shown on the list of scanned
networks. Just touch
Wi-Fi Settings, enter the
name of the network in the resulting dialog
box, select the security setting, then touch
Add Network.
NOTE: If more than one previously connected
network is within range, Model 3 connects to
the one most recently used.
NOTE: You can also use a mobile hotspot or
your phone's Internet connection via Wi-Fi
tethering (subject to fees and restrictions of
your mobile carrier).
NOTE: At Tesla Service Centers, Model 3
automatically connects to the Tesla Service
Wi-Fi network.
Connecting to Wi-Fi
183Using the Touchscreen
Loading New Software
Tesla updates your vehicle's software
wirelessly, constantly providing new features.
Tesla recommends you install software
updates as soon as they are available on your
vehicle. To ensure the fastest and most
reliable delivery of software updates, leave
Wi-Fi turned on and connected whenever
possible. In most cases, your vehicle must be
connected to Wi-Fi to start an update (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 183).
NOTE: On an as-needed basis, Tesla also
sends software updates using a cellular
connection.
NOTE: Software updates are not performed
when Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp
Mode is active.
WARNING: Do not attempt to use the
vehicle while the software is being
updated. Vehicle functions, including
some safety systems, may be limited
or disabled when a software update is
in progress and you could damage the
vehicle.
When a software update is available, a yellow
clock icon appears at the top of the
touchscreen. There are three ways you can
install software updates:
• Touch the yellow clock icon to display the
scheduling window, which prompts you to
select a time to install the update (
SET FOR
THIS TIME) or install it now (INSTALL
NOW). Once scheduled, the yellow clock
icon changes to a white clock icon until the
update begins. At any time before the
update begins, you can touch this clock
icon to reschedule the update.
• Go to Controls > Software to determine if
an update is available for your vehicle. If
available, touch Software Update Available
to navigate to the scheduling window, as
mentioned above.
• Start updates using the Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: Some software updates can take up to
three hours to complete. Model 3 must be in
Park while the software is being updated. To
ensure the fastest and most reliable delivery
of software updates, leave the Wi-Fi turned
on and connected whenever possible (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 183).
The yellow clock icon becomes a green
download icon when a software update is
downloading. If a yellow download icon
displays, a software update is available but
your vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi.
Connect your vehicle to Wi-Fi to start the
download.
Software Update
Preferences
You can choose how quickly and often you
receive software updates. To change your
preference, navigate to Controls > Software >
Software Update Preferences and choose
either of these options:
• STANDARD: Receive software updates
using the normal rollout timeframe for your
region and vehicle
configuration. When a
software release is made available it has
generally been running on other customer
vehicles for a period of time.
• ADVANCED: Receive the latest software
updates for your region and vehicle
configuration as soon as they are available.
Tesla determines how, when, and where to
send updates to vehicles based on various
factors unique to each release. Keep in
mind that although you receive updates as
soon as they are available for your
specific
vehicle, you may not be in the first Tesla
group of Tesla owners to receive the
update. Choosing Advanced does not enroll
your vehicle in Tesla's early access program.
NOTE: Tesla does not update software upon
request for those wanting to receive the latest
features and improvements. Selecting
ADVANCED and consistently connecting to
Wi-Fi (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 183)
is the best way to receive the latest software
updates.
NOTE: The software update window persists
until you install the update. You must install a
software update as soon it becomes available.
Any harm resulting from failure to install a
software update is not covered by the
vehicle’s warranty. Failure or refusal to install
updates can cause some vehicle features to
become inaccessible, digital media devices to
become incompatible, and can limit Tesla's
ability to diagnose and service your vehicle.
NOTE: Reverting to a previous software
version is not possible.
Software Updates
184 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
If the touchscreen displays a message
indicating that a software update was not
successfully completed, contact Tesla.
Charging
If Model 3 is charging when the software
update begins, charging stops. Charging
resumes automatically when the software
update is complete. If you are driving
Model 3
at the scheduled update time, the update is
canceled and must be rescheduled.
Viewing Release Notes
When a software update is complete, read the
release notes displayed on the touchscreen to
learn about changes or new features. To
display release notes about the current
version of your vehicle's software at any time,
touch the Tesla “T” at the top center of the
touchscreen, then touch
Release Notes. You
can also view the release notes by touching
Controls > Software.
Tesla strongly recommends reading all release
notes. They may contain important safety
information or operating instructions for your
Model 3.
Software Updates
185Using the Touchscreen
The Tesla mobile app allows you to
communicate with Model 3 remotely using
your iPhone® or Android™ phone.
To use the mobile app
To set up the Tesla mobile app to
communicate with your Model 3:
1. Download the Tesla mobile app to your
phone.
2. Log in to the Tesla mobile app by
entering your Tesla account credentials.
3. Enable mobile access to your Model 3 by
touching
Controls > Safety & Security >
Mobile Access (see Controls on page 145).
4. Turn your phone's Bluetooth setting ON
and ensure that Bluetooth is turned on
within your phone's global settings for the
Tesla mobile app if you want yo use an
authenticated phone as a key. For example,
on your phone, navigate to Settings,
choose the Tesla mobile app, and ensure
the Bluetooth setting is enabled.
Your smartphone and vehicle must both be
actively connected to cellular service to allow
the mobile app to communicate with your
vehicle. Tesla recommends that you always
have a functional physical key readily
available if parking in an area with limited or
absent cellular service, such as an indoor
parking garage.
If multiple vehicles are linked to the Tesla
Account, you must switch to the Model 3 you
want to access in the mobile app before the
phone can be used as a key. Swipe left or
right to change vehicles.
NOTE: In the event that you require lockout
assistance from Tesla due to a non-warranty
issue, such as having limited cellular
connectivity and having no secondary key
available, your expenses are not covered
under the Roadside Assistance policy.
NOTE: Tesla does not support the use of third
party applications to contact Model 3.
Overview
The Tesla mobile app's home screen allows
you to:
•
See the name of your vehicle (if you have
one)
• View your vehicle’s estimated range.
• See which gear the vehicle is in (driving,
park, etc.).
• Enable maximum defrost to warm your
vehicle in cold conditions.
• Enable keyless driving.
• Open the front trunk.
• Lock or unlock your vehicle.
• At the bottom, view your vehicle’s
odometer, VIN, and firmware version it is
currently running.
For supported video sources, send videos to
play in the Tesla Theater by sharing the link
through the mobile app. Navigate to the
movie, show, or video you want to play on
your smartphone and touch the share button.
Share the video with the Tesla app and it will
appear on your vehicle's touchscreen if
Model
3 is in Park.
Phone Key
Set up your phone as the key (as described in
Authenticated Phone on page 11). Once
authenticated, your phone's Bluetooth signal
is detected as you approach your vehicle and
the doors unlock when you press a door
handle. Likewise, when you exit and walk
away with the phone, doors automatically
lock (provided the
Walk-Away Door Lock
feature is turned on, as described in Walk-
Away Door Lock on page 17). You must be
near your vehicle and have a key card ready
to set up your smartphone as a phone key.
NOTE: You should always carry a key card or
fob in the event you park your vehicle
somewhere with inadequate cell service.
Climate
Check the interior temperature and heat or
cool the cabin before driving (even if it’s in a
garage). You can also turn the seat heaters on
(see
Seat Heaters on page 32) and defrost
the windshield by touching the windshield
defrost icon at the bottom.
Mobile App
186 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Turn Climate On: This allows you to
precondition the cabin by moving the
direction of air flow from the vents, and
turning on or o the steering wheel and seat
heaters.
Controls
The Controls tab allows you do the following:
• Vent or close the windows.
• Lock or unlock Model 3 from afar.
• Flash the lights or honk the horn to find
where Model 3 is parked.
• Enable Keyless Driving.
NOTE: Keyless Driving can be used when
you do not have your key or to bypass PIN
to Drive in cases where you forgot your PIN
or your touchscreen is unresponsive (see
PIN to Drive on page 176).
• Open the front or rear trunk.
• Open and close your garage door if your
vehicle has a programmed HomeLink
connection, if available (see
HomeLink
Universal Transceiver on page 180).
• Enable or disable valet mode (see Valet
Mode on page 58).
• Enable/disable Sentry Mode (see Sentry
Mode on page 176).
• Enable/disable Speed Limit Mode and
receive
notifications when the vehicle's
driving speed is within approximately 5
km/h of your selected maximum speed
(see
Speed Limit Mode on page 152).
Charging
Check charging progress, stop charging, and
receive notifications when charging is started,
interrupted, almost complete, or complete.
You can also view nearby chargers and send
the directions to your vehicle's touchscreen.
NOTE: When Supercharging, additional
notifications alert you when you will be
charged idle fees for parking at a
supercharger after charging is complete. The
idle fees are waived if your vehicle is moved
within
five minutes of when the vehicle
finishes charging. See Supercharger Usage
Fees and Idle Fees on page 198.
Location
Locate Model 3 with directions, or track its
movement across a map.
Summon
You can park or retrieve Model 3 using
Summon (see Summon on page 128) or Smart
Summon (see Smart Summon on page 132) ,
if equipped.
Upgrades
View and purchase the latest upgrades
available for your vehicle, such as full self-
driving.
Schedule Service
Scheduling a service visit through the mobile
app is easy. After touching Schedule Service,
select the type of service needed and follow
the directions in the mobile app. Provide as
much detail as possible, such as:
• Photos, sound recordings, or videos.
• Date(s), time(s), and time zone when the
issue occurred.
• Country of use and location.
• Approximate speed the vehicle was
traveling (if applicable).
• Environmental conditions (rain, snow,
cold, etc.).
• Road name and type of road (if
applicable).
• Quality of lane markings (if applicable).
• Applicable vehicle settings.
• Identifiable symptoms.
Settings
In this settings tab located at the top corner
of your smartphone’s screen (shown as a gear
icon), you can:
Mobile App
187Using the Touchscreen
• Switch to a dierent vehicle associated
with your Tesla account, if you have access
to more than one.
• Access the Tesla inbox.
• View Notifications and customize the
notifications you receive, such as when
your security alarm has been triggered,
charging updates, and new software
updates. You can start them from afar and
check its progress.
• Enable or disable Touch ID.
• Support the Model 3 Calendar app on the
touchscreen by allowing the mobile app to
send your phone’s calendar data to your
vehicle.
NOTE: Some of these features require
installation of the latest version of the mobile
app.
NOTE: The above list may not represent an
exhaustive list of the functions available on
the Tesla mobile app. To ensure access to new
and improved features, download updated
versions of the mobile app as they become
available.
Granting Mobile App
Access to a Second User
It's easy to grant mobile app access to a
second user of your vehicle (such as a family
member or friend). Log into your Tesla
account and navigate to
Account > Personal
Information > Contact > Add Additional
Contact. Add the secondary user's contact
information. If the secondary user already has
a Tesla account, use the email address
associated with their existing Tesla account.
They can then access your
Model 3 from the
mobile app. If they do not have a Tesla
account, a welcome email will be sent to their
registered email address. Once the account is
created, they can access your vehicle from
the mobile app. With mobile app access,
secondary users can view and control your
vehicle's settings remotely.
To remove access, delete the contact
information of the second user.
NOTE: Granting mobile app access to a
secondary user allows them to view and
control everything your mobile app can
control.
NOTE: Tesla currently does not support the
addition of third or fourth users.
Mobile App
188 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
High Voltage Components
1. Air Conditioning Compressor
2. Front Motor (Dual Motor vehicles only)
3. Cabin Heater
4. High Voltage Battery
5. High Voltage Battery Service Panel
6. Rear Motor
7. High Voltage Cabling
8. Charge Port
WARNING:
The high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Do not disassemble,
remove or replace high voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables
are typically colored orange for easy identification.
WARNING:
Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to
Model 3. These labels are there for your safety.
WARNING:
In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fire
emergency responders.
Electric Vehicle Components
189Charging
Charging Equipment
Charging equipment designed specifically to
charge your
Model 3 is available from Tesla. A
Tesla Wall Connector, which installs in your
garage, is the fastest way to charge
Model 3
at home.
In most market regions, Model 3 is equipped
with a Mobile Connector and the adapter(s)
needed to plug into the most commonly used
power outlets. When using the Mobile
Connector, first plug the Mobile Connector
into the power outlet, and then plug in Model
3. For more information about your Mobile
Connector, see the Mobile Connector Owner’s
Manual (available on the touchscreen).
Additional adapters can be purchased from
Tesla.
Tesla oers adapters (for example, J1772 and
CHAdeMO) to allow you to plug into the most
commonly used public charging stations in
your region. Open the charge port door using
the touchscreen (see
Charging Instructions
on page 193), plug the adapter into the
charging port on Model 3, and then connect
the station's charging connector to the
adapter. For information on the charging
equipment available for your region, go to
www.tesla.com, choose your region, and then
view the available charging options.
Electric Vehicle Components
190 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
About the Battery
Model 3 has one of the most sophisticated
battery systems in the world. The most
important way to preserve the Battery is to
LEAVE YOUR VEHICLE PLUGGED IN when
you are not using it. This is particularly
important if you are not planning to drive
Model 3 for several weeks. When plugged in,
Model 3 wakes up when needed to
automatically maintain a charge level that
maximizes the lifetime of the Battery.
NOTE: When left idle and unplugged, your
vehicle periodically uses energy from the
Battery for system tests and recharging the
12V battery when necessary.
There is no advantage to waiting until the
Battery’s level is low before charging. In fact,
the Battery performs best when charged
regularly.
NOTE: If you allow the Battery to discharge to
0%, other components may become
damaged or require replacement (for
example, the 12V battery). In these cases, you
are responsible for repair and/or transporting
expenses. Discharge-related expenses are not
covered by the warranty or under the
Roadside Assistance policy.
The peak charging rate of the Battery may
decrease slightly after a large number of DC
Fast Charging sessions, such as those at
Superchargers. To ensure maximum driving
range and Battery safety, the Battery charge
rate is decreased when the Battery is too
cold, when the Battery’s charge is nearly full,
and when the Battery conditions change with
usage and age. These changes in the
condition of the Battery are driven by battery
physics and may increase the total
Supercharging duration by a few minutes over
time.
Battery Care
Never allow the Battery to fully discharge.
Even when
Model 3 is not being driven, its
Battery discharges very slowly to power the
onboard electronics. The Battery can
discharge at a rate of approximately 1% per
day, though the discharge rate may vary
depending on environmental factors (such as
cold weather), vehicle
configuration, and your
selected settings on the touchscreen.
Situations can arise in which you must leave
Model 3 unplugged for an extended period of
time (for example, at an airport when
traveling). In these situations, keep the 1% in
mind to ensure that you leave the Battery
with a sucient charge level. For example,
over a two week period (14 days), the Battery
may discharge by approximately 14%.
Discharging the Battery to 0% may result in
damage to vehicle components. To protect
against a complete discharge, Model 3 enters
a low-power consumption mode when the
displayed charge level drops to approximately
0%. In this mode, the Battery stops
supporting the onboard electronics and
auxiliary 12V battery. Once this low-power
consumption mode is active, immediately
plug in
Model 3 to prevent a jump-start and
12V battery replacement.
NOTE: If the vehicle is unresponsive and will
not unlock, open, or charge, then the 12V
battery may have become discharged. In this
situation, contact Tesla.
Temperature Limits
For better long-term performance, avoid
exposing
Model 3 to ambient temperatures
above 60° C or below -30° C for more than
24 hours at a time.
Battery Warnings and Cautions
WARNING:
The Battery has no parts
that an owner or a non-Tesla
authorized service technician can
service. Under no circumstances
should you open or tamper with the
Battery. Always contact Tesla to
arrange for Battery servicing.
CAUTION:
If the Battery’s charge level
falls to 0%, you must plug it in. If you
leave it unplugged for an extended
period, it may not be possible to
charge or use Model 3 without jump
starting or replacing the 12V battery
(see Instructions for Transporters on
page 235 for instructions on how to
jump start the battery). Leaving Model
3 unplugged for an extended period
can also result in permanent Battery
damage. If you are unable to charge
Model 3, contact Tesla immediately.
Battery Information
191Charging
CAUTION: The Battery requires no
owner maintenance. Do not remove
the coolant filler cap and do not add
fluid. If the touchscreen warns you
that the fluid level is low, contact Tesla
immediately.
CAUTION: Do not use the Battery as a
stationary power source. Doing so
voids the warranty.
Battery Information
192 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Opening the Charge Port
The charge port is located on the left side of
Model 3, behind a door that is part of the rear
tail light assembly. Before charging, park
Model 3 to ensure that the charge cable easily
reaches the charge port.
With Model 3 unlocked (or an authenticated
phone is within range) and in Park, press and
release the button on the Tesla charge cable
to open the charge port door.
You can also open the charge port door using
any of these methods:
• On the touchscreen, use the app launcher
to open the Charging app, then touch Open
Charge Port.
• On the car status on the touchscreen,
touch the charging icon.
• On the "Cards" area on the touchscreen,
touch the charging icon, then press
OPEN
CHARGE PORT.
• Press the bottom of the charge port door
when Model 3 is unlocked or an
authenticated phone is nearby.
• On the key fob accessory (sold
separately), hold down the rear trunk
button for 1-2 seconds.
NOTE: The following image is provided for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on
market region, your charge port may be
slightly dierent.
NOTE:
The Tesla "T" lights up white when you
open the charge port door. If you do not
insert a charge cable into the charge port
within a few minutes after opening the charge
port door, the charge port door closes. If this
happens, use the touchscreen to open the
charge port door again.
CAUTION: Do not try to force the
charge port door open.
Plugging In
If desired, use the touchscreen to change the
charge limit and the charging current (see
Charging Status and Settings on page 196).
To charge at a public charging station, plug
the appropriate adapter into the vehicle's
charging port, and then connect the station's
charging connector to the adapter. The most
commonly used adapter(s) for each market
region are provided. Depending on the
charging equipment you are using, you may
need to start and stop charging using a
control on the charging equipment.
If you are using the Mobile Connector, plug it
into the power outlet before plugging it into
Model 3.
Align the connector to the charge port and
insert fully. When the connector is properly
inserted, charging begins automatically after
Model 3:
• Engages a latch that holds the connector
in place;
• Shifts into Park (if it was in any other
gear);
Charging Instructions
193Charging
• Heats or cools the Battery, if needed. If
the Battery requires heating or cooling, you
may notice a delay before charging begins.
NOTE: Whenever Model 3 is plugged in but
not actively charging, it draws energy from
the wall outlet instead of using energy stored
in the Battery. For example, if you are sitting
in Model 3 and using the touchscreen while
parked and plugged in, Model 3 draws energy
from the wall outlet instead of the Battery.
CAUTION: The connector end of the
charge cable can damage the paint if
dropped onto the vehicle.
During Charging
During charging, the charge port light (the
Tesla "T" logo) pulses green, and the
touchscreen displays the charging status. The
frequency at which the charge port light
pulses slows down as the charge level
approaches full. When charging is complete,
the light stops pulsing and is solid green.
NOTE: If Model 3 is locked, the charge port
light does not light up.
If the charge port light turns red while
charging, a fault is detected. Check the
touchscreen for a message describing the
fault. A fault can occur due to something as
common as a power outage. If a power
outage occurs, charging resumes
automatically when power is restored.
NOTE: When charging, particularly at high
currents, the refrigerant compressor and fan
operate as needed to keep the Battery cool.
Therefore, it is normal to hear sounds during
charging.
NOTE: Air conditioning performance is
generally not aected by charging. However,
under certain circumstances (for example,
you are charging at high currents during a
particularly warm day), the air coming from
the vents may not be as cool as expected and
a message displays on the
touchscreen. This
is normal behavior and ensures that the
Battery stays within an optimum temperature
range while charging to support longevity
and optimum performance.
WARNING:
Never spray liquid at a
high velocity (for example, if using a
pressure washer) towards the charge
port while charging. Failure to follow
these instructions can result in serious
injury or damage to the vehicle,
charging equipment, or property.
Stopping Charging
Stop charging at any time by disconnecting
the charge cable or touching Stop Charging
on the touchscreen.
NOTE: To prevent unauthorized unplugging of
the charge cable, the charge cable latch
remains locked and
Model 3 must be
unlocked or able to recognize your
authenticated phone before you can
disconnect the charge cable.
To disconnect the charge cable:
1. Press and hold the button on the
connector handle to release the latch.
Alternatively, unlock the vehicle by opening
a door, using a
key card or key fob, or
touching Stop Charging on the
touchscreen. These methods unlock the
charge port as well.
2. Pull the connector from the charge port.
NOTE: The charge port automatically closes
within approximately 10 seconds of removing
the connector from the charge port.
CAUTION:
Tesla strongly recommends
leaving Model 3 plugged in when not
in use. This maintains the Battery at
the optimum level of charge.
Manually Releasing Charge
Cable
If the usual methods for releasing a charge
cable from the charge port (using the charge
handle release button, touchscreen, or mobile
app) do not work, carefully follow these steps:
1. Ensure that Model 3 is not actively
charging by displaying the charging screen
on the touchscreen. If necessary, touch
Stop Charging.
2. Open the rear trunk.
Charging Instructions
194 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
3. Pull the charge port's release cable
downwards to unlatch the charge cable.
NOTE: The release cable may be recessed
within the opening of the trim.
4. Pull the charge cable from the charge
port.
CAUTION: The release cable is
designed for use only in situations
where the charge cable cannot be
released from the charge port using
the usual methods. Continuous use
may result in damage to the release
cable or charging equipment.
WARNING: Do not perform this
procedure while your vehicle is
charging or if any orange high voltage
conductors are exposed. Failure to
follow these instructions can result in
electric shock and serious injury or
damage to the vehicle. If you have any
uncertainty as to how to safely
perform this procedure, contact your
closest Service Center.
WARNING: Do not attempt to remove
the charge cable while simultaneously
pulling the release cable. Always pull
the release cable before attempting to
remove the charge cable from the
charge port. Failure to follow these
instructions can result in electric shock
and serious injury.
Charge Port Light
• WHITE: The charge port door is open.
Model 3 is ready to charge and the
connector is not inserted, or the charge
port latch is unlocked and the connector is
ready to be removed.
•
BLUE: Model 3 detects that a connector
has been plugged in.
• BLINKING BLUE: Model 3 is
communicating with the connector. Either
Model 3 is preparing to charge, or a
charging session is scheduled to begin at a
specified future time.
• BLINKING GREEN: Charging is in
progress. As Model 3 approaches a full
charge, the frequency of the blinking slows.
• SOLID GREEN: Charging is complete.
• SOLID AMBER: The connector is not fully
plugged in. Realign the connector to the
charge port and insert fully.
• BLINKING AMBER: Model 3 is charging at
a reduced current (AC charging only).
• RED: A fault is detected and charging has
stopped. Check the touchscreen for a fault
message.
Charging Instructions
195Charging
Charging Status and
Settings
The charging screen displays on the
touchscreen whenever the charge port door
is open. To display the charging screen at any
time:
Touch the charging icon
on the "Cards" area on the
touchscreen.
The charging screen displays a representative
image of the status of the Battery and
information about your charging session
including:
• Charging rate (in kilowatt hours, miles per
hour, or kilometers per hour, depending on
your display setting).
• Added energy or estimated increase in
driving distance achieved so far in this
charging session (in kilowatt hours, miles
per hour, or kilometers per hour, depending
on your display setting).
• Current supplied/available from the
connected power supply.
• Voltage supplied by the charge cable.
NOTE: To change how energy units are
displayed, touch
Controls > Display > Energy
Display.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided
for demonstration purposes only and may
vary slightly depending on software version
and market region.
1. Charge status messages (such as
Charging, Charging Scheduled) display
here. While charging, the estimated time
remaining to achieve your set limit is also
displayed.
2. Adjust the charge limit by touching Set
Limit, and drag the arrow to move the
charge limit setting. The setting you choose
applies to immediate and scheduled
charging sessions.
3. The current automatically sets to the
maximum current available from the
attached charge cable, unless it was
previously reduced to a lower level. If
needed, touch
- or + to change the current
(for example, you may want to reduce the
current if you are concerned about
overloading a domestic wiring circuit
shared by other equipment). It is not
possible to set the charging current to a
level that exceeds the maximum available
from the attached charge cable. When you
change the current,
Model 3 remembers the
location. If you charge at the same location,
you do not need to change it again.
Charging Instructions
196 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: If Model 3 is charging and detects
unexpected fluctuations in input power, the
charging current is automatically reduced
by 25%. For example, a 40 amp current is
reduced to 30 amps. This automatic current
reduction increases robustness and safety
in situations when an external problem
exists (for example, a home wiring system,
receptacle, adapter or cord is unable to
meet its rated current capacity). As a
precaution, when
Model 3 automatically
reduces current, it saves the reduced
current at the charging location. Although
you can manually increase it, Tesla
recommends charging at the lower current
until the underlying problem is resolved
and the charging location can provide
consistent power.
4. Touch to open the charge port door or to
start (or stop) charging.
5. Displays the total estimated driving
distance or energy percentage (depending
on your display setting) available.
6. Shows if the charge cable is locked in the
charge port or not. If Model 3 is not
charging, you can touch the lock icon to
unlock the charge cable from the charge
port.
NOTE: In cold ambient temperatures below
41° F (5° C), the charge cable remains
unlocked whenever the vehicle is not
charging.
7. Charging rate, estimated increase in
driving distance (or energy) achieved so far
in this charging session, current supplied/
available from the connected power supply,
and voltage supplied by the charge cable.
8. Set a recurring charging schedule for the
location (see
Scheduled Charging and
Scheduled Departure on page 197).
NOTE: If charging at a Tesla Supercharger, the
charging screen also displays information
about your previous or current Supercharger
session (see
Supercharger Usage Fees and
Idle Fees on page 198).
NOTE: To reduce congestion at high-usage
supercharger sites, you may be automatically
limited to a maximum charge of 80% when
not using Trip Planner (see
Trip Planner on
page 165). You can manually increase the limit
by tapping “Set Limit” on the touchscreen or
mobile app.
Scheduled Charging and
Scheduled Departure
There are two ways in which you can
schedule your vehicle's charging:
• Scheduled Charging: When you set a
scheduled charging time, Model 3 displays
the set time to begin charging when you
are parked at the scheduled location. If, at
the scheduled time, Model 3 is not plugged
in at the location, charging starts as soon
as you plug it in, provided you plug it in
within six hours of the scheduled time. If
plugged in after six hours, charging does
not start until the scheduled time on the
next day. To override this setting, touch
Start Charging or Stop Charging.
• Scheduled Departure: For any location,
such as Home, you can simply plug in
Model 3 and select a time for when you
want your vehicle to be ready to drive.
Once your
specified time is set, Model 3
prepares itself by determining the best time
to start charging to optimize energy costs,
Battery longevity, and ensure charging
completes in time for your drive. Your
vehicle also preconditions the cabin to a
comfortable temperature and warms the
Battery. To set up a scheduled departure
time, go to
Charging > Scheduled
Departure > Schedule and follow the
onscreen instructions to customize your
schedule.
Scheduled Charging is best used to
determine when your vehicle should start
charging; Scheduled Departure is best used
to determine when charging should complete
for your drive.
NOTE: Your vehicle aims to finish charging
before 6am (end of o-peak hours). If given
sucient time to charge, charging may stop
at 6am, even if your scheduled departure is
later. The vehicle warms the Battery and
preconditions the cabin shortly before your
scheduled departure time. If the vehicle does
not have enough time to complete charging
before 6am, it will continue to charge until it
reaches the target Battery percentage.
NOTE: If your vehicle is not plugged into a
charger, Scheduled departure will not
precondition the cabin or battery.
Charging Instructions
197Charging
Supercharger Usage Fees
and Idle Fees
When charging using a Tesla supercharger,
SUPERCHARGING information displays at the
bottom of the charging screen. This
information includes the location, the time
that charging started, and an estimate of how
much the session will cost. When you stop
supercharging, the estimated cost of that
session displays until a new supercharging
session begins.
NOTE: Estimated pricing is displayed for your
convenience only and may not reflect the
actual
final price you will be charged for that
supercharging session. Final pricing for
supercharging sessions can be found in your
Tesla Account.
When charging at a Tesla supercharger, you
are subject to idle fees. Idle fees are designed
to encourage drivers to move their vehicle
from the Supercharger when charging is
complete. Idle fees are in
eect only when
half or more of the Superchargers at a site are
occupied. The Tesla mobile app notifies you
when charging nears completion, and again
when charging is complete. Additional
notifications are sent if idle fees are incurred.
Idle fees are waived if you move your vehicle
within five minutes of charging completion.
Log into your Tesla Account to view fees and
details about Supercharger sessions, set up a
payment method, and make payments. Once
a payment method is saved, fees are
automatically paid from your account.
Charging Instructions
198 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Service Intervals
Your vehicle should generally be serviced on
an as-needed basis. However, Tesla
recommends the following maintenance items
and intervals, as applicable to your vehicle, to
ensure continued reliability and eciency of
your Model 3.
• Brake fluid health check every 2 years
(replace if necessary)
or, if the vehicle is
used for towing, replace the brake fluid
every 2 years
• A/C desiccant bag replacement every 6
years
• Cabin air filter replacement every 2 years
• Clean and lubricate brake calipers every
year or 12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an
area where roads are salted during winter
• Rotate tires every 16,000-20,000 km or if
tread depth
dierence is 1.5 mm or greater
NOTE: The above intervals are based on
normal driving behaviors and scenarios.
Additionally, the above list should not be
considered comprehensive and does not
include consumable parts such as windshield
wipers, brake pads, etc.
NOTE: Damages or failures caused by
maintenance or repairs performed by non-
Tesla
certified technicians are not covered by
the warranty.
Daily Checks
• Check the Battery’s charge level,
displayed on the touchscreen or mobile
app.
• Check the condition and pressure of each
tire (see Tire Care and Maintenance on
page 201).
• Check that all exterior lights, horn, turn
signals, and wipers and washers are
working.
• Check for any unexpected indicator lights
or vehicle alerts on the touchscreen.
• Check the operation of the brakes,
including the parking brake.
• Check the operation of the seat belts
(see Seat Belts on page 34).
•
Look for abnormal fluid deposits
underneath Model 3 that might indicate a
leak. It is normal for a small pool of water
to form (caused by the air conditioning
system’s dehumidifying process).
• Look around the exterior of Model 3 and
immediately remove any corrosive
substances (such as bird droppings, tree
resin, tar spots, dead insects, industrial
fallout, etc.) to prevent damage to the paint
(see
Cleaning on page 209).
Monthly Checks
• Check windshield washer fluid level and
top up if necessary (see Topping Up
Windshield Washer Fluid on page 215).
• Check that the air conditioning system is
operating correctly (see Climate Controls
on page 154).
NOTE: In addition to cooling the interior, the
air conditioning compressor also cools the
Battery. Therefore, in hot weather, the air
conditioning compressor can turn on even if
you turned it
o. This is normal because the
system’s priority is to cool the Battery to
ensure it stays within an optimum
temperature range to support longevity and
optimum performance. Also, even when not in
use, you may hear
Model 3 emit a whining
noise or the sound of water circulating. These
sounds are normal and occur when the
internal cooling systems turn on to support
various vehicle functions, such as maintaining
the 12V battery and balancing the
temperature of the high voltage Battery.
WARNING:
Contact Tesla immediately
if you notice any significant or sudden
drop in fluid levels or uneven tire wear.
Fluid Replacement
Intervals
Your Battery coolant does not need to be
replaced for the life of your vehicle under
most circumstances. Brake
fluid should be
checked every 2 years, replacing if
necessary*.
*If the vehicle is used for towing, the brake
fluid should be replaced every 2 years
regardless of the health check.
Maintenance Schedule
199Maintenance
NOTE: Any damage caused by opening the
Battery coolant reservoir is excluded from the
warranty.
High Voltage Safety
Your Model 3 has been designed and built
with safety as a priority. However, be aware of
these precautions to protect yourself from
the risk of injury inherent in all high-voltage
systems:
• Read and follow all instructions provided
on the labels that are attached to Model 3.
These labels are there for your safety.
• The high voltage system has no user-
serviceable parts. Do not disassemble,
remove or replace high voltage
components, cables or connectors. High
voltage cables are colored orange for easy
identification.
• If a collision occurs, do not touch any high
voltage wiring, connectors, or components
connected to the wiring.
• In the unlikely event that a fire occurs,
immediately contact your local fire
emergency responders.
WARNING: Always disconnect the
charge cable before working
underneath Model 3, even if charging
is not in progress.
WARNING: Keep your hands and
clothing away from cooling fans. Some
fans operate even when Model 3 is
powered o.
WARNING: Some fluids (battery acid,
Battery coolant, brake fluid,
windshield washer additives, etc.)
used in vehicles are poisonous and
should not be inhaled, swallowed, or
brought into contact with open
wounds. For your safety, always read
and follow instructions printed on fluid
containers.
Maintenance Schedule
200 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Maintaining Tire Pressures
If you are not towing a trailer, keep tires
inflated to the pressures shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label, even if it
diers from the pressure printed on the tire
itself. The Tire and Loading Information label
is located on the center door pillar and is
visible when the front door is open.
If you are towing a trailer, do not use the tire
pressures printed on the Tire and Loading
Information Label. Instead, refer to the tire
pressures published in the towing topic (see
Towing and Accessories on page 95).
NOTE: If your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla
accessory wheels or tires, some information
may be dierent from the labels on the
vehicle.
The Tire Pressure indicator
light on the touchscreen
alerts you if one or more
tires is under- or over-
inflated.
The Tire Pressure indicator light does not
immediately turn o when you adjust tire
pressure. After inflating the tire to the
recommended pressure, you must drive over
25 km/h for more than 10 minutes to activate
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS),
which turns
o the Tire Pressure indicator
light.
If the indicator light
flashes for one minute
whenever you power on Model 3, a fault with
the TPMS is detected (see TPMS Malfunction
on page 206).
NOTE: Display tire pressures in the "Cards"
area, located toward the bottom on the left
side of the touchscreen, as described in
Touchscreen Overview on page 6. You can
also choose whether you want to display tire
pressures using BAR or PSI by touching
Controls > Display > Tire Pressure.
WARNING: Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures and can
cause a tire to overheat, resulting in
severe tire cracking, tread separation,
or blowout, which causes unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased
risk of injury. Under-inflation also
reduces the vehicle's range and tire
tread life.
WARNING: Check tire pressures using
an accurate pressure gauge when tires
are cold. It takes only about 1.6 kms of
driving to warm up the tires
suciently to aect tire pressures.
Parking the vehicle in direct sunlight
or in hot weather can also aect tire
pressures. If you must check warm
tires, expect increased pressures. Do
not let air out of warm tires in an
attempt to match recommended cold
tire pressures. A hot tire at or below
the recommended cold tire inflation
pressure is dangerously under-inflated.
WARNING: Do not use any tire sealant
other than the type provided in a Tesla
tire repair kit. Other types can cause
tire pressure sensors to malfunction. If
your Model 3 did not include a tire
repair kit, you can purchase one from
Tesla.
Checking and Adjusting Tire
Pressures
Follow these steps when tires are cold and
Model 3 has been stationary for over three
hours:
1. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information
label located on the driver’s center door
pillar for the target tire pressure.
2. Remove the valve cap.
3. Firmly press an accurate tire pressure
gauge onto the valve to measure pressure.
Tire Care and Maintenance
201Maintenance
4. If required, add or remove air to reach
the recommended pressure.
NOTE: You can release air by pressing the
metal stem in the center of the valve.
5. Re-check pressure using the accurate tire
gauge.
6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary until
the tire pressure is correct.
7. Reinstall the valve cap to prevent dirt
from entering. Periodically check the valve
for damage and leaks.
Inspecting and
Maintaining Tires
Regularly inspect the tread and side walls for
any sign of distortion (bulges), foreign
objects, cuts or wear.
WARNING: Do not drive Model 3 if a
tire is damaged, excessively worn, or
inflated to an incorrect pressure.
Check tires regularly for wear, and
ensure there are no cuts, bulges or
exposure of the ply/cord structure.
Tire Wear
Adequate tread depth is important for proper
tire performance. Tires with a tread depth less
than 3 mm are more likely to hydroplane in
wet conditions and should not be used. Tires
with a tread depth less than
4 mm do not
perform well in snow and slush and should
not be used when driving in winter
conditions.
Model 3 is originally fitted with tires that have
wear indicators molded into the tread
pattern. When the tread has been worn down
to
3 mm, the indicators start to appear at the
surface of the tread pattern, producing the
eect of a continuous band of rubber across
the width of the tire. For optimal performance
and safety, Tesla recommends replacing tires
before the wear indicators are visible.
Tire Rotation, Balance, and Wheel
Alignment
Tesla recommends rotating the tires every
16,000-20,000 km or if tread depth
dierence is 1.5 mm or greater.
Unbalanced wheels (sometimes noticeable as
vibration through the steering wheel) aect
vehicle handling and tire life. Even with
regular use, wheels can get out of balance.
Therefore, they should be balanced as
required.
If tire wear is uneven (on one side of the tire
only) or becomes abnormally excessive,
check the alignment of wheels.
NOTE: When replacing only two tires, install
the new tires on the rear if your vehicle's front
and rear tires are the same size.
Punctured Tires
A puncture eventually causes the tire to lose
pressure, which is why it is important to check
tire pressures frequently. Permanently repair
or replace punctured or damaged tires as
soon as possible.
Your tubeless tires may not leak when
penetrated, provided the object remains in
the tire. If, however, you feel a sudden
vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect a tire is damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive slowly, while
avoiding heavy braking or sharp steering and,
when safe to do so, stop the vehicle. Arrange
to have
Model 3 transported to a Tesla
Service Center, or to a nearby tire repair
center.
NOTE: In some cases, you can temporarily
repair small tire punctures (under 6 mm)
using an optional tire repair kit available from
Tesla. This allows you to slowly drive
Model 3
to Tesla or to a nearby tire repair facility.
WARNING:
Do not drive with a
punctured tire that has not been
repaired, even if the puncture has not
caused the tire to deflate. A punctured
tire can deflate suddenly at any time.
Flat Spots
If Model 3 is stationary for a long period, tires
can form flat spots. When Model 3 is driven,
these flat spots cause a vibration which
gradually disappears as the tires warm up and
regain their original shape.
To minimize flat spots during storage, inflate
tires to the maximum pressure indicated on
the tire wall. Then, before driving, release air
to adjust tire pressure to the recommended
levels.
Tire Care and Maintenance
202 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Improving Tire Mileage
To improve the mileage you get from your
tires, maintain tires at the recommended tire
pressures, observe speed limits and advisory
speeds, and avoid:
• Pulling away quickly, or hard acceleration.
• Fast turns and heavy braking.
• Potholes and objects in the road.
• Hitting curbs when parking.
• Contaminating tires with fluids that can
cause damage.
Replacing Tires and
Wheels
Tires degrade over time due to the eects of
ultraviolet light, extreme temperatures, high
loads, and environmental conditions. It is
recommended that tires are replaced every
six years, or sooner if required, even if tread
depth is above the minimum.
Wheel and tires are matched to suit the
handling characteristics of the vehicle.
Replacement tires must comply with the
original
specification. If tires other than those
specified are used, ensure that the load and
speed ratings marked on the tire (see
Understanding Tire Markings on page 229)
equal or exceed those of the original
specification.
Ideally, you should replace all four tires at the
same time. If this is not possible, replace the
tires in pairs, placing the new tires on the rear.
Always balance the wheel and tire after
replacing a tire.
If you replace a wheel, the TPMS (Tire
Pressure Monitoring System) sensors need to
be reset to ensure they provide accurate
warnings when tires are under-
or over-
inflated (see Automatic Reset of TPMS
Sensors on page 205 and Manually Resetting
TPMS Sensors on page 205).
For the specification of the original wheels
and tires installed on
Model 3, see Wheels and
Tires on page 227.
NOTE:
Installing winter tires with aggressive
compound and tread design may result in
temporarily-reduced regenerative braking
power. However, your vehicle is designed to
continuously recalibrate itself, and after
changing tires it will increasingly restore
regenerative braking power after some
moderate-torque straight-line accelerations.
For most drivers this occurs after a short
period of normal driving, but drivers who
normally accelerate lightly may need to use
slightly harder accelerations while the
recalibration is in progress.
WARNING: For your safety, use only
tires and wheels that match the
original specification. Tires that do not
match the original specification can
aect the operation of the TPMS.
WARNING: Never exceed the speed
rating of your vehicle's tires. The
speed rating is shown on the sidewall
of your tires (see Understanding Tire
Markings on page 229).
Asymmetric Tires
Model 3 tires are asymmetric and must be
mounted on the wheel with the correct
sidewall facing outward. The sidewall of the
tire is marked with the word OUTSIDE. When
new tires are installed, make sure that the
tires are correctly mounted on the wheels.
WARNING:
Road holding is seriously
impaired if the tires are incorrectly
installed on the wheels.
Removing and Installing Aero
Covers
If your Model 3 is equipped with aero covers,
you must remove them to access the lug nuts.
To remove an aero cover:
1. Grasp the aero cover firmly with both
hands.
2. Pull the aero cover toward you to release
the retaining clips.
Tire Care and Maintenance
203Maintenance
To install an aero cover:
1. Align the aero cover into position so that
the notch at the base of the Tesla "T" is
aligned with the tire's valve stem.
2. Push firmly around the perimeter of the
aero cover until it fully snaps into place.
CAUTION:
Make sure the aero cover
is fully secure before driving to
prevent it from falling o.
Removing and Installing Lug Nut
Covers
If your Model 3 is equipped with lug nut
covers, you must remove them to access the
lug nuts.
To remove a lug nut cover:
1. Insert the curved part of the lug nut cover
tool (located in the glovebox for some
vehicles, or you can use a small allen
wrench) into the hole at the base of the
Tesla "T.
NOTE: The lug nut cover tool can also be
purchased at an auto parts store or through
online retailers.
2.
Maneuver the lug nut cover tool so that it
is fully inserted into the hole in the lug nut
cover.
3. Twist the lug nut cover tool so that the
curved part is touching the middle of the
lug nut cover.
4. Firmly pull the lug nut tool away from
the wheel until the lug nut cover is
released.
To install the lug nut cover:
1. Align the lug nut cover into position.
2. Push firmly on the lug nut cover until it
fully snaps into place.
CAUTION:
Make sure the lug nut
cover is fully secure before driving
to prevent it from falling o.
Tire Care and Maintenance
204 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Wheel Configuration
If you are installing new wheels or swapping
them for dierent ones, update your vehicle's
wheel configuration by touching Controls >
Service > Wheel Configuration. This allows
Model 3 to learn the new wheels and provide
more accurate status updates on your vehicle.
Select a wheel from the drop down menu that
matches the new wheels you plan to install on
Model 3. Selecting new wheels in the wheel
configuration also changes the wheels that
appear on your vehicle's avatar on the
touchscreen.
Ensure you are aware if your vehicle is
equipped with staggered wheels, meaning
the wheels are dierent sizes in the front and
rear. Check the front and rear tire sizes
marked on the tire sidewall to see if they
match or are
dierent sizes. If the wheels are
staggered, take extra precaution to ensure
the new wheels you install are staggered in
the same way as the previous wheels.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle's wheel
configuration can impact range estimates, tire
pressure warning levels, and vehicle
visualization.
WARNING: Only use Tesla-approved
wheels when installing or swapping
wheels. Using non Tesla-approved
wheels can cause serious damage.
Tesla is not liable for damage caused
by using wheels not approved by
Tesla.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
Each tire should be checked monthly when
cold and inflated to the recommended
pressures that are printed on the Tire and
Loading Information label located on the
driver’s door pillar (see Maintaining Tire
Pressures on page 201). If your vehicle has
tires of a dierent size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire
inflation
pressure label, determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a TPMS that displays a
tire pressure telltale (Tire Pressure Warning)
on the
touchscreen when one or more of your
tires is significantly under- or over-inflated.
Accordingly, when the Tire Pressure indicator
light displays on the touchscreen to alert you
about tire pressure, stop and check your tires
as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the
proper pressure (see Maintaining Tire
Pressures on page 201). Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire
to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces range eciency
and tire tread life, and may aect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
If Model 3 detects a fault
with the TPMS, this
indicator flashes for one
minute whenever you
power on Model 3.
NOTE: Installing accessories that are not
approved by Tesla can interfere with the
TPMS.
WARNING: The TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
including manually checking tire
pressures and regularly inspecting the
condition of tires. It is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under- or over-
inflation has not reached the level for
the TPMS to trigger the Tire Pressure
Warning on the touchscreen.
Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors
After replacing one or more wheels (but not
after replacing a tire or rotating wheels), the
TPMS sensors are reset to ensure tire pressure
warnings are accurate. TPMS sensors reset
automatically after driving over
25 km/h for
longer than 10 minutes.
NOTE: After replacing a wheel, false tire
pressure warnings may display before you've
driven
25 km/h for longer than 10 minutes.
Manually Resetting TPMS Sensors
To accommodate aftermarket tires and
specific o-highway driving situations (such
as track events), you can reset the TPMS
sensors to trigger an alert based on the
currently set tire pressure instead of the
default factory tire pressure. To do so, touch
Service > Reset TPMS Sensors and follow the
onscreen instructions.
Tire Care and Maintenance
205Maintenance
NOTE: Resetting TPMS sensors may be
especially helpful when using Track Mode, but
remember to restore the factory TPMS setting
when returning to normal driving.
WARNING: If your Model 3 is
equipped with aftermarket tires that
dier in size from those printed on the
Tire and Loading Information Label
(see Vehicle Loading on page 219), it
is the driver's responsibility to
determine the correct tire pressure. Do
not drive on public roads when tires
are not inflated to the correct
pressure.
WARNING: Do not depend on TPMS
sensors to accurately determine
pressures and trigger alerts. It is the
driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressures (see Maintaining
Tire Pressures on page 201). Over or
under-inflated tires can result in loss
of control or tire damage, which can
lead to serious injury.
Replacing a Tire Sensor
If the Tire Pressure warning indicator displays
frequently, contact Tesla to determine if a tire
sensor needs to be replaced. If a non-Tesla
Service Center repairs or replaces a tire, the
tire sensor may not work until Tesla performs
the setup procedure.
TPMS Malfunction
Model 3 has also been equipped with a TPMS
malfunction indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with
the tire pressure indicator
light. When the system
detects a malfunction, the
indicator flashes for
approximately one minute,
then remains continuously
lit. This sequence
continues upon
subsequent vehicle start-
ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When
the TPMS malfunction
indicator is on, the system
might not be able to
detect or signal under-
or
over-inflated tires as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions can occur for a variety of
reasons, including installing replacement or
alternate tires or wheels that prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction indicator light
after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
tires or wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTE: If a tire has been replaced or repaired
using a
dierent tire sealant than the one
available from Tesla, and a low tire pressure is
detected, it is possible that the tire sensor has
been damaged. Contact Tesla to have the
fault repaired as soon as possible.
Seasonal Tire Types
Summer Tires
Your vehicle may be originally equipped with
high performance summer tires or all season
tires. Tesla recommends using winter tires if
driving in cold temperatures or on roads
where snow or ice may be present. Contact
Tesla for winter tire recommendations.
WARNING:
In cold temperatures or on
snow or ice, summer tires do not
provide adequate traction. Selecting
and installing the appropriate tires for
winter conditions is important to
ensure the safety and optimum
performance of your Model 3.
All-Season Tires
Your Model 3 may be originally equipped with
all-season tires. These tires are designed to
provide adequate traction in most conditions
year-round, but may not provide the same
level of traction as winter tires in snowy or icy
conditions. All-season tires can be
identified
by “ALL SEASON" and/or "M+S” (mud and
snow) on the tire sidewall.
Tire Care and Maintenance
206 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Winter Tires
Use winter tires to increase traction in snowy
or icy conditions. When installing winter tires,
always install a complete set of four tires at
the same time. Winter tires must be the same
diameter, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels. Contact Tesla for
winter tire recommendations.
When equipped with winter tires, refer to the
tire warning label on the door pillar.
Winter tires can be
identified by a mountain/
snowflake symbol on the
tire's sidewall.
When driving with winter tires, you may
experience more road noise, shorter tread life,
and less traction on dry roads.
NOTE: Installing winter tires with aggressive
compound and tread design may result in
temporarily-reduced regenerative braking
power. However, your vehicle is designed to
recalibrate itself to restore regenerative
braking power after a short period of normal
driving.
Driving in Low
Temperatures
Tire performance is reduced in low ambient
temperatures, resulting in reduced grip and
an increased susceptibility to damage from
impacts. Performance tires can temporarily
harden when cold, causing you to hear
rotational noise for the
first few kilometers
until the tires warm up.
Using Tire Chains
Tesla has tested and approved the following
tire chains to increase traction in snowy
conditions. Tire chains should only be
installed on the rear tires.
Tire Size Recommended Chain
18" PEWAG SERVO SPORT RSS 76
Tire Size Recommended Chain
19" PEWAG SERVO RS 77
20" MAGGI TRAK SP214
CAUTION:
If your Model 3 is equipped
with aero covers, you must remove
them before installing tire chains (see
Removing and Installing Aero Covers
on page 203). Failure to do so can
cause damage not covered by the
warranty.
When installing tire chains, follow the
instructions and warnings provided by the tire
chain manufacturer. Mount them evenly and
as tight as possible.
When using tire chains:
• Inspect the tire chains for loose fittings
and damaged links before each use.
• Avoid heavily loading Model 3 (heavy
loads can reduce the clearance between
the tires and the body).
• Do not drive the vehicle without the
chains properly installed.
• Drive slowly. Do not exceed 48 km/h.
• Remove the tire chains as soon as
conditions allow.
NOTE: Tire chains are prohibited in some
jurisdictions. Check local laws before
installing tire chains.
CAUTION:
Using non-recommended
tire chains, or using tire chains on
other sized tires can damage the
suspension, body, wheels, and/or
brake lines. Damage caused by using
non-recommended tire chains, or
incorrectly installing tire chains, is not
covered by the warranty.
CAUTION:
Do not use tire chains on
the front tires.
CAUTION:
Never deflate your tires to
put on tire chains. When re-inflated,
the chains might fit too tightly and
cause tire damage.
Tire Care and Maintenance
207Maintenance
CAUTION: Ensure that the tire chains
cannot touch suspension components
or brake lines. If you hear the chains
making unusual noises that would
indicate contact with Model 3, stop
and investigate immediately.
Tire Care and Maintenance
208 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Cleaning the Exterior
To prevent damage to the paint, immediately
remove corrosive substances (bird droppings,
tree resin, dead insects, tar spots, road salt,
industrial fallout, etc.). Do not wait until Model
3 is due for a complete wash. If necessary, use
denatured alcohol to remove tar spots and
stubborn grease stains, then immediately
wash the area with water and a mild, non-
detergent soap to remove the alcohol.
Keep the exterior cameras free of dirt,
condensation, or obstructions. Occasionally
remove any buildup of dirt by wiping the
components with a soft cloth dampened with
warm water. These substances can cause
autopilot and safety features to stop working
(see
Cleaning Cameras and Sensors on page
110).
Follow these steps when washing the exterior
of
Model 3:
1. Rinse Thoroughly
Before washing, flush grime and grit from
the vehicle using a hose. Flush away
accumulations of mud in areas where
debris easily collects (such as wheel wells
and panel seams). If salt has been used on
the highways (such as during winter
months), thoroughly rinse all traces of road
salt from the underside of the vehicle,
wheel wells, and brakes.
2. Hand Wash
Hand wash Model 3 using a clean soft cloth
and cold or lukewarm water containing a
mild, high-quality car shampoo.
CAUTION:
Some cleaners and car
shampoos contain chemicals that
can cause damage or discoloration,
especially to plastic trim pieces,
lamps, or camera lenses. For
example, some car cleaning
formulas contain hydroxide or other
highly alkaline or caustic ingredients
that can damage exterior
components. Damage or
discoloration resulting from
cleaning products is not covered by
the warranty.
3. Rinse with Clean Water
After washing, rinse with clean water to
prevent soap from drying on the surfaces.
4. Dry Thoroughly and Clean Exterior Glass
After washing and rinsing, dry thoroughly
with a chamois. If necessary, dry the brakes
by going on a short drive and applying the
brakes multiple times.
Clean windows and mirrors using an
automotive glass cleaner. Do not scrape, or
use any abrasive cleaning fluid on glass or
mirrored surfaces.
Cautions for Exterior Cleaning
CAUTION: Do not wash in direct
sunlight.
CAUTION: Do not use windshield
treatment fluids. Doing so can
interfere with wiper friction and cause
a chattering sound.
CAUTION: Do not use hot water,
detergents, or highly alkaline or
caustic cleaning products, especially
those containing hydroxide.
CAUTION: If using a pressure washer,
maintain a distance of at least 30 cm
between the nozzle and the surface of
Model 3. Avoid aiming the water jet
directly on the camera(s) or parking
sensors (if equipped). Also do not
clean a sensor or camera lens with a
sharp or abrasive object that can
scratch or damage its surface. Keep
the nozzle moving and do not
concentrate the water jet on any one
area.
CAUTION: Do not aim water hoses
directly at windows, door, or hood
seals or at electronic modules or
exposed cabling.
CAUTION: To avoid corrosive damage
that may not be covered by the
warranty, rinse away any road salt
from the underside of the vehicle,
wheel wells, and brakes. After cleaning
the vehicle, dry the brakes by going
on a short drive and applying the
brakes multiple times.
Cleaning
209Maintenance
CAUTION: Avoid using tight-napped
or rough cloths, such as washing mitts.
A high-quality microfiber cleaning
cloth is recommended.
CAUTION: If washing in an automatic
car wash, use touchless car washes
only. These car washes have no parts
(brushes, etc.) that touch the surfaces
of Model 3. Using any other type of
car wash could cause damage that is
not covered by the warranty.
CAUTION: Ensure the wipers are o
before washing Model 3 to avoid the
risk of damaging the wipers.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical based
wheel cleaners or pre-wash products.
These can damage the finish on the
wheels.
WARNING: Never spray liquid at a
high velocity (for example, if using a
pressure washer) towards the charge
port while Model 3 is charging. Failure
to follow these instructions can result
in serious injury or damage to the
vehicle, charging equipment, or
property.
Cleaning the Interior
Frequently inspect and clean the interior to
maintain its appearance and to prevent
premature wear. If possible, immediately wipe
up spills and remove marks. For general
cleaning, wipe interior surfaces using a soft
cloth (such as
microfiber) dampened with a
mixture of warm water and mild non-
detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on a
concealed area before use). To avoid streaks,
dry immediately with a soft lint-free cloth.
Interior Glass
Do not scrape, or use any abrasive cleaning
fluid on glass or mirrored surfaces. This can
damage the
reflective surface of the mirror
and the heating elements in the rear window.
Airbags
Do not allow any substance to enter an airbag
cover. This could aect correct operation.
Dashboard and Plastic Surfaces
Do not polish the upper surfaces of the
dashboard. Polished surfaces are reflective
and could interfere with your driving view.
Polyurethane Seats
Wipe spills as soon as possible using a soft
cloth moistened with warm water and non-
detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circular
motion. After cleaning, allow the seats to air
dry.
Be careful with dyes, such as from clothing or
denim, that come into contact with the seats.
Dyes can
diuse into the seat material over
time and cause staining.
CAUTION: Aftermarket, non-Tesla seat
covers may inhibit the sensitivity of
seat sensors and may cause staining
or damage.
Cloth Seats
Wipe spills as soon as possible using a soft
cloth moistened with warm water and non-
detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circular
motion. Then wipe dry using a soft, lint-free
cloth. Vacuum the seats as needed to remove
any loose dirt.
Carpets
Avoid over-wetting carpets. For heavily soiled
areas, use a diluted upholstery cleaner.
Seat Belts
Extend the belts to wipe. Do not use any type
of detergent or chemical cleaning agent.
Allow the belts to dry naturally while
extended, preferably away from direct
sunlight.
Touchscreen
Clean the touchscreen using a soft lint-free
cloth
specifically designed to clean monitors
and displays. Do not use cleaners (such as a
glass cleaner) and do not use a wet wipe or a
dry statically-charged cloth (such as a
recently washed
microfiber). To wipe the
touchscreen without activating buttons and
changing settings, you can enable Screen
Cleaning
210 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Clean Mode. Touch Controls > Display >
Screen Clean Mode. The display darkens to
make it easy to see dust and smudges. To exit
Screen Clean Mode, press and hold HOLD TO
EXIT.
Chrome and Metal Surfaces
Polish, abrasive cleaners or hard cloths can
damage the
finish on chrome and metal
surfaces.
Cautions for Interior Cleaning
CAUTION: Using solvents (including
alcohol), bleach, citrus, naphtha, or
silicone-based products or additives
on interior components can cause
damage.
CAUTION: Statically-charged materials
can cause damage to the touchscreen.
WARNING: If you notice any damage
on an airbag or seat belt, contact Tesla
immediately.
WARNING: Do not allow any water,
cleaners, or fabric to enter a seat belt
mechanism.
WARNING: Exposure to chemical
cleaners can be hazardous and can
irritate eyes and skin. Read and
observe the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the chemical
cleaner.
Polishing, Touch Up, and
Body Repair
To preserve the cosmetic appearance of the
body, you can occasionally treat the paint
surfaces with an approved polish containing:
• Very mild abrasive to remove surface
contamination without removing or
damaging the paint.
• Filling compounds that fill scratches and
reduce their visibility.
• Wax to provide a protective coating
between the paint and environmental
elements.
Regularly inspect the exterior paint for
damage. Treat minor chips and scratches
using a paint touch-up pen (available for
purchase from Tesla). Use the touch-up pen
after washing but before polishing or waxing.
Repair rock chips, fractures or scratches.
Refer to https://www.tesla.com/support/
body-shop-support for more information on
repair locations and available services.
CAUTION: Do not use cutting pastes,
color restoration compounds, or
polishes containing harsh abrasives.
These can scour the surface and
permanently damage the paint.
CAUTION: Do not use chrome polish
or other abrasive cleaners.
Using a Car Cover
To preserve the cosmetic appearance of the
body when
Model 3 is not being used, use a
genuine Tesla car cover. Car covers can be
purchased from Tesla. See
Parts and
Accessories on page 217.
CAUTION: Use only a Tesla-approved
car cover when Model 3 is plugged in.
Using a non-Tesla car cover can
prevent the Battery from being
adequately cooled during charging.
Floor Mats
To extend the life of your carpet and make
them easier to clean, use genuine Tesla
floor
mats (see Parts and Accessories on page
217). Maintain floor mats by regularly
cleaning them and checking that they are
properly attached. Replace
floor mats if they
become excessively worn.
Cleaning
211Maintenance
WARNING: To avoid potential
interference with a foot pedal, ensure
that the driver’s floor mat is securely
fastened, and never place an
additional floor mat on top of it. Floor
mats should always rest on top of the
vehicle carpeting surface and not on
another floor mat or other covering.
Cleaning
212 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Checking and Cleaning
Wiper Blades
Periodically clean the edge of the wiper
blades and check the rubber for cracks, splits,
and roughness. If damaged, replace the blade
immediately to prevent damage to the glass
and improve visibility.
Contaminants on the windshield, or on the
wiper blades, can reduce the
eectiveness of
the wipers. Contaminants include ice, wax
spray from car washes, washer fluid with bug
and/or water repellent, bird droppings, tree
sap, and other organic substances.
Follow these guidelines for cleaning:
• Clean the windshield and wiper blades
using washer fluid, isopropyl (rubbing)
alcohol, or non-abrasive glass cleaner
approved for use on automotive glass and
rubber. Inappropriate products can cause
damage or smears, and create glare on the
windshield.
• Lift the wiper arm a short distance away
from the windshield, just far enough to
access the wiper blade. Do not lift a wiper
arm beyond its intended position.
If the wipers remain ineective after cleaning,
replace the wiper blades.
Replacing Wiper Blades
For optimum performance, replace the wiper
blades at least once a year.
NOTE: Only install replacement blades that
are identical to the original blades. Using
inappropriate blades can damage the wiper
system and windshield.
To replace the wiper blades:
1. Shift into Park and turn o the wipers.
2. Touch Controls > Service > Wiper
Service Mode > ON to move the wipers to
the service position.
3. Lift the wiper arm a short distance away
from the windshield, just far enough to
access the wiper blade.
CAUTION:
Wiper blades do not lock
into a lifted position. Do not lift a
wiper arm beyond its intended
position.
4.
Place a towel betweem the wiper arm
and windshield to avoid scratching or
cracking the windshield.
5. Hold the wiper arm and press the locking
tab while sliding the blade down the arm.
6. Align the new wiper blade on the wiper
arm and slide it toward the end of the
wiper arm until it locks into place.
7. Turn Wiper Service Mode o to return
the wipers to their normal position.
Cleaning Washer Jets
If a windshield washer becomes blocked, use
a thin strand of wire to clear any blockages
from the nozzles.
WARNING:
Do not operate the
washers while cleaning Model 3.
Windshield washer fluid can irritate
eyes and skin. Read and observe the
washer fluid manufacturer’s
instructions.
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets
213Maintenance
Removing the
Maintenance Panel
To check fluid levels, remove the maintenance
panel:
1. Open the hood.
2. Pull the maintenance panel upward to
release the clips that hold it in place.
3. If checking the Battery coolant, remove
the cabin intake trim panel by pulling it
upwards to release the clips that hold it in
place.
CAUTION: The maintenance panel
protects the front trunk from water.
When re-attaching, make sure it is
fully seated.
Checking Battery Coolant
Your Battery coolant should not need to be
replaced for the life of your vehicle under
most circumstances. However, if the quantity
of
fluid in the cooling system drops below the
recommended level, the
touchscreen displays
a warning message. Stop driving Model 3 as
soon as safety permits and contact Tesla.
Fluid Level Check
DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP AND DO
NOT ADD FLUID. Doing so can result in
damage not covered by the warranty.
Do Not Top Up Battery Coolant
WARNING: Battery coolant can be
hazardous and can irritate eyes and
skin. Under no circumstances should
you remove the filler cap and/or add
coolant. If the touchscreen warns you
that the fluid level is low, contact Tesla
immediately.
To maximize the performance and life of the
Battery, the cooling system uses a specific
mixture of G-48 ethylene-glycol coolant
(HOAT). Contact Tesla for more specific
information about the coolant.
Checking Brake Fluid
WARNING: Contact Tesla immediately
if you notice increased movement of
the brake pedal or a significant loss of
brake fluid. Driving under these
conditions can result in extended
stopping distances or complete brake
failure.
A red brake indicator on
the touchscreen alerts you
if the quantity of fluid in
the brake reservoir drops
below the recommended
level. If it displays while
driving, stop as soon as
safety permits by gently
applying the brakes. Do
not continue driving.
Contact Tesla immediately.
Topping Up the Brake Fluid
Do not top up your brake fluid. The following
instructions are provided for information
purposes and future reference only:
1. Clean the filler cap before removing it to
prevent dirt from entering the reservoir.
2. Unscrew the cap and remove it.
3. Top up the reservoir to the MAX mark
using the appropriate brake
fluid.
4. Replace the filler cap, ensuring it is fully
secured.
Fluid Reservoirs
214 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Only use new fluid from a
sealed air-tight container. Never use
previously used fluid or fluid from a
previously opened container—fluid
absorbs moisture which decreases
braking performance.
WARNING: Brake fluid is highly toxic.
Keep containers sealed and out of the
reach of children. In the event of
accidental consumption, seek medical
attention immediately.
CAUTION: Brake fluid damages
painted surfaces. Immediately soak up
any spills with an absorbent cloth and
wash the area with a mixture of car
shampoo and water.
Topping Up Windshield
Washer Fluid
The only reservoir into which you can add
fluid is the windshield washer fluid reservoir,
which is located behind the front trunk. When
the level is low, a message displays on the
touchscreen.
To top up the washer fluid:
1. Open the hood.
2. Clean around the filler cap before
opening it to prevent dirt from entering the
reservoir.
3. Open the filler cap.
4. While avoiding spilling, fill the reservoir
until the fluid level is visible just below the
filler neck. The reservoir has a capacity of
3.2 liters.
5. Wipe up any spills immediately and wash
the
aected area with water.
6. Replace the filler cap.
NOTE:
Some national or local regulations
restrict the use of Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOCs). VOCs are commonly
used as antifreeze in washer fluid. Use a
washer fluid with limited VOC content only if
it provides adequate freeze resistance for all
climates in which you drive Model 3.
NOTE: Local regulations prohibit the use of
methanol-based washer fluid. Use ethanol-
based washer fluid instead.
CAUTION: Do not add formulated
washer fluids that contain water
repellent or bug wash. These fluids
can cause streaking, smearing, and
squeaking or other noises.
WARNING: In temperatures below
4° C, use a washer fluid with
antifreeze. In cold weather, using a
washer fluid without antifreeze can
impair visibility through the
windshield.
WARNING: Windshield washer fluid
can irritate eyes and skin. Read and
observe the instructions provided by
the washer fluid manufacturer.
Fluid Reservoirs
215Maintenance
Jacking Procedure
Follow the steps below to lift Model 3. Ensure
that any non-Tesla repair facility is aware of
these lifting points.
1. Position Model 3 centrally between the
lift posts.
2. Position the lift arm pads under the
designated body lift points at the locations
shown.
WARNING: DO NOT position the lift
arm pads under the Battery or side
rails, as shown in red.
3. Adjust the height and position of the lift
arm pads to ensure that they are correctly
located.
4. With assistance, raise the lift to the
desired height, ensuring the lift arm pads
remain in their correct positions.
5. Engage any lift safety locks. Follow the
lift manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING:
Never raise Model 3 when
the charge cable is connected, even if
charging is not in progress.
WARNING:
Do not work on an
incorrectly supported vehicle. Doing
so can cause serious damage, bodily
injury, or death.
CAUTION:
DO NOT lift from under the
Battery or side rails. Place the lift arm
pads under the designated body lift
points only. The locations shown are
the only approved lifting points for
Model 3. Lifting at any other points
can cause damage. Damage caused
by incorrectly lifting Model 3 is not
covered by the warranty.
Jacking and Lifting
216 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Parts, Accessories, and
Modifications
Use only genuine Tesla parts and accessories.
Tesla performs rigorous testing on parts to
ensure their suitability, safety, and reliability.
Purchase these parts from Tesla, where they
are professionally installed and where you can
receive expert advice about
modifications to
Model 3. Accessories are available for
purchase from Tesla stores or online at
www.tesla.com.
NOTE: Some accessories may not be available
in your market region.
Tesla is unable to assess parts manufactured
by other distributors and therefore accepts
no responsibility if you use non-Tesla parts on
Model 3.
WARNING: Installing non-approved
parts and accessories, or performing
non-approved modifications, can
aect the performance of Model 3 and
the safety of its occupants. Any
damage caused by using or installing
non-approved parts, or by performing
non-approved modifications, is not
covered by the warranty.
WARNING: Tesla does not accept
liability for death, personal injury or
damage that occurs if you use or
install non-approved accessories or
make non-approved modifications.
Body Repairs
If your Model 3 is in a collision, contact Tesla
or a Tesla-approved Body Shop to ensure that
it is repaired with genuine Tesla parts. Tesla
has selected and approved body shops that
meet strict requirements for training,
equipment, quality, and customer satisfaction.
Some repair shops and insurance companies
might suggest using non-original equipment
or salvaged parts to save money. However,
these parts do not meet Tesla's high
standards for quality,
fit and corrosion
resistance. In addition, non-original
equipment and salvaged parts (and any
damage or failures they might cause) are not
covered by the warranty.
Using RFID Transponders
When attaching an RFID transponder (used
by many automated toll systems) inside
Model 3, place the transponder on the right
side of the rear view mirror as shown. This
ensures best results and minimizes any
obstruction to your driving view.
NOTE: You can also attach a weather-proof
transponder to the front license plate.
Parts and Accessories
217Maintenance
Vehicle Identification
Number
You can find the VIN at the following
locations:
• Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of
the touchscreen. The popup window
displays the VIN.
• Stamped on a plate located at the top of
the dashboard. Can be seen by looking
through the windshield.
• Printed on the Statutory Plate, located on
the door pillar. Can be seen when the front
door is open.
• The VIN is stamped into the right side
upper b-pillar and can be seen when the
interior trim is removed.
Identification Labels
218 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Load Capacity Labeling
It is important to understand how much
weight your
Model 3 can safely carry. This
weight is called the vehicle capacity weight
and includes the weight of all occupants,
cargo and any additional equipment added to
your
Model 3 since it was manufactured.
Two labels attached to Model 3 indicate how
much weight
Model 3 can safely carry.
Both labels are visible on the door pillar when
the front door is open.
NOTE: If your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla
accessory wheels or tires, your
Model 3 may
include an additional label indicating that
load capacity may
dier from what is stated
on the label. If this is the case, instead of
referring to the label, refer to the Owner's
Manual.
1. Tire and Loading Information Label
2. Statutory Plate
WARNING:
Overloading Model 3 has
an adverse eect on braking and
handling, which can compromise your
safety or cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 55
lbs (25 kg) in the front trunk. Doing so
can cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 130
lbs (60 kg) on the rear load floor
(above the lower trunk compartment)
or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in the
lower trunk compartment. Doing so
can cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never store large amounts
of liquid in Model 3. A significant spill
can cause electrical components to
malfunction.
Tire and Loading
Information Label
The Tire and Loading Information label
provides:
• The maximum number of occupant
seating positions.
• The maximum vehicle capacity weight.
• The size of the original tires.
• The cold inflation pressures for the
original front and rear tires. These pressures
are recommended to optimize ride and
handling characteristics.
Never change this label, even if you use
dierent tires in the future.
NOTE: If Model 3 is loaded to its full capacity,
double check all tires to ensure they are
inflated to their recommended pressure
levels.
WARNING:
Tire pressures printed on
the Tire and Loading Information label
DO NOT APPLY to towing. When
towing, tire pressures must be
increased. For information about the
tire pressures required when towing,
see Towing and Accessories on page
95.
Statutory Plate
In addition to the VIN, the Statutory Plate
provides:
• GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. The
maximum allowable total mass of Model 3.
This is calculated as the weight of
Model 3,
all passengers, fluids, and cargo.
Vehicle Loading
219Specifications
• GAWR - Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
front and rear axles. The GAWR is the
maximum distributed weight that each axle
can support.
CAUTION: To prevent damage, never
load Model 3 so that it is heavier than
GVWR or exceeds the individual
GAWR weights.
Calculating Load Limits
1. Locate the statement “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg” on the “Tire and
Loading Information” label.
2. Determine the combined weight of all
occupants that will ride in the vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
occupants from XXX kg (see Step 1).
4. The resulting figure equals the available
cargo load capacity. For example, if the
“XXX” amount equals 635 kg and there will
be
five 68 kg passengers in the vehicle, the
amount of available cargo capacity is
295 kg (635 ‑ 340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg).
5. Determine the combined cargo weight
being loaded on the vehicle. That weight
must not exceed the available cargo load
capacity calculated in Step 4.
WARNING:
Trunks are the preferred
places to carry objects. In a collision,
or during hard braking and sharp
turns, loose items in the cabin could
injure occupants.
Example Load Limit Calculations
How much cargo Model 3 can carry depends
on the number and weight of passengers. The
following calculated load limit examples
assume passengers weigh 68 kg. If
passengers weigh more or less, available
cargo weight decreases or increases
respectively.
Table 1. Driver and one passenger
Description Total
Vehicle capacity weight 433 kg
Subtract occupant weight (2 x 68
kg)
136 kg
Available cargo weight 297 kg
Table 2. Driver and four passengers
Description Total
Vehicle capacity weight 433 kg
Subtract occupant weight (5 x 68
kg)
340 kg
Available cargo weight 93 kg
The cargo weight should be distributed
between the front and rear trunks.
CAUTION:
Do not exceed the
maximum front trunk load weight of
25 kg.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 60
kg on the rear load floor (above the
lower trunk compartment) or more
than 130 kg in the lower trunk
compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
Roof Racks
Model 3 supports the use of Tesla-approved
roof racks using a Tesla mounting accessory.
To install roof racks, you must use this
accessory and you must use only roof rack
systems that have been approved by Tesla
(see Parts and Accessories on page 217).
Failure to do so can cause significant damage.
Vehicle Loading
220 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Exterior Dimensions
A Overall Length 184.8 in 4,694 mm
B
Overall Width (including mirrors)
Overall Width (including folded
mirrors)
Overall Width (excluding mirrors)
82.2 in
76.1 in
72.8 in
2,088 mm
1,933 mm
1,849 mm
C Overall Height - coil suspension 56.8 in 1,443 mm
D Wheel Base 113.2 in 2,875 mm
E Overhang - Front 33 in 841 mm
F Overhang - Rear 39 in 978 mm
G Ground Clearance - coil suspension 5.5 in 140 mm
H
Track - Front
Track - Rear
62.2 in
62.2 in
1,580 mm
1,580 mm
*Values are approximate. Dimensions can vary depending on a vehicle's options and various
other factors.
Interior Dimensions
Head Room
Front
Rear
40.3 in
37.7 in
1,024 mm
958 mm
Leg Room
Front
Rear
42.7 in
35.2 in
1,085 mm
894 mm
Dimensions and Weights
221Maintenance
Shoulder Room
Front
Rear
56.3 in
54 in
1,430 mm
1,372 mm
Hip Room
Front
Rear
53.4 in
52.4 in
1,356 mm
1,331 mm
Cargo Volume
Total enclosed cargo volume 15 cu ft (425 L)
Weights
Curb Weight* Standard Plus Battery, Single Motor 3,552 lbs 1,611 kg
Curb Weight* Mid-Range Battery, Single Motor 3,686 lbs 1,672 kg
Curb Weight* Long Range Battery, Single Motor 3,805 lbs 1,726 kg
Curb Weight* Long Range Battery, Dual Motor 4,072 lbs 1,847 kg
Curb Weight* Long Range Battery, Performance
Dual Motor
4100 lbs 1,860 kg
GVWR** Standard Plus Battery, Single Motor 4,542 lbs 2,060 kg
GVWR** Mid-Range Battery, Single Motor 4,687 lbs 2,126 kg
GVWR** Long Range Battery, Single Motor 4,806 lbs 2,180 kg
GVWR** Long Range Battery, Dual Motor 4,993 lbs 2,265 kg
GVWR** Long Range Battery, Performance Dual
Motor
5,073 lbs 2,301 kg
Gross Vehicle Weight Distribution - Single Motor Front: 44% Rear: 56%
Gross Vehicle Weight Distribution - Dual Motor Front: 46% Rear: 54%
Gross Axle Weight Rating - Front 2,447 lbs 1,110 kg
Gross Axle Weight Rating - Rear 2,771 lbs 1,257 kg
Towing Capacity (if equipped) See Towing and Accessories on page 95.
*Curb Weight = weight of the vehicle with correct fluid levels, no occupants and no cargo
**GVWR = Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
NOTE: Values are approximate. Weights can vary depending on a vehicle's options.
Dimensions and Weights
222 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Motor(s)
Motor Type
Rear motor: AC permanent magnet synchronous motor, liquid-
cooled, with variable frequency drive
Front motor: AC induction motor, liquid-cooled, with variable
frequency drive
RWD (Rear Motor)
Voltage: 350 Volts
Max Power: 239 kW @ 5525 rpm
Max Torque: 420 Nm @ 325-5200 rpm
AWD - Base (Front
Motor)
Voltage: 335 Volts
Max Power: 121 kW @ 8275 rpm
Max Torque: 163 Nm @ 125-6375 rpm
AWD - Base (Rear Motor)
Voltage: 335 Volts
Max Power: 203 kW @ 6700 rpm
Max Torque: 330 Nm @ 325-5500 rpm
AWD Performance (Front
Motor)
Voltage: 335 Volts
Max Power: 158 kW @ 6622 rpm
Max Torque: 240 Nm @ 0-6200 rpm
AWD Performance (Rear
Motor)
Voltage: 320 Volts
Max Power: 219 kW @ 5075 rpm
Max Torque: 420 Nm @ 325-4800 rpm
NOTE: Tested in accordance with ECE R85.
Subsystems
223Specifications
Transmission
Type Single speed fixed gear
Gearbox Ratio 9:1
Steering
Type Rack and pinion with electronic power steering, speed sensitive
Number of turns lock to lock 2.00
Turning Circle (curb to curb) 11.8 meters
Brakes
Type
4-wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS) with Electronic
Brake Force Distribution, Integrated Advanced Stability
Control and Electronic Accelerator pedal actuated
regenerative braking system
Calipers
Front: Four piston fixed
Rear: Integrated Electronic Parking Brake Sliding
Rotor Diameter (ventilated)
Front (non-Performance): 12.6"/320 mm
Front (Performance): 13.98"/355 mm
Rear (non-Performance): 13.2"/335 mm
Rear (Performance): 13.2”/335 mm
Front Rotor thickness
New: 0.98"/25 mm
Service limit: 0.91”/23 mm
Rear Rotor thickness
New: 0.79"/20 mm
Service limit: 0.71”/18 mm
Non-Performance Front Brake
Pad Thickness (excluding back
plate)
New: 0.393"/10 mm
Service limit: 0.110"/2.8 mm
Non-Performance Rear Brake
Pad Thickness (excluding back
plate)
New: 0.354"/9 mm
Service limit: 0.078"/2 mm
Subsystems
224 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Performance Front Brake Pad
Thickness (excluding back
plate)
New: 0.393"/10 mm
Service limit: 0.085"/2.15 mm
Performance Rear Brake Pad
Thickness (excluding back
plate)
New: 0.393"/10 mm
Service limit: 0.071"/1.8 mm
Parking brake
Electrically actuated parking brake integrated into rear
caliper
Subsystems
225Specifications
Suspension
Front Independent, double wishbone, coil spring/telescopic damper, sway bar
Rear Independent, multi-link, coil spring/telescopic damper
Battery - 12V
Rating 33 amp hour or higher
Voltage and Polarity 12V negative (-) ground
Battery - High Voltage
Type Liquid-cooled lithium ion (Li-ion)
Temperature
Range
Do not expose Model 3 to ambient temperatures above 60° C or below
-30° C for more than 24 hours at a time.
Subsystems
226 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Wheel Specifications (Factory)
Wheel Diameter Location Width (in) Oset (mm)
18" Front/Rear 8.5 40
19" Front/Rear 8.5 40
20" (Non-Performance brakes) Front/Rear 8.5 40
20" (Performance brakes) Front/Rear 8.5 35
Lug Nut Torque 129 lb. ft (175 Nm)
Lug Nut Socket Size 21 mm
NOTE: For instructions on how to jack/lift Model 3, see Jacking and Lifting on page 216.
Wheels and Tires
227Specifications
Tire Specifications (Factory)
Tire Size Location Size
18" Front/Rear P235/45R18
19" Front/Rear P235/40R19
20" Front/Rear P235/35R20
20" Front/Rear 245/35ZR20
Tire pressures vary depending on the type of tires fitted. Refer to the tire pressures printed on
the Tire and Loading Information label. This label is located on the center door pillar and is
visible when the driver’s door is open (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 201).
Winter tires can be purchased from a Tesla service center or may be available for purchase on
the Tesla web site.
Wheels and Tires
228 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Understanding Tire Markings
Laws require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires.
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire.
1 Tire category. P indicates that the tire is for passenger vehicles.
2 Tire width. This 3-digit number is the width (in millimeters) of the tire from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge.
3 Aspect ratio. This 2-digit number is the sidewall height as a percentage of the tread
width. So, if the tread width is 205 mm, and the aspect ratio is 50, the sidewall height is
102 mm.
4 Tire construction. R indicates that the tire is of Radial ply construction.
5 Wheel diameter. This 2-digit number is the diameter of the wheel rim in inches.
6 Load index. This 2 or 3-digit number is the weight each tire can support. This number is
not always shown.
7 Speed rating. When stated, indicates the maximum speed (in mph) at which the tire can
be used for extended periods. Q=99 mph (160 km/h), R=106 mph (170 km/h), S=112 mph
(180 km/h), T=118 mph (190 km/h), U=124 mph (200 km/h), H=130 mph (210 km/h),
V=149 mph (240 km/h), W=168 mph (270 km/h), Y=186 mph (300 km/h).
Wheels and Tires
229Specifications
8 Tire composition and materials. The number of plies in both the tread area and the
sidewall area indicates how many layers of rubber coated material make up the structure
of the tire. Information is also provided on the type of materials used.
9 Maximum tire load. The maximum load which can be carried by the tire.
10 Maximum permissible inflation pressure. This pressure should not be used for normal
driving.
11 U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN). Begins with the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal standards. The next 2 digits/letters represent the plant code
where it was manufactured, and the last 4 digits represent the week and year of
manufacture. For example, the number 1712 is used to represent the 17th week of 2012.
The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer’s discretion. This
information can be used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.
12 Treadwear grade. This number indicates the tire’s wear rate. The higher the treadwear
number is, the longer it should take for the tread to wear down. A tire rated at 400, for
example, lasts twice as long as a tire rated at 200.
13 Traction grade. Indicates a tire’s ability to stop on wet roads. A higher graded tire should
allow you to stop your vehicle in a shorter distance than a tire with a lower grade. Traction
is graded from highest to lowest as AA, A, B, and C.
14 Temperature grade. The tire’s resistance to heat is grade A, B, or C, with A indicating the
greatest resistance. This grading is provided for a correctly inflated tire, which is being
used within its speed and loading limits.
Wheels and Tires
230 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to you, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for the duration of
your warranty period.
When contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance, please provide:
• The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The VIN is displayed when you touch the Tesla "T"
at the top of the touchscreen. The VIN can also been seen on the upper dashboard by looking
through the driver's side of the windshield.
• Your exact location.
• The nature of the problem.
Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to speak with roadside service professionals 24/7/365 to
answer any questions and explain the proper procedure for transporting your Model 3.
NOTE: For a detailed description of Tesla's Roadside Assistance policy, go to the support page
on the Tesla web site for your region.
Regional Phone Number(s)
Jordan: 0800-22216
United Arab Emirates: 800035704364
United Kingdom: 0800 756 9960
NOTE: The phone number is also available by touching the Tesla "T" at the top center of the
touchscreen.
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance
231Roadside Assistance
Country-specific Phone Numbers
NOTE: The phone number is also available by touching the Tesla "T" at the top center of the
touchscreen.
Country Phone Number
Andorra Toll: +31 13 799 9501
Austria Local: 07208 80470
Belgium Local: 03 808 17 82
Bulgaria Local: 024 925 455
Croatia Local: 017 776 417
Cyprus Local: 022 030915
Czech Republic Local: 0228 882 612
Denmark Local: 898 869 84
Estonia Local: 0880 3141
Finland Local: 075 3263818
France Local: 09 70 73 08 50
Germany Local: 08921 093303
Gibraltar Toll: +31 13 799 9513
Greece Local: 02111 984867
Hungary Local: 01 700 8549
Iceland Toll: +31 13 799 9516
Ireland Local: 01 513 4727
Israel Local: +97239150724
Italy Local: 069 480 1252
Jordan Local: 06 5803144
Latvia Local: 066 088 114
Liechtenstein Toll: +31 13 799 9520
Lithuania Local: 067 859 774
Luxembourg Local: 27 86 14 16
Malta Local: 02778 1126
Monaco Toll: +31 13 799 9524
Netherlands Local: 013 799 9525
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance
232 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Country Phone Number
Norway Local: 23 96 02 85
Poland Toll: 022 307 26 45
Portugal Local: 30 880 5628
Romania Local: 0316 301 257
San Marino Toll: +31 13 799 9531
Slovakia Local: 023 300 26 43
Slovenia Local: 08 288 00 33
Spain Local: 911 98 26 24
Sweden Local: 0775 88 80 36
Switzerland Local: 061 855 30 21
UK Local: 0162 845 0660
United Arab Emirates Local: 045217699
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance
233Roadside Assistance
Model 3 is equipped with eCall, an emergency
call system that automatically contacts
emergency responders and communicates
eCall standard information to a Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) in the event of a
serious accident or emergency.
NOTE: eCall emergency call services are not
available in all regions.
NOTE: Information communicated to PSAP
includes vehicle type, number of passengers
detected in the vehicle, GPS, and the VIN.
NOTE: eCall only operates over a cellular
network with an adequate signal.
Using eCall
eCall activates automatically if airbags deploy
or a severe collision is detected. You can also
activate it manually by pressing the SOS
button on the overhead console.
NOTE: Manual activation is useful to report a
serious accident or to call for help if an
occupant in
Model 3 requires immediate
attention (such as a heart attack).
NOTE: Tesla is not aliated with eCall
services. Do not use eCall to contact Tesla
(such as when requesting Roadside
Assistance), as the call goes directly to third-
party emergency responders. Tesla is not
responsible to pay for or reimburse any
services dispatched through eCall.
Canceling eCall
eCall can only be canceled when it is
manually activated. To cancel eCall, press
Cancel Call on the touchscreen. The ability to
cancel is available for the stated countdown
duration on the touchscreen. After
countdown, the call can only be canceled by
the answering agent.
eCall
234 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
DO NOT TRANSPORT
WITH WHEELS ON THE
GROUND
The rear motor in Model 3 generates power
when the wheels spin. Always transport
Model 3 with all four tires o the ground.
Ensure that the tires are unable to spin at any
time during transport.
WARNING: NEVER TRANSPORT
YOUR VEHICLE WITH THE TIRES IN A
POSITION WHERE THEY CAN SPIN.
DOING SO CAN LEAD TO
SIGNIFICANT DAMAGE AND
OVERHEATING. IN RARE CASES
EXTREME OVERHEATING MAY
CAUSE THE SURROUNDING
COMPONENTS TO IGNITE.
Do not transport Model 3 using any method
that is not
specified by Tesla. Adhere to the
instructions provided in the following sections
and observe all warnings and cautions
provided. Damage caused by improper
transporting of your vehicle is not covered by
the warranty.
NOTE: Tesla is not liable or responsible for
reimbursing services not dispatched through
Tesla Roadside Assistance.
Approved Methods for
Transporting
NOTE: The tires are allowed to rotate slowly
(under 5 km/h) and for a very short distance
(less than 10 meters) only when Transport
Mode is enabled (see Activate Transport
Mode on page ) while the vehicle is being
winched onto a flatbed truck or pulled out of
a parking space for repositioning. Exceeding
these boundaries can lead to significant
damage and overheating that is not covered
by the warranty.
A flatbed truck or comparable transport
vehicle is the recommended method of
transporting
Model 3. The vehicle can face
either direction when using a flatbed.
If Model 3 must be transported without a
flatbed truck, then wheel lifts and dollies must
be used to ensure that all four wheels are o
of the ground. This method may only be used
for a maximum of
55 km, and must not
exceed the manufacturer speed rating of the
dollies. With this method, Tesla recommends
the vehicle facing forward so that the front
wheels are lifted and the rear wheels are on
dollies.
CAUTION:
Enable Transport Mode
(see Activate Transport Mode on page
) before winching Model 3 onto a
flatbed truck (see Pull onto the
Flatbed Truck on page ). If
Transport Mode is not available or the
touchscreen is not accessible, self-
loading dollies or tire skates must be
used to load the vehicle into the
approved transportation position.
Tesla is not responsible for any
damage caused by or during the
transport of Model 3, including
personal property damage or damage
caused by using self-loading dollies or
tire skates.
Instructions for Transporters
235Roadside Assistance
WARNING: Model 3 is equipped with
high voltage components that may be
compromised as a result of a collision
(see High Voltage Components on
page 189). Before transporting Model
3, it is important to assume these
components are energized. Always
follow high voltage safety precautions
(wearing personal protection
equipment, etc.) until emergency
response professionals have evaluated
the vehicle and can accurately confirm
that all high voltage systems are no
longer energized. Failure to do so may
result in serious injury.
Activate Transport Mode
Transport Mode keeps the parking brake
disengaged while winching Model 3 onto a
flatbed truck. When active, Transport Mode
displays a message indicating that the vehicle
will remain free-rolling. The following are
required to enable Transport Mode:
• 12V power is required. You are unable to
use the touchscreen to activate Transport
Mode if Model 3 has no power.
• Model 3 must detect a key. Transport
Mode is available only when a key is
detected.
To activate Transport Mode:
1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.
2. Chock the tires or otherwise ensure
Model 3 is secure.
3. Press and hold the brake pedal, then on
the touchscreen, touch Controls > Service
> Towing. The touchscreen displays a
message reminding you how to properly
transport Model 3.
4. Press and hold the Transport Mode
button until it turns blue. Model 3 is now
free-rolling and can slowly be rolled (no
faster than walking speed) or winched.
To cancel Transport Mode, shift Model 3 into
Park.
NOTE: If Model 3 loses 12V power after
Transport Mode is enabled, Transport Mode
will cancel and the parking brake will be re-
applied.
CAUTION:
If the electrical system is
not working, and you therefore cannot
use the touchscreen to activate
Transport Mode, use self-loading
dollies or tire skates. Before doing so,
always check the manufacturer's
specifications and recommended
loading capacity.
Pull onto the Flatbed
Truck
NOTE: If Model 3 has no 12V power, you need
an external 12V power supply to open the
hood or use the touchscreen. See
If Vehicle
Has No Power on page .
CAUTION: To avoid damage, only pull
the vehicle onto a flatbed truck using
a properly-installed tow eye. Using the
chassis, frame, or suspension
components to pull the vehicle can
result in damage.
1. Locate the tow eye. The tow eye is
located under the carpet in the front trunk.
2. Release the tow eye cover by pressing
firmly on its top right perimeter until it
pivots inward, then gently pulling the raised
section toward you.
NOTE: The tow eye cover is connected to
the vehicle's black negative (-) terminal.
Instructions for Transporters
236 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
3. Fully insert the tow eye into the opening,
then turn it counter-clockwise until
securely fastened.
4. Attach the winch cable to the tow eye.
CAUTION: Before pulling, make sure
the tow eye is securely tightened.
5. Activate Transport Mode.
6. Pull Model 3 slowly onto the flatbed
truck.
Secure the Tires
The vehicle's tires must be secured onto the
truck using the eight-point tie-down method.
• Ensure any metal parts on the tie-down
straps do not contact painted surfaces or
the face of the wheels.
• Do not place tie-down straps over body
panels or through the wheels.
CAUTION:
Attaching the tie-down
straps to the chassis, suspension or
other parts of the vehicle's body may
cause damage.
If Vehicle Has No Power
If Model 3 has no 12V power, perform the
following steps to open the hood or jump
start the auxiliary 12V battery.
Jump Starting the 12V Battery
CAUTION: Model 3 cannot be used to
jump start another vehicle. Doing so
can result in damage.
NOTE: If jump starting Model 3 using another
vehicle, refer to that vehicle manufacturer's
instructions. The following instructions
assume an external 12V power supply (such
as a portable jump starter) is used.
CAUTION:
Avoid short circuits when
jump starting Model 3. Connecting
cables to the wrong terminals,
touching leads together, etc., can
result in damage to Model 3.
1. Open the hood (see Opening Hood with
No Power on page 23).
2. Remove the maintenance panel by
pulling it upwards to release the trim clips
that hold it in place.
Instructions for Transporters
237Roadside Assistance
3. Remove the cabin intake trim panel by
pulling it upwards to release the trim clips
that hold it in place.
4. Connect the 12V power supply's red
positive (+) cable to the red positive (+)
terminal on the 12V battery.
CAUTION: To avoid damaging
Model 3, do not allow the positive
cable to contact other metal
components, such as the battery
tie-down bracket.
5. Connect the 12V power supply's black
negative (-) cable to the black negative (-)
terminal on the 12V battery.
6. Turn on the external power supply (refer
to the manufacturer’s instructions). Touch
the touchscreen to wake it up.
NOTE: It may take several minutes to
receive enough power to wake up the
touchscreen.
7. When external 12V power is no longer
required, disconnect both cables from the
terminals on the 12V battery, beginning
with the black negative (-) cable.
8. Replace the cabin intake trim panel by
placing it back in its original location and
pressing down until it is secure.
9. Replace the maintenance panel by
placing it back in its original location and
pressing down until it is secure.
10. Close the hood.
Instructions for Transporters
238 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
But wait, there's more! Below is a list of the Easter Eggs that have been discovered so far and
how to access them. To access all discovered Easter Eggs, touch the Toybox icon in the
application launcher (see Touchscreen Overview on page 6).
For This... Do This...
Arcade Feeling nostalgic? While in Park, access games from the app launcher or
your Easter Egg tray then select a game from the menu to play. Note that,
depending on the game, you may need to use your steering wheel buttons
or a USB controller to play.
Santa Mode "What have you been longing for?" Enjoy the holidays year-round with this
one! Simply initiate a voice command (see Using Voice Commands on page
175) and say "Ho Ho Ho". Or, if you are feeling extra sour, you can say "Ho Ho
Ho Not Funny" instead.
Rainbow Road Need more cowbell? Visit Rainbow Road by moving the gear lever fully
down four times in quick succession while Autosteer is enabled.
Sketchpad Triple-tap the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) and channel your
inner Picasso. Show us what you got! Touch Publish to submit your artistic
compositions to Tesla for critiquing.
Mars Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) then enter mars
in the access code popup. The map shows your Model 3 as a rover on the
Martian landscape, and the About Your Tesla box displays SpaceX's
interplanetary spaceship.
The Answer to
the Ultimate
Question of
Life, The
Universe, and
Everything
Rename your car to 42 (see Naming Your Vehicle on page 152) and notice
the new name of your Model 3.
Romance
Mode
You can’t roast chestnuts by an open fire in your car, but you can still cozy
up with your loved ones by this virtual fireplace. While in Park, access
Romance Mode from your Easter Egg tray. Queue the music and get your
romance on!
Emissions
Testing Mode
Holiday fun can come in surprising ways. Access Emissions Testing Mode
from your Easter Egg tray, then select your preferred fart style and a target
seat. Activate by pressing the left scroll wheel button when you’re ready to
“release” your prank.
TRAX
It's never too late to follow your dream of becoming a world-famous DJ.
With TRAX, you can turn your vehicle into your own personal music studio.
While in Park, choose from an array of instruments and unique sounds to
create the next hit song. Access TRAX through your Easter Egg tray on the
touchscreen and get jamming. Microphone and headset not included
(depending on vehicle
configuration and market region, this may not be
available on your vehicle).
Easter Eggs
239Consumer Information
Document Applicability
Owner information is updated regularly to
reflect updates to your vehicle. However, in
some cases, recently released features may
not be described. To display information
about recently released features, view the
Release Notes on the touchscreen. Release
Notes are displayed on the touchscreen after
a software update, and can be displayed at
any time by touching the Tesla "T" at the top
of the touchscreen, then touching the Release
Notes link. Release notes can also be
accessed by navigating to
Controls >
Software. If information related to how to use
the touchscreen conflicts with information in
the Release Notes, the Release Notes take
precedence.
Illustrations
Illustrations are provided for demonstration
purposes only. Depending on vehicle options,
software version, region of purchase, and
specific settings, your vehicle may appear
slightly dierent. Although the owner
information is applicable to both right-hand
drive and left-hand drive vehicles, many
illustrations show only left-hand drive
vehicles. However, the essential information
that the illustrations are providing is correct.
Feature Availability
Some features are available only on some
vehicle
configurations and/or only in specific
market regions. Options or features
mentioned in the owner information does not
guarantee they are available on your
specific
vehicle.
Errors or Inaccuracies
All specifications and descriptions are known
to be accurate at time of publishing. However,
because continuous improvement is a goal at
Tesla, we reserve the right to make product
modifications at any time. To communicate
any inaccuracies or omissions, or to provide
general feedback or suggestions regarding
the quality of this owner information, send an
email to
OwnersManualFeedback@Tesla.com.
Location of Components
Owner information may specify the location
of a component as being on the left or right
side of the vehicle. As shown, left (1) and right
(2) represent the side of the vehicle when
sitting inside.
Copyrights and
Trademarks
© 2013-2020 Tesla, Inc. All information in this
document and all vehicle software is subject
to copyright and other intellectual property
rights of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. This
material may not be
modified, reproduced or
copied, in whole or in part, without the prior
written permission of Tesla, Inc. and its
licensors. Additional information is available
upon request. Tesla uses software created by
the Open Source community.
Please visit
Tesla’s Open Source software website at
www.tesla.com/opensource. HD Radio is a
registered trademark of iBiquity Digital
Corporation. The following are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in the
United States and other countries:
About this Owner Information
240 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
All other trademarks contained in this
document are the property of their respective
owners and their use herein does not imply
sponsorship or endorsement of their products
or services. The unauthorized use of any
trademark displayed in this document or on
the vehicle is strictly prohibited.
About this Owner Information
241Consumer Information
Vehicle Telematics
Model 3 is equipped with electronic modules
that monitor and record data from various
vehicle systems, including the motor,
Autopilot components, Battery, braking and
electrical systems. The electronic modules
record information about various driving and
vehicle conditions, including braking,
acceleration, trip and other related
information regarding your vehicle. These
modules also record information about the
vehicle’s features such as charging events and
status, the enabling/disabling of various
systems, diagnostic trouble codes, VIN,
speed, direction and location.
The data is stored by the vehicle and may be
accessed, used and stored by Tesla service
technicians during vehicle servicing or
periodically transmitted to Tesla wirelessly
through the vehicle’s telematics system. This
data may be used by Tesla for various
purposes, including, but not limited to:
providing you with Tesla telematics services;
troubleshooting; evaluation of your vehicle’s
quality, functionality and performance;
analysis and research by Tesla and its partners
for the improvement and design of our
vehicles and systems; to defend Tesla; and as
otherwise may be required by law. In
servicing your vehicle, Tesla can potentially
resolve issues remotely simply by reviewing
your vehicle’s data log.
Tesla’s telematics system wirelessly transmits
vehicle information to Tesla on a periodic
basis. The data is used as previously
described and helps ensure the proper
maintenance of your vehicle. Additional
Model 3 features may use your vehicle’s
telematics system and the information
provided, including features such as charging
reminders, software updates, and remote
access to, and control of, various systems of
your vehicle.
Tesla does not disclose the data recorded in
your vehicle to any third party except when:
• An agreement or consent from the
vehicle’s owner (or the leasing company for
a leased vehicle) is obtained.
• Ocially requested by the police or other
authorities.
• Used as a defense for Tesla.
•
Ordered by a court of law.
• Used for research purposes without
disclosing details of the vehicle owner or
identification information.
• Disclosed to a Tesla aliated company,
including their successors or assigns, or our
information systems and data management
providers.
For additional information regarding how
Tesla processes data collected from your
vehicle, please review Tesla's privacy policy at
http://www.tesla.com/about/legal.
Data Sharing
For quality assurance and to support the
continuous improvement of advanced
features such as Autopilot, Tesla measures
road segment data of all participating
vehicles. All Tesla vehicles can learn from the
experience of the billions of miles that Tesla
vehicles have driven. Although Tesla shares
this data with partners that contribute similar
data, the data does not include any
personally
identifiable information about you
or your vehicle. To allow data sharing, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Data Sharing,
touch the Yes buttons to confirm that you
agree to allow Tesla to collect the associated
type of data, then submit your response.
For additional information regarding how
Tesla processes data collected from your
vehicle, please review Tesla's privacy policy at
http://www.tesla.com/about/legal.
NOTE: Although Model 3 uses GPS in
connection with driving and operation, as
discussed in this owner's manual, Tesla does
not record or store
vehicle-specific GPS
information, except the location where a
crash occurred. Consequently, Tesla is unable
to provide historical information about a
vehicle's location (for example, Tesla is unable
to tell you where
Model 3 was parked/
traveling at a particular date/time).
Quality Control
You might notice a few km on the odometer
when you take delivery of your Model 3. This
is a result of a comprehensive testing process
that ensures the quality of your
Model 3.
Disclaimers
242 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
The testing process includes extensive
inspections during and after production. The
final inspection takes place at Tesla and
includes a road test conducted by a
technician.
Disclaimers
243Consumer Information
Contacting Tesla
For detailed information about your Model 3,
go to
www.tesla.com, and log on to your Tesla
Account, or sign up to get an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about
your Model 3, call Tesla. To find the number
for your region, go to www.tesla.com, select
your region at the bottom of the page, then
view contact information.
NOTE: You can also use voice commands to
provide feedback to Tesla. Say "
Note",
"Report", "Bug note", or "Bug report" (in the
English language) followed by brief
comments in your language of choice.
Model
3 takes a snapshot of its systems, including
your current location, vehicle diagnostic data,
and screen captures of the touchscreen. Tesla
periodically reviews these notes and uses
them to continue improving
Model 3.
Reporting Safety Defects
244 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
FCC and IC Certification
Component Manufacturer Model
Operating
Frequency
(MHz) FCC ID IC ID
Pillar
Endpoint
Tesla
1089773
1089773E
13.56
2400-2483.5
2AEIM-10897773
2AEIM-1089773E
20098-1089773
20098-1089773E
Center
Console
Tesla 1089774
13.56
2400-2483.5
2AEIM-1089774 20098-1089774
Fascia
Endpoint
Tesla
1089775
2400-2483.5
2AEIM-1089775 20098-1089775
Key fob Tesla 1133148 2400-2483.5 2AEIM-1133148 20098-1133148
TPMS
Continental TIS-01 433.92 KR5TIS-01 7812-TIS01
Radar Continental ARS 4-B 76000-77000 OAYARS4B 4135A-ARS4B
Homelink Gentex ADHL5C 286-440MHz NZLADHL5C 4112A-ADHL5C
CarPC Tesla
1527963
--
YZP-RBHP-
B216C
RI7LE940B6NA
RBHP-B216C
5131A-
LE940B6NA
The devices listed above comply with Part 15 of the FCC rules and Industry Canada's license-
exempt RSS Standard(s) and EU Directive 2014/53/EU.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference; and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Tesla could void your authority to operate
the equipment.
Declarations of Conformity
245Consumer Information
Radio Frequency Information
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment
o and on, try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician to help.
NOTE: FCC Radiation exposure: All equipment complies with FCC and IC RSS-102 radiation
exposure limits for an uncontrolled environment.
CAUTION: This equipment and its antennas must not be co-located or operated with
another antenna or transmitter.
RF Modules
The devices described below have been evaluated against the essential requirements of the
2014/53/EU and 2011/65/EU Directive.
Description Frequency Band Power Level Antenna Location
Security
Controller
2.4 GHz 4.93 dBm output
PCB Antenna, in center
console
Security
Controller
11.56 MHz
n/a (magnetic
field)
PCB Antenna, in center
console
Rear Fascia
Endpoint
2.4 GHz 3.74 dBm output
PCB Antenna, behind rear
fascia
Pillar Endpoint 2.4 GHz 4.89 dBm output PCB Antenna, behind the
B-pillar glass
Pillar Endpoint 13.56 MHz n/a (magnetic
field)
PCB Antenna, behind the
B-pillar glass
TPMS Sensor 433.9 MHz 2.5 mW Each wheel
TPMS Module/
Antenna
433.9 MHz (receive) n/a (receive
only)
Left side C-pillar
FM 87-108 MHz n/a (receive
only)
Rear Window
DAB 174-241 MHz n/a (receive
only)
Rear Window
Declarations of Conformity
246 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Description Frequency Band Power Level Antenna Location
Homelink 433.9 MHz 10 mW Above front bumper beam
Bluetooth 2402-2480 MHz 2.5 mW max. B-header In the middle
ceiling
GSM 900
885-915
930-960 MHz
2 W
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
GSM 1800
1710-1785
1805-1880 MHz
1 W
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
WCDMA (Band
8)
909-915
954-960 MHz
250 mW
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
WCDMA (Band
1/3)
1920-1980
2110-2170 MHz
250 mW
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
LTE (band 7/8)
2500-2570, 909-915 MHz
2620-2690, 954-960 MHz
200 mW
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
LTE (band
20/28)
832-862,703-748 MHz
791-821, 758-803 MHz
200 mW
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
LTE (band 1/3)
1940-1965, 1735-1765 MHz
2130-2155, 1830-1860 MHz
200 mW
Transmit - Right side mirror
Receive - Right side mirror
EU
The devices described previously have been evaluated against the essential requirements of the
2014/53/EU and 2011/65/EU Directive.
Declarations of Conformity
247Consumer Information
Declarations of Conformity
248 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Bulgarian С настоящето Tesla Inc. декларира, че CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM отговаря
на същестI вените изисквания и другите приложими изисквания на Директива
2014/53/EC.
Declarations of Conformity
249Consumer Information
Croatian Ovime Tesla Inc. ”, izjavljuje da je ovaj KEY FOB and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM je
u skladu s osnovnim zahtjevima i drugim relevantnim odredbama Direktive
2014/53/EU.
Czech Tesla Inc. tímto prohlašuje, že tento CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM je ve
shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice
2014/53/EU.
Danish Undertegnede Tesla Inc. erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr CarPC and
PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante
krav i direktiv 2014/53/EU..
Dutch Hierbij verklaart Tesla Inc. dat het toestel CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM in
overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen
van richtlijn 2014/53/EU.
English Hereby, Tesla Inc., declares that this CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM is in
compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of
Directive 2014/53/EU.
Estonian Käesolevaga kinnitab Tesla Inc. seadme CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM
vastavust direktiivi 2014/53/EL põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist
tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
German Hiermit erklärt Tesla Inc., dass sich das Gerät CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY
SYSTEM in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den
übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU befindet.
Greek ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ Tesla Inc. ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM
ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ
ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣΟΔΗΓΙΑΣ2014/53/EU.
Hungarian Alulírott, Tesla Inc. nyilatkozom, hogy a CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM
megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 2014/53/EU irányelv
egyéb elõírásainak.
Finnish Tesla Inc. vakuuttaa täten että CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM tyyppinen
laite on direktiivin 2014/53/EU oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien
direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
French Par la présente Tesla Inc. déclare que l'appareil CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY
SYSTEM est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions
pertinentes de la directive 2014/53/UE..
Icelandic Hér með lýsir Tesla Inc. yfir því að CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM er í
samræmi við grunnkröfur og aðrar kröfur, sem gerðar eru í tilskipun 2014/53/
ESB.
Italian Con la presente Tesla Inc. dichiara che questo CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY
SYSTEM è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti
stabilite dalla direttiva 2014/53/UE.
Latvian Ar šo Tesla Inc. deklarē, ka CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM atbilst
Direktīvas 2014/53/ES būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem
noteikumiem.
Lithuanian Šiuo Tesla Inc. deklaruoja, kad šis CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM atitinka
esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 2014/53/ES Direktyvos nuostatas.
Declarations of Conformity
250 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
Maltese Hawnhekk, Name of Manufacturer, jiddikjara li dan CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY
SYSTEM jikkonforma mal-ħtiġijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti
li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 2014/53/UE.
Norwegian Tesla Inc. erklærer herved at utstyret CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM er i
samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv
2014/53/EU.
Polish Niniejszym Tesla Inc. oświadcza, że CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM jest
zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi
postanowieniami Dyrektywy 2014/53/UE.
Portuguese Tesla Inc. declara que este CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM está conforme
com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Slovak Tesla Inc. týmto vyhlasuje, že CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM spĺňa
základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 2014/53/EÚ.
Slovenian Tesla Inc. izjavlja, da je ta CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM v skladu z
bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 2014/53/EU.
Spanish Por medio de la presente Tesla Inc. declara que CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY
SYSTEM cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones
aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 2014/53/UE.
Sweden Härmed intygar Tesla Inc. att denna CarPC and PASSIVE ENTRY SYSTEM står I
överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta
bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Declarations of Conformity
251Consumer Information
(APP_w207)
Autosteer temporarily
unavailable
Autosteer is currently unavailable. This could
be a temporary condition due to external
conditions that include:
• Missing or faded lane markers
• Narrow or winding roads
• Poor visibility due to rain, snow, fog, or
other weather conditions
• Extremely hot or cold temperatures
• Bright light due to other vehicle
headlights, direct sunlight, or other light
sources
If the alert is caused by a temporary factor
like these, no action or service is typically
needed. Continue to your destination. The
alert will clear and Autosteer will be available
once the condition is no longer present.
If Autosteer is not available by the time you
reach your destination, and remains
unavailable during your next planned drive,
the problem might be one of these issues:
• Damage or obstruction caused by mud,
ice, snow, or other environmental factors
• Obstruction caused by an object mounted
on the vehicle, like a bike rack
• Obstructions caused by adding paint or
adhesive products like wraps, stickers, or
rubber coatings to your vehicle
• A damaged or misaligned bumper
The solution might be as simple as washing
your vehicle. If you do not
find any obvious
obstructions or you find damage to the
vehicle, schedule service at your convenience.
Your vehicle is OK to drive in the meantime.
For more information, see Autosteer on page
118.
(APP_w304)
Camera blocked or
blinded
Clean camera or wait for it
to regain visibility
One or more of the vehicle cameras is
blocked or blinded due to external conditions.
When the cameras cannot provide accurate
visual information, some or all Autopilot
features may be temporarily restricted.
Cameras can be blocked or blinded due to
many factors that include:
• Dirt or debris on the camera surface
• Environmental conditions like rain, fog,
snow, or dew
• Bright sunlight or glare from another light
source
• Condensation (water droplets or mist) on
the camera surface
Continue to your destination. This is often a
temporary issue that will clear up when
condensation evaporates or a particular
environmental condition is no longer present.
If the alert does not clear by the time you
reach your destination, check the camera
surface for condensation, dirt, or other debris.
For camera locations, see About Autopilot on
page 108.
Clean the camera as necessary before your
next planned drive by gently wiping the
camera lens with a soft damp cloth.
If you continue to see this alert after cleaning
the cameras, check the inside surfaces of the
door pillar camera enclosures for
condensation.
Although condensation on the inside of the
camera enclosures cannot be wiped clean,
you can usually clear it quicker by following
these tips:
1. Pre-condition the cabin with the
temperature set to High and A/C turned
ON.
2. Turn on the front windshield defroster.
Troubleshooting Alerts
252 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
3. Direct the air vents toward the door pillar
cameras.
For more information on cleaning cameras
and removing condensation, see Cleaning
Cameras and Sensors on page 110.
If the alert does not clear by the end of your
next planned drive, despite camera cleaning
and following the tips above to remove
condensation, schedule service at your
convenience. The vehicle is OK to drive in the
meantime.
(CC_a012)
Charging stopped
High temperature
detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector alerts indicate the building
connection to the Wall Connector is getting
too warm, so charging has stopped to protect
the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle
or your Wall Connector, but rather an issue
with the building wiring. This may be caused
by a loose building wiring connection to the
Wall Connector and can be
fixed quickly by
an electrician.
To regain normal charge operation, contact
an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector. They
should make sure that all wires are properly
connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be
found
here.
(CC_a041)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature
detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector alerts indicate the building
connection to the Wall Connector is getting
too warm, so charging has been slowed to
protect the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle
or your Wall Connector, but rather an issue
with the building wiring. This may be caused
by a loose building wiring connection to the
Wall Connector and can be
fixed quickly by
an electrician.
To regain normal charge speed, contact an
electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector. They
should make sure that all wires are properly
connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be
found here.
(CP_a004)
Charging equipment fault
Try dierent charging
equipment
The charge port is unable to detect whether a
charge cable is inserted or the type of charge
cable connected.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is
connected, it should be determined whether
the issue is caused by the charging
equipment or the vehicle. Try charging the
vehicle using
dierent external charging
equipment (charge cable, charging station,
charging stall, etc.).
• If the vehicle begins charging, the issue
was likely with the equipment.
• If the vehicle still does not charge, the
issue may be with the vehicle.
Troubleshooting Alerts
253Consumer Information
If this alert appears while a charge cable is
not connected or if the issue is suspected to
be with the vehicle, inspect the charge port
inlet and the charge cable connector for any
obstructions (use a flashlight as necessary).
Debris, moisture, and/or foreign objects
present in the charge port inlet or the charge
cable connector can prevent the charge port
from properly detecting charge cables. If any
obstruction is found:
1. Remove the debris / foreign object or dry
any moisture.
2. Try re-inserting the cable into the charge
port. Charging should now be possible.
Service should only be scheduled if any of the
following conditions are present:
• This alert has appeared / remains present
and the vehicle has been unable to charge
with multiple,
dierent charging
equipment.
• This alert has appeared / remains present
without any charging equipment connected
after any charge port inlet obstruction has
been removed or no obstruction was found.
For more information on charging, see
Charging Instructions on page 193.
(CP_a046)
Unable to charge
Check charging
equipment
The charge port is unable to detect whether a
charge cable is inserted or the type of charge
cable connected.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is
connected, it should be determined whether
the issue is caused by the charging
equipment or the vehicle. Try charging the
vehicle using
dierent external charging
equipment (charge cable, charging station,
charging stall, etc.).
• If the vehicle begins charging, the issue
was likely with the equipment.
• If the vehicle still does not charge, the
issue may be with the vehicle.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is
not connected or if the issue is suspected to
be with the vehicle, inspect the charge port
inlet and the charge cable connector for any
obstructions (use a flashlight as necessary).
Debris, moisture, and/or foreign objects
present in the charge port inlet or the charge
cable connector can prevent the charge port
from properly detecting charge cables. If any
obstruction is found:
1. Remove the debris / foreign object or dry
any moisture.
2. Try re-inserting the cable into the charge
port. Charging should now be possible.
Service should only be scheduled if any of the
following conditions are present:
• This alert has appeared / remains present
and the vehicle has been unable to charge
with multiple,
dierent charging
equipment.
• This alert has appeared / remains present
without any charging equipment connected
after any charge port inlet obstruction has
been removed or no obstruction was found.
For more information on charging, see
Charging Instructions on page 193.
(CP_a054)
Charge port latch not
engaged
Fully insert charge cable
or check for obstruction
The charge port latch is unable to latch the
charge cable in the charge port inlet. If the
latch is not engaged, AC charging (for
example, charging with a Tesla Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector) will be limited
to 16A and DC Fast Charging / Supercharging
will be unavailable.
The charge port light will pulse amber if this
alert appears during AC charging and will be
solid amber if this alert appears when
attempting to DC Fast Charge / Supercharge.
Try re-inserting the charge cable fully into the
charge port inlet.
Troubleshooting Alerts
254 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
• If the vehicle begins charging and the
charge port light pulses green, the charge
cable may not have been fully inserted. The
latch may not have engaged during
previous attempts, because the cable was
not fully inserted, even though it may have
appeared to be. AC charging should no
longer be limited and DC Fast Charging /
Supercharging should be possible.
• If charging is still limited or the vehicle
does NOT charge, inspect the charge port
inlet and the charge cable connector for
any obstructions (use flashlight as
necessary). Debris, and/or foreign objects
present in the charge port inlet or the
charge cable connector can prevent the
charge cable from being fully inserted and
the charge port latch from engaging. If any
obstruction is found:
1. Remove the debris / foreign object.
2. Try re-inserting the cable into the inlet.
AC charging should no longer be limited
and DC Fast Charging / Supercharging
should be possible.
Service should only be scheduled if any of the
following conditions are present:
• This alert has appeared / remains present
when the charge cable is
confirmed to be
fully inserted during charging.
• This alert has appeared / remains present
during charging after any inlet or connector
obstruction has been removed or no
obstruction was found.
For more information on charging, see
Charging Instructions on page 193.
(CP_a055)
AC charging interrupted
Check power source or
charging equipment
Charging stopped because communication
between the vehicle and the external
charging equipment was interrupted.
Confirm whether the external charging
equipment is powered by looking for any
status lights, displays, or other indicators on
the equipment.
If the equipment is
not powered, try to
restore the external charging equipment’s
power source.
• If attempting to charge at a public station
and power is unable to be restored, contact
the station operator.
• If attempting to charge at a private
station (for example: charging at home)
and power is unable to be restored, contact
an electrician.
If the equipment is powered, try charging the
vehicle using dierent external charging
equipment.
• If the vehicle begins charging, the issue
was likely with the equipment.
• If the vehicle still does not charge, the
issue may be with the vehicle.
Service should only be scheduled if this alert
has appeared / remains present when the
equipment is powered and the vehicle has
been unable to charge with multiple,
dierent
charging equipment.
For more information on troubleshooting
Mobile Connector or Wall Connector status
lights, refer to the product's Owner's Manual.
If using other external charging equipment,
refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CP_a057)
Unable to charge
Check charging
equipment
Charging was interrupted because the
external charging equipment has reported a
fault that prevents the vehicle from charging.
Inspect the external charging equipment and
look for status lights, displays, or other status
indicators on the equipment. Consult the
equipment owner’s manual for further
troubleshooting instructions.
Try charging the vehicle with dierent
charging equipment or at a dierent charging
station.
Troubleshooting Alerts
255Consumer Information
• If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue
was likely with the equipment.
• If the vehicle still does not charge, the
issue may be with the vehicle.
Service should ONLY be scheduled if:
• You have tried charging with dierent
charge equipment / at dierent stations.
• This alert has appeared during every
charging attempt.
For more information on troubleshooting
Mobile Connector or Wall Connector status
lights, refer to the product's Owner's Manual.
If using other external charging equipment,
refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CP_a101)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature
detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector alerts indicate the building
connection to the Wall Connector is getting
too warm, so charging has been slowed to
protect the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle
or your Wall Connector, but rather an issue
with the building wiring. This may be caused
by a loose building wiring connection to the
Wall Connector and can be
fixed quickly by
an electrician.
To regain normal charge speed, contact an
electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector. They
should make sure that all wires are properly
connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be
found here.
(CP_a102)
Charging stopped
High temperature
detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector alerts indicate the building
connection to the Wall Connector is getting
too warm, so charging has stopped to protect
the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle
or your Wall Connector, but rather an issue
with the building wiring. This may be caused
by a loose building wiring connection to the
Wall Connector and can be
fixed quickly by
an electrician.
To regain normal charge operation, contact
an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector. They
should make sure that all wires are properly
connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be
found here.
(DI_a201)
Regenerative braking
temporarily reduced
Will improve as vehicle is
driven
Regenerative braking performance has been
temporarily reduced to below 65% of its full
capacity. The exact reduction is indicated by
the dashed lines on the power meter:
Troubleshooting Alerts
256 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
While this alert is present, the deceleration
rate of the vehicle due to regenerative
braking will be reduced and more brake pedal
application will be required to slow the
vehicle (similar to what is needed in a gas-
powered, non-electric, vehicle).
This alert is expected under the following
conditions:
• Battery is near full charge:
◦ Regenerative braking is reduced when
the battery is at 95% charge or higher.
• Battery is cold:
◦ The battery may not be warm enough
for full regenerative braking performance
(possibly at the beginning of a drive).
◦ In extremely cold climates, this alert
may remain present
indefinitely and
regenerative braking may remain
reduced, as driving the vehicle may not
warm the battery enough to fully restore
performance.
Typically, driving will clear this alert because
it will reduce the battery charge level below
95% and
suciently warm the battery.
This is a completely normal part of vehicle
operation and should not cause alarm. The
notice on the screen is for your information
only.
For more information on regenerative
braking, see the Regenerative Braking section
in the Owner’s Manual. Regenerative Braking
on page 78.
(UI_a014)
Tire pressure lower than
recommended
Check tire pressure and
refill as needed
This alert does NOT indicate that there is a
flat tire.
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
has detected that the air pressure in one or
more of your tires is at least 20% lower than
the recommended cold tire pressure. This
recommended pressure should be displayed
on the Tire and Loading information label.
See Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 201
for detailed information on how to keep the
tires properly inflated.
This alert may appear in cold weather
because the tire pressure decreases when
cold.
• Although drops in tire pressure are
expected in colder weather, air should still
be added to maintain the recommended
cold tire pressure.
• The alert may clear as the vehicle is
driven. This is because the tires will warm
up and the tire pressure will increase.
◦ Even if the alert clears, the tires should
still be refilled with air once they have
cooled. The recommended cold tire
pressure should be maintained.
If you repeatedly see this alert for the same
tire, have the tire inspected for a slow leak.
For more information on tire pressure and
inflation, see Tire Care and Maintenance on
page 201.
Troubleshooting Alerts
257Consumer Information
(UMC_a002)
Unable to charge with
Mobile Connector
Disconnect from charge
port and try again
The vehicle cannot charge because the
ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in the
Mobile Connector has tripped.
Like the GFCI in a wall outlet, this feature is
designed to stop the
flow of electricity when
there is a problem. It has interrupted charging
to protect your vehicle and the charging
equipment.
This could happen for many reasons. The
problem could be in the charge cable, the
charge handle, the charge port, or even an
onboard vehicle component.
Inspect the charge port as well as the charge
handle for any sign of water or moisture.
• If you find any moisture, wait and let both
the inside area of the charge port and the
exposed portion of the charge handle
dry
completely before trying again.
Inspect the charge equipment for damage.
• If the cable is in any way damaged or
deteriorated,
do not use it. Try dierent
charging equipment instead.
• If the cable is in good condition, try
charging again with the same Mobile
Connector.
If the issue persists and prevents charging, try
charging with
dierent charging equipment.
Service should ONLY be scheduled if both of
these conditions have been met:
• You have tried charging with dierent
charging equipment.
AND
• The vehicle does not charge or
unexpectedly stops charging during every
charging attempt.
For more information on troubleshooting
Mobile Connector status lights and charging
issues, refer to the product's owner's manual
on page .
(UMC_a005)
Unable to charge with
Mobile Connector
Try a dierent outlet
The vehicle cannot charge, or charging is
interrupted, because either the Mobile
Connector:
• Does not detect enough supply voltage
from the wall outlet.
OR
• Detects an unexpected drop in supply
voltage from the wall outlet.
Try charging the vehicle with a dierent wall
outlet.
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was
likely with the original wall outlet. It is
recommended that you contact an electrician
to inspect the building wiring connection to
that outlet.
If the vehicle still does not charge when you
try a
dierent wall outlet, try charging at a
dierent location.
Service should ONLY be scheduled if all of
these conditions have been met:
• You have tried charging with dierent
wall outlets.
• You have tried charging with dierent
charging equipment.
• The vehicle does not charge or
unexpectedly stops charging during every
charging attempt.
For more information on troubleshooting
Mobile Connector status lights and charging
issues, refer to the
product's owner's manual
on page .
Troubleshooting Alerts
258 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
(UMC_a017)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature
detected by Mobile
Connector
High temperature detected by Mobile
Connector alerts indicate the outlet used to
charge is becoming too warm, so charging
has been slowed to protect the outlet.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle
or your Mobile Connector, but rather an issue
with the outlet. A warm outlet may be caused
by a plug that is not fully inserted, a loose
building wiring connection to the outlet, or an
outlet that is beginning to wear out.
To regain normal charge speed, make sure
your adapter is fully plugged into the outlet. If
charging speed does not return to normal,
contact an electrician to inspect the outlet
and building wiring connections to the outlet
and complete any repairs needed.
If the outlet is worn, it should be replaced
with a high-quality outlet. Consider upgrading
to a Tesla Wall Connector for greater
convenience and highest charging speed.
(UMC_w008)
Charging stopped
High temperature
detected by Mobile
Connector
High temperature detected by Mobile
Connector alerts indicate the outlet used to
charge is becoming too warm, so charging
has stopped to protect the outlet.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle
or your Mobile Connector, but rather an issue
with the outlet. A warm outlet may be caused
by a plug that is not fully inserted, a loose
building wiring connection to the outlet, or an
outlet that is beginning to wear out.
To regain normal charge operation, make sure
your adapter is fully plugged into the outlet. If
charging speed does not return to normal,
contact an electrician to inspect the outlet
and building wiring connections to the outlet
and complete any repairs needed.
If the outlet is worn, it should be replaced
with a high-quality outlet. Consider upgrading
to a Tesla Wall Connector for greater
convenience and highest charging speed.
(VCFRONT_a182)
12V battery must be
replaced soon
Software updates will not
complete until serviced
The 12V battery has aged or degraded and
needs to be replaced. Until the battery is
replaced, vehicle software updates will not
complete.
It is recommended to replace the battery at
your earliest convenience. In the meantime,
continue normal use of the vehicle.
The vehicle is still OK to drive with this alert
present, for a period of time. However, if you
continually delay the 12V battery
replacement, the vehicle may eventually not
have enough power to start or restart.
If the 12V battery is too low to turn on the
vehicle or open the doors, follow the
instructions in
Jump Starting the 12V Battery
on page 237.
For more information on the battery system,
see Battery Information on page 191.
(VCFRONT_a192)
Electrical system power
reduced
Vehicle may shut down
unexpectedly
The electrical system cannot maintain the
voltage required to support all vehicle
features.
Troubleshooting Alerts
259Consumer Information
If you drive the vehicle while this alert is
present, certain features may be disabled or
function at a reduced level due to the low
voltage. It is also possible the vehicle will shut
down unexpectedly.
Try turning o non-critical features, like seat
heaters or cabin fans, to help the vehicle
maintain electrical power for as long as
possible.
Eliminating or reducing usage of non-critical
features may allow the vehicle to reach its
destination without shutting down, although
this is not guaranteed.
Schedule service before your next planned
drive. The vehicle may shut down
unexpectedly or may not restart without
service.
Troubleshooting Alerts
260 MODEL 3 OWNER'S MANUAL
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System): 77
absolute speed limit: 143
access panel, removing: 214
accessories: 27
plugging into power socket: 27
accessories, towing: 95
adjacent lane speed: 136
aero covers: 203
air circulation: 155
air conditioning: 154
air distribution: 155
air filter: 159
air vents: 157
airbag, front passenger, disabling: 54
airbags: 52
alarm: 176
all-season tires: 206
Always Show Estimated Round Trip Energy:
164
ambient lights: 68
anti-lock braking (ABS): 77
application launcher: 6
audio: 60, 167, 170
equalizer: 170
immersive sound: 170
playing files: 167
steering wheel scroll button: 60
volume control: 167
auto fold: 62
auto high beam: 69
Auto Lane Change: 120
auto tilt: 62
AUTO wipers: 76
automatic emergency braking: 140
automatic navigation: 160
Autopark: 126
autopilot: 136
blind spot collision warning: 136
side collision warning: 136
staying inside lane markings: 136
Autopilot: 108, 111, 118, 120, 126, 128, 139, 143
Auto Lane Change: 120
automatic emergency braking:
139
Autopark: 126
Autosteer: 118
collision avoidance assist: 139
forward collision warning: 139
overtake acceleration: 111
overview: 108
speed assist: 143
speed limit warning: 143
staying within speed limits: 143
Summon: 128
Trac-Aware Cruise Control: 111
Autopilot components: 108
Autosteer: 118
average range: 90
B
backup camera: 91
battery (12V): 191, 227
complete discharge: 191
specifications: 227
Battery (high voltage): 191, 214, 227
care of: 191
coolant: 214
specifications: 227
temperature limits: 191
battery (key), replacing: 14
blind spot collision warning: 136
blind spot collision warning chime: 136
Bluetooth: 169, 171
devices, playing audio files from: 169
general information: 171
phone, pairing and using: 171
body repairs: 217
body touch up: 211
booster seats: 38
brakes: 77, 140, 214, 224
automatic in emergencies: 140
fluid level: 214
overview of: 77
specifications: 224
Bumper Clearance (Summon): 128
Index
C
cabin air filter: 159
cabin camera: 29
cabin temperature control: 154
Calendar app: 174
calibrating windows: 19
camera (rear view): 91
cameras (autopilot): 108
Camp Mode: 158
car cover: 211
car washes: 209
card: 12
cargo area: 20
cargo volume: 223
carpets, cleaning: 210
CCS (Combo): 190
CE certifications: 245
CHAdeMO: 190
chains: 207
change of ownership: 154
charge port: 193
charge port light: 195
charge port manual release: 194
charge port release cable: 194
charging: 189, 190, 193, 196
charge settings: 196
charging status: 196
components and equipment: 189
instructions: 193
public charging stations: 190
scheduling: 196
charging locations, finding: 163
child protection: 19
disabling rear window switches: 19
child restraint systems: 38
child safety seats: 38
child seats: 54
disabling front passenger airbag: 54
child-protection locks: 18
cleaning: 209
climate controls: 154
coat hangers: 27
cold weather driving: 104
collision avoidance assist:
139
Compressor Overclock (Track Mode): 86
connecting to Wi-Fi: 183
console: 25, 27
12V power socket: 27
opening: 25
rear: 27
USB ports: 25
consumption chart: 90
contact information: 231
roadside assistance: 231
copyrights: 240
cruise control: 111
D
DAB radio: 168
dashboard overview: 3
Dashcam: 92
data recording: 242
data sharing: 242
declarations of conformity: 245
delivery mileage: 242
devices: 25, 169
Bluetooth, playing audio files: 169
connecting: 25
playing audio files from: 169
dimensions: 221
Dog Mode: 158
dome (map) lights: 68
door handles: 16
door labels: 219
doors: 16, 17, 18
Child Lock: 18
exterior door handles: 16
interior locking and unlocking: 17
keyless entry: 16
locking: 16
opening from exterior: 16
opening from interior: 16
Unlock on Park: 18
unlocking: 16
doorsfunction: 17
Walk-Away Door Lock: 17
Index
drive away locking: 18
Drive gear: 66
driver: 57
profiles: 57
driving: 30, 64, 89
seating position: 30
starting: 64
tips to maximize range: 89
E
Easter Eggs: 240
easy entry, driver profile: 57
ecall: 234
electric parking brake: 80
emergency braking: 139
emergency flashers: 71
energy: 72, 78
gained from regenerative braking: 78
range information: 72
Energy app: 90
energy use predictions (navigating): 164
Erase & Reset: 154
event data recording: 242
exterior: 5, 68, 209, 211, 221
car cover: 211
cleaning: 209
dimensions: 221
lights: 68
overview: 5
polishing, touch up, & repair: 211
F
factory defaults, restoring: 154
factory reset: 154
fan speed, interior: 155
favorites (Media Player): 168
Favorites (navigation): 162
FCC certifications: 245
features, downloading new: 184
firmware (software) updates: 184
flash drives, playing audio files from: 169
flashers, warning: 71
floor
mats: 211
fluids: 199, 214
replacement intervals: 199
reservoirs, checking: 214
fog lights: 68
forward collision warning: 139
front passenger detection: 54
front trunk: 22
G
G-meter: 86
garage doors, opening: 180
gates, opening: 180
GAWR: 219
gears: 66
glovebox: 25
Gross Axle Weight Rating: 219
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating: 219
ground clearance: 221
GVWR: 219
H
Handling Balance (Track Mode): 86
hazard warning flashers: 71
head supports: 31
headlights: 68, 69, 70
after exit: 70
controlling: 68
high beams: 69
heating: 154
high beam headlights: 69
high voltage: 189, 200, 227
Battery specifications: 227
components: 189
safety: 200
hills, stopping on: 85
Home location: 165
HomeLink: 128, 180
programming and using: 180
when using Summon: 128
hood: 22
horn: 61
Index
hub caps: 203
I
i-Size: 38
I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry: 160
IC certifications: 245
identification labels: 218
instant range: 90
interior: 3, 68, 154, 210, 221
cleaning: 210
dimensions: 221
lights: 68
overview: 3
temperature control: 154
internet radio: 168
intrusion detection: 176
ISOFIX: 38
J
J1772: 190
jacking: 216
jump starting: 237
K
Keep Climate On: 158
key: 14, 245
FCC and IC certifications: 245
replacing battery: 14
key card: 12
keyless entry: 16
keys: 11, 14
adding key cards and phones: 14
deleting key cards and phones: 14
displaying a list of: 14
overview: 11
L
label: 219
Statutory Plate: 219
Tire and Loading Information:
219
lane assist: 136
lane change, automatic: 120
lane departure warning: 136
Lap Timer: 86
lifting: 216
lights: 68, 70, 71
hazard warning: 71
headlights after exit: 70
turn signals: 70
load limits: 219
location tracking: 160
locking: 16
lug nut covers: 204
lumbar adjustment: 30
M
maintenance: 199, 201, 209, 213, 214, 215
brake fluid, checking: 214
cleaning: 209
daily checks: 199
fluid replacement intervals: 199
monthly checks: 199
panel, removing: 214
replacing wiper blades: 213
service intervals: 199
tires: 201
washer fluid, topping up: 215
washer jets, cleaning: 213
map orientation: 160
map updates: 166
mats: 211
media: 167
mileage upon delivery: 242
mirrors: 62
mobile app: 186
mobile app access: 186
Mobile Connector: 190, 193
description: 190
using: 193
modifications: 217
motor specifications: 223
my car does what?: 240
Index
N
naming: 152
Navigate on Autopilot: 123
navigating: 160, 162
NCC certifications: 245
Neutral gear: 66
O
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: 139
odometer: 10
oset from speed limit: 143
Online Routing: 164
opening hood without power: 237
overhang dimensions: 221
overtake acceleration: 111
Owner Information, about: 240
P
Park Assist: 83
Park gear: 66
parking brake: 80
parking, using Autopark: 126
parking, using Summon: 128
parts replacement: 217
personal data, erasing: 154
phone: 11, 14, 171
adding as a key: 14
authenticating as a key: 11
removing as a key: 14
using: 171
phone app: 172
phone key: 11
PIN: 58
PIN to Drive: 176
Post-drive Cooling (Track Mode): 86
power cycling: 64
power socket: 27
power windows: 19
powering on and o: 64
public charging stations: 190
R
radar: 108
radio: 167
Radio Frequency information: 245
range: 78, 89
driving tips to maximize: 89
regenerative braking: 78
range assurance: 90
Re-route: 164
rear seats, folding and raising: 31
rear view camera: 91
rear window switches, disabling: 19
recent (Media Player): 168
Recents (navigation): 162
recording videos: 92, 177
recording videos (Track Mode): 86
regenerative braking: 78
regenerative braking, in Track Mode: 86
relative speed limit: 143
release notes: 185
restarting the touchscreen: 64
Reverse gear: 66
RFID transponders: 217
roadside assistance: 231, 232
roof racks: 220
rotating tires: 202
Round Trip Energy (navigating): 164
S
safety information: 36, 55
airbags: 55
seat belts: 36
schedule service: 186
scheduled charging: 197
scheduled departure: 197
using: 197
seat belts: 34, 35, 210
cleaning: 210
in a collision: 35
overview of: 34
pre-tensioners: 35
Index
wearing when pregnant: 35
seat covers: 33
seat heaters: 154, 157
seating capacity: 219
seats: 30, 154
adjusting: 30
heaters: 154
security settings: 176
sensors: 108
Sentry Mode: 176
service data recording: 242
service intervals: 199
Settings, erasing: 154
shifting gears: 66
Show Calendar Upon Entry: 174
Side Clearance (Summon): 128
side collision warning: 136
slip start: 82
Smart Summon: 132
smartphone: 11, 14
authenticating as a key: 11
removing as a key: 14
software reset: 154
software update preferences: 184
software updates: 184
software version: 10
specifications: 221, 223, 224, 227, 228
12V battery: 227
brakes: 224
cargo volume: 223
dimensions: 221
exterior: 221
High Voltage Battery: 227
interior: 221
motor: 223
steering: 224
subsystems: 223
suspension: 227
tires: 228
transmission: 224
weights: 223
wheels: 227
speed assist: 143
Speed Limit Mode: 152
speed limit warning:
143
Stability Assist (Track Mode): 86
stability control: 82
starting: 64
Statutory Plate: 219
steering specifications: 224
steering wheel: 60, 68
adjusting position: 60
adjusting sensitivity: 60
buttons: 60
lights, controlling: 68
scroll buttons: 60
steering, automatic: 118
streaming services: 168
summer tires: 206
Summon: 128
Summon Distance: 128
supercharging: 198
described: 198
idle fees: 198
pay-per-use fees: 198
suspension specifications: 227
T
telematics: 242
temperature: 72, 154, 191
Battery (high voltage), limits: 191
cabin, controls for: 154
outside: 72
Teslacam: 92
tie-down straps: 237
tilt/intrusion detection: 176
Tire and Loading Information label: 219
tire noise: 207
Tire Pressure Monitoring System: 205
overview of: 205
tire pressures, checking: 201
tire pressures, when towing: 95
tires: 201, 202, 203, 206, 207, 228, 229
all-season: 206
balancing: 202
chains: 207
inspecting and maintaining: 202
Index
pressures, how to check: 201
replacing: 203
replacing a tire sensor: 206
rotation: 202
specification: 228
summer: 206
tire markings: 229
wheel configuration: 201
winter: 207
toll system transponders, attaching: 217
torque specifications: 223
touch up body: 211
touchscreen: 6, 60, 184, 210
cleaning: 210
overview: 6
restarting: 60
software updates: 184
tow mode: 95
towing a trailer: 95
towing and accesssories: 95
towing capacity: 95
towing instructions: 235
TPMS: 205
overview of: 205
Track Mode: 86
Tracking Disabled: 160
traction control: 82
trademarks: 240
Trac-Aware Cruise Control: 111
trailer, towing: 95
transmission specifications: 224
transponders, attaching: 217
Transport Mode: 236
transporting: 235
trip chart: 90
Trip Planner: 165
trunk, front: 22
trunk, rear: 20
turn signals: 70
U
ultrasonic sensors: 108
Unlock On Park: 18
unlocking:
16
USB devices: 25, 169
connecting: 25
playing audio files from: 169
USB flash drive: 176
USB ports: 25
V
Valet mode: 58
Vehicle Hold: 85
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN): 218
vehicle loading: 219
ventilation: 157
videos and recording: 92, 177
videos and recording (Track Mode): 86
VIN (Vehicle Identification Number): 218
volume control: 6
volume control (media): 167
W
Walk-Away Door Lock: 17
Wall Connector: 190
warning flashers: 71
washer fluid, topping up: 215
washer jets, cleaning: 213
washers, using: 76
weight specifications: 223
wheel chocks: 237
wheels: 202, 203, 204, 227
aero covers, removing and installing: 203
alignment: 202
lug nut covers, removing and installing:
204
replacing: 203
specifications: 227
torque: 227
Wi-Fi, connecting to: 183
windows, calibrating: 19
windshield washer fluid, topping up: 215
winter tires: 207
wiper blades, replacing: 213
wipers, using: 76
Index
Work location: 165
Index
Publication date: 2/4/2020
… 253 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Tesla-Model-3---2020

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Tesla Model 3 - 2020 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Tesla Model 3 - 2020 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 11,79 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Tesla Model 3 - 2020

Tesla Model 3 - 2020 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 250 pagina's

Tesla Model 3 - 2020 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 254 pagina's

Tesla Model 3 - 2020 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Français - 265 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info